Home

TrueGrid ® User`s Manual, Volume 2

1. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 130 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual curd 5 csp3 00 2 6248786e 01 4 5464340e 01 8 5111660e 01 7 5146174e 01 2 2497362e 01 6 2023556e 01 2 6248807e 01 4 5464376e 01 8 5111636e 01 curd 6 csp3 00 2 4999917e 01 4 3301326e 01 8 6602539e 01 4 9999827e 01 8 6602640e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 8678745e 01 4 9673271e 01 8 1915170e 01 sd 2 csps 3 3 0000 5 2497667e 01 2 9622331e 07 8 5111660e 1 0000000e 00 5 6425995e 07 2 2724271e 5 2497709e 01 2 9622353e 07 8 5111636e 2 6248786e 01 4 5464340e 01 8 5111660e 7 5146174e 01 2 2497362e 01 6 2023556e 01 2 6248807e 01 4 5464376e 01 8 5111636e 01 2 4999917e 01 4 3301326e 01 8 6602539e 01 4 9999827e 01 8 6602640e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 8678745e 01 4 9673271e 01 8 1915170e 01 Qo Qo I Jf Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 131 cy infinite cylinder Cy X5 Yo Zo X Yn Zn radius where Xo Yo Zo point on the cylinder s axis Xp Yn Zn direction vector which defines the cylinder s axis radius radius of the cylinder Remarks This command defines a cylinder with radius radius and an axis given by X Z and Xa YnZn as shown in
2. Example ld 1 csp2 00 1 1 1 2 0 1 1 sd 1 crz cylinder 1 1 6 1 10 Ll 30 30 L 1 sfi 1 sd 1 sfb111 122 surface j dy 1 merge Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 227 co syf display symmetry plane with failure Example sd 1 Sp 000 5 lure 1 min stress 9 00 sd 2 sp 0 0 0 5 5 ae block 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 GAS 135791113 X AN iS 31 18 i eN 2 5 2 5 2 5 0 2 5 2 5 2 5 GA OX 2 5 2 5 2 5 0 2 5 2 5 2 5 Zz F D 2 52 58 lt 2 5 0 2 5 2 5 2 5 Z RS dei 13057 13057 NA dei 1 3 0 5 7 130 5 7 SN Won dei 13057 1305 7 NS X LA afi 2 6 2 6 2 6 sd 1 N NWS sfi 1 7 1 7 1 7 sd 2 S RY l sfi 4 plan 000100 WO Up S Pb de 100400 Ww plane 100010 0 0001 syf E b syf 411477 1 9 merge Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 228 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co bv display boundary velocities Example cyli 1357 9 1 41 a UN Ay 12345 0 360 O12 3 4 bvi11552 5 30 5 b1 1i 1i 52 1 dx 1 dy 1 dz 1 merge ATAS co Bs co size 2 9 Vr PU CODD On DA DNA Ki NX AR F SO Kt TAR iy RICA SS Le7 iji Ii l i UK HTT HTT aN pe k JE A xs P AAR E x Le id i LAN DAA 04 Figure 175 Hidden Line version CO BV Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific
3. Example block 13 5 7 9 L Se Be 7 95 3579 O 1 ls O 1 Ts SA E O 1 1 dei 12045 12 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 sfi 1 5 1 5 1 sfi 2 4 2 4 2 de 222444 de 100300 Figure 195 Hidden Line version CO RESN Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 239 co grtol display glued interface for CFX Remarks See the supblk command Example A butterfly mesh of the fluid in the pipe is created The supblk command was used to define grid 1 The interface 2 for grid 1 was displayed by the co grtol command Figure 196 The simplified command file follows transformations projections of mesh supblk 112 3 4 3 merge display of part 1 co grtol 1 2 c display interface 2 for grid 1 interface 2 for grid 1 Figure 196 interface between grids Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 240 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co mom display moments Example 005 eR eno SN i NV WM SAX 7 XN sd 1 plan 6 00100 ANON SADA sd 2 plan 800100 WN MQ YA AX XT sd 3 plan060010 X NOW COAT sd 4 plan080010 KX SUN kt j NS HS e cnm NVWA NES sd 7 sp 7 7 12 7 I led 1001 1 S block 1 6 7 9 10 15 Sa 167 9 10 15 vs 1 6 10 14 18 23 5568299 5568299 ue epo 54129 16 06 dei 12 05 6012 0 5 633 dei 12 0 5 6 1 dei 1 2
4. 236 Tess llati n rr 97 Tetrahedron 2 gd rival y em 291 JE e EE enia tre Comi s 67 Curd irs ed st ce e e RC RR 68 Examples io eoe Re eR 454 GU oed vns Re RH A 414 LES ARS CARENS 183 Igesed 326405 dada S odes ekg 185 Igespd ioo ue reek er med 187 ISGSSQ 24 nies deed oes t des 188 MEY DY oru De fes ME A 454 Lob oci Aue da RE 412 416 A edd 366 o ard s rere euet xs 190 BG oS O tebe i eae ety 108 TIsd desunt REIR 110 VBSQ ae ce RON 193 Tfi Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 515 blend3D curves 114 115 CXaImple 4 26 uo e eot Ses 222 TOCONHGIS rita a IAE 466 Th display adsl td tus 214 Thi display voee com nds 214 Thic SES s NS E 214 Thic Co option 00 235 Thickness Beam iR AE 2776 383 DHE oos 2 iho Cost 276 383 shells display 214 Tied contact cos cuta ce A rete 375 Time dependent sabes Vedat 18 Tinit Fled option o oo 32 TAG d oes e pet d a O deat 456 Tj joint and Jd estee rey Xe 363 TIP sea OA a NU Nae ed 320 display s ool 3 2 ducem 213 CXAImple s eos chase towne b De qs 222 information 328 Pv 330 TEMOVE eo d An md csse 335 IGSLODG vais eA te A RES US 337 Tm Co option sss 222 Tmas gee xg n ade eor Be ced eo ecard 211 Tmi display o oeste Pelota bes 213 DEGREE goog tint Gea eet Ve
5. o o o 52 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 493 Follower TOTES e gordo quod es ewe eas 300 force display oc cu oc eae d 215 moment o erra esq d 300 moment display 213 Force display cue cue s IR e EA RIEN ER 216 FORTRAN eXpressions X ev ca e e ea EN 426 if statement 4 wee ao 426 FORTRAN interpreter 449 Fowler Wilson cubic spline 56 61 GAINS 9 40 5 4 tek BE CRUS EINE 410 A s mede eee enews 296 display zoe ea Eas 215 Free edges SES sessin ct Meet te 247 Free faces ISP AV ise 2 ee oie a Re 247 EHOUOD euo sd Ed Aa dieci ed 376 Fsca Fled option 32 Estaria ise m thue RE VIE 326 354 example sco vos pec an ER 258 SUBIO Lut ce ad ia 138 Eset Ne Os O edo uA 409 PSCUMO ME 410 Di 2n daret at re toa hte Toni 318 display s aes qued ed 214 information 328 SEL Lose cie a e e dh ha 330 TEMO LS aia hee 335 TESIOTE pd bro eoe i 337 Ft Co option o ooooooooooooo 223 Ftbc CIDO sS Cuocet aee Rat e dapes 61 PD oie atta cei ua eds 63 Ftbe Ld option xa oce re 61 Ftbo Ld option asec ree aes 63 Ftf C rd a pata tate use ke dA et 69 A O 414 ISOS dr d ed pA 183 TIgesed uie f s 185 A pe CR Ea 187 IgeSsd yt A 188 O eet ee ERE k 412 cS 416 E ais 366 INUIDSQ A eue d leto d 190 SII cup jaa Bee an aa LED roi vdd ed 108
6. 74 COCO es dore bs Bette 123 o gem EET 256 GIVDD us aue ar eod etus 251 GUI 3 amp sets proni dee ud euis 71 aces da Ge LO 247 258 TACESEE dece m stakes is 247 258 PACES ou eere e oa eN S 261 fredgesS ccce edo NR RSV dd 261 a We ES 251 O datis Ma ars 251 o TU 252 lod 2 126 tue A 253 Tog A ei N sede EE 253 FOCI orate carn eng ees 254 l c3dg ise e Res 255 loend A e RS 252 multiple mlabs 212 Nodes tartas LE 248 NOMESEL decori os Se eure aes 247 ONSE iiss east Desa eae lots 247 TUES srl dto uk osa d 162 6 euo recen LED UR 255 Sded9es s exe d en RR 256 SUD iy eicere c kat jet ewes 85 257 sdpt and Contour 74 TOL a poudre uet aa 260 un Ctm 194 TACO 222r A ds 95 Lad Ld option s cicer Rt 48 Lap Ld option o oooooooooo o 44 Lar Ld option a XR 45 E A dd ot ceo Peer ETRAS 178 Mas o ob NR 176 composite surfaces 163 IGES Ad ta aut m 197 Lasso TAGES L quio epos ettet aad 138 Last COE oed OO 414 A A A 413 A A RE one ed 417 Lat Ld Optom ox epe res Cement rd 47 Jod Bu A dea d Bao bs Mae S ande ds 307 information 328 Co LE UE 365 ISOLE EEN P 330 TEMOVES soe eme ds 335 LOST Gu 6 yeti atid Gee eres ara RO 337 LOG eo ins we ovt a d E ea tee Teh este 20 Id ues 3 cart hed ler ET 22 456 MNO 4 5e O ath ete Votre ao 25 Ius erect O O ue 101 TO uh Roca Baal eum ar SEU 412 example 207 224 233 242 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ
7. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 284 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual bm n1 31 n2 36 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 36 n2 41 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 41 n2 46 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 46 n2 50 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 50 n2 53 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 53 n2 2 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 c Beams of the base numbers 54 through 73 are generated c from the pairs of existing nodes consecutively labels 1d c beams are labeled labels nodes c nodes are labeled TrueGrid Display 1D elements TrueGrid display of node numbers Figure 236 beams by bm Figure 237 beams by bm bms change the section properties of a set of beams bms selection options where selection can be set element set select an element set containing beam elements Ibm element list select a list of beam elements by number option can be orient x y z specify a coordinate triple to orient the beams Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 285 VXyz cs cross section fi sthi sthi sthil sthil sthi2 sthi2 tthi tthi tthil 11hi1 tthi2 11hi2 csarea csarea sharea sharea inertia ss tt Irr vold volume lump inertia cablcid system 7 cabarea area caboff offset noint roffl roff1 soffl so f1 toffl toffl roff2 roff2 soff2 soff2 toff2 toff2 Idr1 Ids1 ldt1 Irrl Irs Irtl Idr2 Ids2 1
8. 317 EVE vaa A ar ea ara EA a aaa 317 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 483 Verbatim iio a D Ter hA 467 AD coe uates O 175 359 Apld S esae EURO SAN XN RA 19 Segments ri Edie 36 Apply button 22 065 to oen 174 PRINS redeundo Cu tribe acted ae 175 359 Arc 7 ET O e DEL 20 PADS ANREDE IE 44 2D center and angle 48 2D center and point 44 2D radius and 2 points 45 2D radius and tangent 46 47 2D radius points and tangent 46 elliptic oso roh ERU Lors 41 Arc3 Curd option 68 69 89 PRB neo peace rta ts Me ra as 175 Igestile o2 oec ro eS 182 dario el are du duci us 109 SON rial vites wey bob Ce UE Times 175 Asin expressions sues e eret 450 Asin function suus 428 432 Atan expressions s sess 450 Atan function 428 433 Atan2 expressions 450 Atan2 function 428 433 Attach SID CUIVE vex Cebu ome 66 default AG dba ween eis Soon s 445 Edge e ay eG the party E Cease 66 Attach button PND PEE 105 Attaching CUYD gcd es Eod ated 445 Atteh button s ode oe eo 445 AUTODYN sio dias ada 467 Automatic contact o 375 f go O catia Si Oe 263 JG eudan p qos ibd d Peta Pe 263 264 Boemie DN VAM eco n 302 display i edd EE 213 example ioco x RR 229 Dir FRA 307 A tet det 330 B Spline 3D CUrVec o a
9. o ooo oocoomomoo o 269 ram remove all materials from the picture oooo o o 269 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 8 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rm remove one material from the picture o oo oooo o 270 rms remove a list of materials from the picture 270 8 Intertage COMMISSION 270 iss save interface segments 44 44 Los veda exo E en OA 270 si select nodes for the slave side of a nodal sliding interface 270 9 Springs Dampers and Point Masses si daw p rg xe e S IR RUE a e eR y 271 npm creates a new node and assigns a point mass to it 271 pm assigns a point mass to a node of the mesh 272 pminfo table of point masses information 0 000 273 spring create modify a numbered spring o oooooooooooo o 273 delspd Delete a numbered spring damper 0000 275 delspds Delete a list of numbered springs dampers 275 10 El ment t omrmandscts ds RSS TE CHE ad Gd RA 275 bm create a string of beam elements o oo ooooomoooo o 276 bms change the section properties of a set ofbeams 285 delem delete a set of elements ios io ceo eoe eR re et 287 etd specify the element types to be displayed in the graphics 288 rbe rigid body elements 5 5 ease a ROC aS 288 IER TP ore UP 291 linear specify following parts to use linear elements
10. rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 416 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate repe repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation save transform to apply a previous transformation last to use the last transformation Remarks This command defines a set of coordinate transformations associated with a level number After defining a level you can apply it to several parts at once with the pslv and pplv commands These two commands bracket the set of parts that the level is applied to TrueGrid will apply the level transformations to every part defined after a pslv and before the matching pplv The way you first define and then apply a level is analogous to the way you first define a local or global coordinate transformation let or get and then apply them with Irep or grep You can define up to 20 levels of transformations And each level can have an unlimited number of transformations Once you define a level you can reference it with pslv to replicate a set of parts
11. OSS OS OY QU YY pes SS QS DOT a PE FEL Figure 260 k partitions and z coordinates Figure 261 k partitions Remarks This command is also discussed in the Introduction This command transitions the code to the Part Phase This is the standard way to generate parts In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Control Phase use the endpart or control command In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Merge Phase use the merge command In order to abort the part and return to the Control Phase use the abort command When this command is issued the previous part if any is ended as if the endpart command had been issued Six lists of numbers follow the block command The first three lists consist of integers each list terminated with a semi colon The second three lists consist of real numbers each list optionally terminated by a semi colon The first list of integers must start with a 1 or 1 The integers that follow must be zero or have absolute value greater than the absolute values of the integers that preceded it in that list These are the number of nodes to create in the first dimension of the computational mesh A positive integer indicates that there will be a partition at that nodal index in the first dimension ofthe computational mesh which can be referenced by most commands in the Part Phase These partitions are used to break the part into multiple structured blocks Since most Copyright O 19
12. The default accuracy in rendering the geometry is approximately 3 5 digits of accuracy This rendering tolerance is relative to the size ofthe geometric entity being rendered The accuracy of the rendering affects the time it takes to do the rendering and the amount of memory needed to store the rendering data This also affects the size of an IGES binary file written using the saveiges command It also affects the accuracy of the default projection to surfaces Both the accuracy of the rendering and the accuracy of the projection can be controlled independently using the getol and accuracy commands respectively In particular you may wish to decrease the accuracy of the rendering to speed the rendering and decrease the memory requirements while increasing the projection accuracy This is a classic example of the tradeoff of memory and computations Youcan also read in geometry which has been stored in a simple polygon data format using the vpsd command or the stl or bstl options of the sd command These types of surfaces are not affected by the getol command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 182 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual iges render geometry in an IGES file iges file surface ft curve t transformations where file IGES file name including the path relative to the home directory surface ft surface number to be assigned to the first surface in the file curve f 3D curve number to be a
13. The example edge file in the description on the edgefile command above can be converted to 2D curve definitions using the rins command For example rln rseg rlns 2 2D Curve Segment Dictionary This section describes all the 2D curve segment types You can use them to construct composite 2D curves with such commands as Id and apld Ip2 polygonal line pairs Y e Y e T d p2x 245x225 x 2 A Remarks Ip is the same command for historical reasons Example ld 1 1p2 O 21 32 0625 20 8 32 125 20 4 32 1875 20 32 25 19 3 32 3125 18 32 4375 16 5 32 4375 15 32 5 12 5 32 5625 9 6 32 625 6 32 6875 3 2 32 75 1 8 32 8125 1 32 875 2 32 9375 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 36 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual lq polygonal line lists Pas Pa Vi E pe BS Se eZ a where XIX X ZIZ Zs are the two coordinate lists Remarks This command takes a list of first coordinates followed by a list of second coordinates If one list is shorter than the other it is automatically extended See the picture above for the example that follows Example ld 1 lq 0 0000 0 0625 0 1250 0 1875 0 2500 0 3125 0 3750 0 4375 0 5000 0 5625 0 6250 0 6875 0 7500 0 8125 0 8750 0 9375 21 507320 20 8 32 0 20 4 32 0 20 0 32 0 19 3532 20 180 3201 16 5 32 0 15 0 32 0 12 5 32 0 9 6 32 0 60 3240 342 3270 148 32 01
14. TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 377 46 for Tiebreak nodes only 47 for Tied with failure rebar for rebar in concrete 1D sliding and an option can be lersgo oad curve f for optional load curve defining the resisting stress vs gap opening isrch flag small penetration in contact search where flag can be 0 for check is off 1 for check is on 2 for check is on shortest diagonal used visdam percent for viscous damping coefficient in percent of critical kpf flag kinematic partition factor for constraint where flag can be 0 for fully automatic treatment 1 for one way treatment with slave nodes constrained to master surface 1 for one way treatment with master nodes constrained to slave surface lcair Joad_curve_ load curve defining airbag thickness penmax penetration maximum penetration thkopt flag thickness option where flag can be 0 for default from the control cards 1 for thickness is not considered 2 for thickness is considered but rigid bodies are excluded 3 for thickness is considered including rigid bodies 4 for thickness effects are not included Icfpb oad_curve_ force vs penetration behavior load curve fcm flag force calculation method where flag can be 1 for total normal force on surface vs max penetration of any node 2 for normal force on each node vs penetration Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 378 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual of node through the surf
15. amp the first 16 characters must be unique the name must be unique when case is ignored Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 455 To see the currently defined parameter values issue the painfo command There are some predefined parameters They are nextsrf 1 greater than the largest surface number see the sd command nextcrv 1 greater than the largest 3D curve number see the curd command nextlc 1 greater than the largest load curve number see the led command nextln 1 greater than the largest 2D curve number see the Id command nextmat 1 greater than the largest material number see the material menu nextbb 1 greater than the largest block boundary interface number see the bb command node the node number from the ajnp command or from the node selection in the GUI Xp x coordinate due to the project command acting on a single node yp y coordinate due to the project command acting on a single node Zzp z coordinate due to the project command acting on a single node xnrm x component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command ynm y component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command znrm z component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command pi 3 1415926 mxiridx maximum i index of the present part mxjridx maximum j index of the present part mxkridx maximum k
16. cstype type t options where type and t options can be 7 t options where t options can be ABCSI radius ABCS2 thickness NABIPI _integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP Temperature for BOX ABAQUS for PIPE ABAQUS 8 t options where t options can be ABCSI width Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 384 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ABCS2 height ABCS3 thickness ABCSA thickness ABCSS thickness ABCS6 thickness NABIPI _integrations NABIP2 _integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP Temperature 9 t_options for CIRCLE ABAQUS where t_options can be ABCSI radius NABIPI _integrations NABIP2 _integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 10 t options for BEAM ABAQUS where t options can be ABCSI depth ABCS2 height ABCS3 width ABCSA width ABCSS thickness ABCS6 thickness ABCS7 thickness NABIPI _integrations NABIP3 _integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 11 1 options for RECTANGLE ABAQUS where t options can be ABCSI width ABCS2 height NABIPI _integrations NABIP2 integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 385 12 t options for HEXAGON ABAQUS where t options can be ABCSI thickness ABCS2 thickness NABIP1 _integrations NABIP2 integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 13 t options for ELBOW ABAQUS where
17. 0 3826835 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 8216469 d norm 0 7071068 Sd norm 0 7071068 d norm 0 8216469 d norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 3826835 d norm 0 9772311 Sd norm 0 2121777 d norm 1 0 Tot 0 0 less ctbe polar cubic spline ctbe option convergence 6 i AO scale radii where option can be egin First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 last with zero 2 derivative 01 ast dx last dz last derivative First endpoint derivative 10 first dx first dz last with zero 2 derivative 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz last derivative Obezin first angular coordinate angular increment scale radial multiplier radii list of radii Remarks This option is similar to the esp2 option The difference is that the spline is calculated in polar coordinates Points are defined in polar coordinates Radii is a list of their radial coordinates The angular coordinate of the first point is 6 and the angular coordinate increases by 40 for each successive point Each radius is scaled by scale The derivatives first dx first dz second dx second dz must be specified in the Cartesian not polar coordinate space Only the direction of the derivative vector is used The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored Use the ctbo option to modify the radii Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 60 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual
18. 158 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual pr paraboloid parabola revolved about an axis pr Xo yo Zo X Y Zn V1 ti Volo F3 b where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of axis direction vector Yn second component of axis direction vector Za third component of axis direction vector r radius at the cross section along axis at f t position along axis with radius r r radius at the cross section along axis at t t position along axis with radius r Es radius at the cross section along axis at f t position along axis with radius r Remarks A parabola is rotated about an axis given by x9YoZo and x y z You define the parabola by specifying three points that it passes through in any planar cross section containing the axis of symmetry 7 t r and r The t coordinate is measured along the axis starting at the point Xo Y 020 The r coordinate is measured perpendicular to the axis The three points can be in any order These points must uniquely specify a parabola This means that the coordinates must satisfy the condition TrueGrid display rotated para xn yn zn lx 17 5 t5x 5 gt 10 A point projected to this surface should not be on the axis of symmetry See the example in Figure 120 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only
19. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 312 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks A literal node number will be output exactly as it is specified in this command It does not have to refer to an existing node This option makes it possible to spot weld between two separately generated meshes Typically one or both meshes have node offsets see offset This will generate the CONSTRAINED SPOTWELD and CONSTRAINED SPOTWELD FILTERED FORCE cards in LSDYNA Use the spwd command to define the properties ofthe spot welds When doing so be sure to specify both the number of force vectors and the time window to activate the filtered force card For NASTRAN the RBE2 card is generated Use the co spw feature to view each spot weld spwd spot weld property definitions spwd id options where id positive integer identifying the spot weld properties definition where an option can be dx displacement in the x direction for all nodes dy displacement in the y direction for all nodes dz displacement in the z direction for all nodes rx rotation about the local x axis for all nodes ry rotation about the local y axis for all nodes rz rotation about the local z axis for all nodes sn nornal_force ss shear_force n normal_force_exponent m shear_force_exponent tf failure_time Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 313 ep effective pl
20. Denoted by crosses The weights w are determined from the term W 4 A where A is the area corresponding to the i th integration node A is the total area of the cross section determined by A YA The and s dimensions are used for scaling from parametric to real coordinates The and s dimensions are specified using the bsd bm ibm ibmi jbm jbmi kbm kbmi dynamats or lsdymats commands Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 406 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Isbsd list the defined beam cross sections Isbsd Remarks Beam cross section properties are listed by number and type Use bsinfo to get full information about a specific beam cross section definition offset add offset to numbered entities in the output offset type offset where type can be nodes node numbers bricks brick elements or all elements shells shell elements 1f numbered independently beams beam elements if numbered independently tshells thick shells nsetoff node sets if they are automatically numbered not named fsetoff face sets if they are automatically numbered not named esetoff element sets if they are automatically numbered not named partoff parts lersyoff local coordinate systems Remarks Only keyword outputs can use this number offset feature For example Ls dyna Abaqus Ansys Marc Nastran NE Nastran and Neutral Abaqus uses nodes bricks nsetoff esetoff
21. Figure 206 labeled beams 248 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels 2d label 2D shell elements by element number Example TrueGrid Display 2D elements This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels nodes command The numbering of elements always starts with 1 for each type of element Figure 207 labeled linear shells labels 2q label 2D quadratic shell elements by element number Example TrueGrid Display 2nd Order 2D elements This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels nodes command The numbering of elements always starts with 1 for each type of element Figure 208 labeled quadratic shells Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 249 labels 3d label 3D brick faces by element number TrueGrid Display 3D elements Example Part 1 is composed of linear bricks and Part 2 1s composed of quadratic bricks The numbering of elements always starts with 1 for each type of element The linear bricks are labeled by the element numbers The simplified command file follows linear block 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 endpart quadratic block 1 5 1 5 1 5 5 12 1 5 1 5 merge labels 3d Figure 209 labeled bricks labels 3q
22. Manual This is used for Lsdyna Use the co merge phase command with the fmom option to view this condition mom nodal moment about one global coordinate axis mom nodes load ft moment direction where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi nset name of set direction can be X y Or Z axis pr pressure load pr fset ace set load curve amplitude where face set face set name load curve is a load curve number or zero amplitude is an amplitude factor Remarks Pressure is a scalar quantity applied to a face of an element A positive pressure acts on a face in the direction opposite the positive normal of the face All faces within the set are assigned the same pressure condition When a load curve accompanies the condition the pressure becomes time dependent Ifthe load curve number is zero no load curve is specified and the pressure load is considered a constant The positive normal direction can be specified using the orpt command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 301 14 Boundary and Constraint conditions b nodal displacement and rotation constraints b nodes option list where nodes can be n node number for a node rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a pont in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set an option
23. Manual are similar Table I DISPLAY COMMANDS Type Surfaces 3Dcurves Parts Material Boundary Groups Levels sd cd p m bb grp lv way ero ois ots metas uri nem A sequence in a list can be abbreviated by inserting a colon between the first and last numbers Surfaces can be named If a surface has been named then the name can be used instead of its number asd add a surface to the picture asd surface fs Remarks Surface surface f is added to the display asds add surfaces to the picture asds surface numbers Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 175 Remarks The surfaces in the list are added to the displayed ansd add neighboring surfaces to the picture ansd d repeats where d distance tolerance 0 tangent plane angle tolerance repeats number of times to repeat the process of adding surfaces Remarks The purpose of this command is to display the surfaces near to the ones already displayed All surfaces are searched other than infinite surfaces without edges such as a cylinder or paraboloid All edges ofa surface ofa candidate surface are checked for points within a distance d of an existing displayed surface For such nearby points it compare s the candidate surface s tangent plane with the existing surface s tangent plane at the closest point If the two tangent planes intersect at an angle less than
24. ess stress for the equivalent shear stress limit ABAQUS penmax distance to set the small penetration search distance iaug flag to set the augmentation flag where the flag can be 1 to augment until convergence tolerance is satisfied 0 for no augmentations penalty method n for the number of augmentations per step altoln tolerance to set the normal direction convergence tolerance altolt tolerance to set the tangential direction convergence tolerance tkmult multiplier to set the tangent stiffness multiplier dtime time to set the interface death time bury time to set the interface burial time concon conductance contact conductance radcon conductance radiation conductance Isdsi type options for LS DYNA sliding interfaces LS DYNA where type can be 1 for Sliding without penalties pl for Symmetric sliding with penalties 2 for Tied 3 for Sliding impact friction a3 for Sliding impact friction no segmentation orientation 4 for Single surface contact 5 for Discrete nodes impacting surface a5 for Discrete nodes impacting surface no segmentation orientation 6 for Discrete nodes tied to surface Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 376 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 10 al0 13 a13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 for Shell edge tied to shell surface for Nodes spot welded to surface for Tiebreak interface
25. list of part 3 Remarks Parts in the N th list will be offset in the picture by N times the specified vector There may be up to 50 different lists of part numbers If you issue both a mexp and a pexp command the offsets you specify will be simply added to each other For a 3 D exploded view use more than one mexp or pexp command to translate different sets of parts in different directions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 266 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual sclexp explode scale factor Multiply all the offsets for exploded views by a single scale factor sclexp scale factor 7 Material Commands tmm specify the total mass of a material tmm material _ total mass Remarks When the Merge Phase begins or when this command is issued in the Merge Phase then the volumes ofthe specified materials are calculated The density of the material is determined in order to satisfy the total mass requirement This feature is only available forthe DYNA3D NIKE3D NASTRAN TOPAZ3D ES3D ALE3D ABAQUS ANSYS and NEUTRAL output options One of these options must be selected before density can be determined This feature applies to linear shells bricks and beams The shell thickness and beam thickness must be set for shells and beams respectively buoy specify a buoyancy condition for a list of materials buoy material list options where options can be bform type where type can be
26. 1 displaced volume method 2 distributed pressure head method brick shell only styp type parameters where type and parameters can be 1 xpt ypt zpt xvec yvec zvec point on surface downward vector 2 nodel node2 nodel on surface node2 directly beneath lcid oad id where load id 0 specifies a stationary surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 267 load id gt 0 specifies the load curve for surface motion vs time rhofg density where density gt 0 means a constant density density 0 is the negative of a load curve for density vs time mgth thickness rhomg density where density gt 0 means a constant density density 0 is the negative of a load curve for density vs time snid type parameters where type and parameters can be 1 RH rule applied to local node numbering 2 xpt ypt zpt toward a point P 3 xyt ypt zpt away from a point P 4 node toward node N 5 node away from node N broach flag where flag can be 1 neglect beam thickness as beam broaches surface 2 include beam thickness as beam broaches surface am add material to the picture am material number Remarks The specified material is added to the list of materials to be displayed ams add a list of materials to the picture ams material list Remarks The specified list of materials are added to the list of materials to be displayed Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Appli
27. 112 Rodi Lean ext ates detto eun 175 window Size ss 21 BOIS bs De ht fac rA IA 175 2nd order elements 341 revoled surface 160 SLECUDVES a a 66 e a es 68 DVS UVES A Ma Wd dw aah 25 o seit Deo ia a md 160 3Df n oces een ptr Sie 68 86 ruled surface 123 162 ACCURACY ost iar da ates 101 Bdedgenuecuu eate pues 68 71 Acd scu tbt ed e SaL 175 BOL Age tate um tp t eA 68 71 PCS s Latet ad ai 175 SCOMENIS dera DIRAS ES 67 appending sues 69 surface ese Bteuteita 107 113 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 482 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Twsurf 68 93 3Dfunc Curd option 68 70 86 Abaqmats material 473 Abagstep constraints des Po eie e 303 Abagstep analysis option 472 Abagus drcum o ERES 467 beams oo oo o 384 408 load set number 303 DIISels motus occa fad 407 Verbatim onec he xim ens 467 ABI eco qe A apiid ot eG rang 175 Abort e died e ares 344 348 354 ADS expressions s co ede mer a dnd 450 Abs function o oo o 427 432 Abscissa 2I CUEVES duos C as disce icd e 18 JACO Bi ce Ye ut argo ded tardar MO A tede ES 293 display io ed ae eR EA 215 217 information o ooooo 328 O INN 330 LSMOVE us eve eura ea marea 335 TESTS 1 2 cea Wawa ra 337 Acc Co option 15 e ron E his 217 Acce displa
28. 425 lsii sliding interface number increment for local replication 426 LT Control Statements sitio dea e orto bI ed PS Drelcate ed AIRE RS oe 426 if begin an if elseif else endif ae AL A 426 elseif add an option to an if statement nnana unauna 429 else final option in an if statement 02 0 0 eee eee 430 endif end an if statement ass cube EL HINC Ue He CAS 431 endwhile end a while statement sua 6 owe RITE TECH COE ODER 431 while begin a loop iterations on Sa noe Paw oa ob Phe Ege Yu anh a d 431 12 Mera E aae uta uvae qu ka er Nee eda 434 bnstol between node set tolerance vs sceau dao o br eg 436 merge switch to the merge assembly phase o o o 437 mns Merge node Sets i edocet Ba rac A e o RU a d b RO RUP S 437 st set tolerance and merge surface nodes oooooooooo o 438 stp set tolerance and merge surface nodes with diagnostics 439 t set tolerance and merge nodes 00 00 cece eee 439 tp set tolerance and merge nodes with diagnostics 440 ztol minimum non zero absolute coordinate 440 bptol between parts tolerance specification 4 440 ptol part tolerance specification 0 0 0 cece eee eee 441 rigbm identify two rigid bodies to be merged 441 13 Global Graphics Commands 2 59 SEA Vot ek eens 441 ibzone control the computational window frame 442 noplot turn all graphics of
29. A level of transformations can be referenced by pslv commands many times A level can be redefined The levet option defines a list of coordinate transformations in the same fashion as the Ict and get commands That is this option defines a transformation as a composition of a number of basic operations The grep option includes in the level a subset of previously defined global coordinate transformations You identify them by their sequence numbers in the last get command A warning message is issued if a referenced global transformation was not previously defined by a gct command Do not confuse this option with the part command grep The grep command directly uses global transformations to replicate and transform a part This grep option only uses global transformations to help define the coordinate transformations that constitute the level The add option will include in the present level definition all ofthe transformations associated with a previously defined level With the prod option you can form the products of all transformations in two previously defined levels and include all those products as transformations of your new level This means that for every coordinate transformation in the first level and every coordinate transformation in the second level Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 417 TrueGrid forms the product transformation and includes that
30. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 324 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual eset add remove elements to from a set of elements eset set name operator option where set name is the name of the element set operator can be for initial assignment AND for intersection with element set OR for union with the element set for removal from the element set RPL to replace one element type only with LS LB LBM QS and QB option can be LBM element list linear beam element list LS element list linear shell element list QS element list quadratic shell element list LB element list linear brick element list QB element list quadratic brick element list S set name a set of elements MT material elements of a material SRF surface tolerance tt nodes elements within a tolerance of a surface CRY curve tolerance ft nodes elements within a tolerance of a curve Remarks The initial assignment creates a face set If the face set with the same name already existed then it is deleted and recreated The intersect operator redefines a face set to be only those faces which are found to be both in the original set and among the selected faces Selected faces can be added by using the union operator This causes any selected faces to be included in a set if it is not already in that set The minus operator removes all faces in a set which are among the selected faces The SRF CRV and MT options on
31. PO a a RR Rs 194 Yzplan Sd option 106 172 A t ps 98 Z coordinate o o oooo ooo 342 345 Z example AA 216 225 232 Zcy Sd option 106 173 ifinten A A D totes 98 LIO a Been Suus 103 456 E eror ed dod 422 PRU S Rae ARA eai 103 456 A t ies m n RN 443 example sous dew uS eta teres 458 transformed point 460 tricent 0000 457 459 ESA PO INE RR I N 421 Curd ris ets e e RC Ra 69 A eve eES 414 D A Gwen a AES 184 Igeged cue e ste a Ce 186 Igespd 2 can Geeta hall tat ekg 187 TESSA coca adu ed er Sates 189 EG Vos Eus Pitt dues efc 413 a o eM LCD e fo MD EA 417 NUS oe e e 190 Sd anos eet S Ph a adu SAS 108 Thickness 2776 383 SIS V D eus E drained 194 PON v uto oeste RAMUS dt tenen 440 Zxplan Sd option 106 174 A doa ae it hs 98 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 519
32. Since they are so obvious in what they do no examples are included in this section lev display a load curve lev load_curve_number where load_curve_number is the number of the load curve to be displayed Remarks If this is the first invocation of a load curve or 2D curve display command then a new window for the curves is drawn lv display all 2D curves lv no arguments Remarks The command displays all previously defined 2D curves If this is the first invocation of a curve display command then a new window is drawn for the curves lvi display list of 2D curves lvi curve curve where curve is the number of a the previously defined 2D curve s Remarks This command is similar to deds in that this command allows you to display a list of 2D curves Other defined 2D curves will not be displayed or will be removed from the display Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 65 Ivs display a sequence of 2D curves Ivs first_line last_line where first line is the first 2D curve to be displayed and last line is the number of the last curve to be displayed Remarks This command will display every 2D curve whose ID number lies between the 2 specified curve IDs 4 Create 3D Curves These commands define modify and display information about 3D curves There are many uses for 3D curves You may wish to project a face of the mesh to a sur
33. also for LS DYNA BOX where option can be adaptive material level for LS DYNA BOX ADAPTIVE coarsen inout flag for LS DYNA BOX COARSEN Remarks There are several uses of a volume The mtv command uses a volume to modify the materials of elements within the volume The Ls dyna output uses the box volume to write DEFINE BOX cards Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 112 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 9 Surface Dictionary The following is a list of surface types and parameters available as options under the sd command Many of the following surfaces refer to an axis to form a local coordinate system The parameters Xo Yo Zo give a point through which the axis passes The parameters x y z give the direction of the axis that is it is in the same direction as the line from the origin to the point x y z The distance to this point must be positive Often they also refer to r and t r is a distance from the axis and t is the distance along the axis from the point x y zp Thus r t form a local coordinate system in which we may define points curves etc Some ofthe following surfaces are based on a planar 2D curve defined with the Id command They are assigned a number which is referred to by n The 2D curve must be defined first before it is referenced by the sd command Some of the following surfaces are based on a 3D curve defined with the curd command They are assigned a numbe
34. gemini no arguments gridgen3d GRIDGEN output option gridgen no arguments iri IRI output format iri no arguments Isdyna LS DYNA output format Isdyna type where type can be fixed for the fixed format keyword for the keyword format Isnike3d LS NIKE3D output format Isnike3d no arguments marc MARC output format marc no arguments nastran NASTRAN output format nastran no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 469 nike3d NIKE3D output format nike3d no arguments enike3d no arguments nnike3d no arguments fnike3d no arguments nekton2d NEKTON2D output format nekton2d no arguments nekton3d NEKTON3D output format nekton3d no arguments ne nastran NE NASTRAN output format ne nastran no arguments neutral Neutral output Format neutral no arguments refleqs REFLEQS output format refleqs no arguments starcd STARCD output format starcd no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 470 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual plot3d PLOT3D output format plot3d no arguments poly3d Generic output format poly3d no arguments tascflow TASCflow output format tascflow no arguments topaz3d TOPAZ3D output format topaz3d no arguments topaz3d2 TOPAZ3D version 2000 output format topaz3d2 no arguments viewpoint VIEWPOINT output
35. gt Ipt x begin Z begin X endZ end radius where X egiw Z begin is the end of the specified arc and beginning of the line segment Dos Zend is the end of the line segment and radius is the radius of the circular arc Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 46 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks Use this option in order to create a circular arc extended by a tangent line segment point to tangent where the endpoints of the line segment 4 z and 4 Zi respectively and the radius are specified The point x egiw Z begin Will be modified so that it is the point of tangency This point is only used to specify the slope ofthe tangent line segment and it does not have to be at the point of tangency The arc will begin at the end of the current 2D curve and end at the tangent line segment The current 2D curve must have at least one point See the example and the picture on the following page Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 1pt 2 3 3 3 1 5 lat fillet by radius and end tangent line lat X been Z api X nd Z cid radius where is the point at the beginning of the tangent x NT Z begin extension om is the point at the end of the tangent extension and is the radius of the fillet radius Remarks last point in curve Figure 31 Append arc and tangent line last point in curve X begin 7 begi second to last point in curve Figure 32 Fillet b
36. o 360 pinfo part information AA Rese ead A 360 rap remove all parts from the picture o ooooooooooo o 360 rp remove one part from the picture ooooooooooo o 360 rps remove a set of parts from the picture 361 3 Motion oh othe Git MADE trace cte bs qtd uM ED uU t c eet M EE 361 rotation global initial velocities as a rigid body rotation 361 velocity global initial velocities as a rigid body translation 362 4 Boundary Conditions and Constraints 0 00 eens 362 detp detonation points or lines 00 cece ee ee eee 362 jd Joint defimit ID y etait a Ae d e od e prosa C tes 363 jtinfo write information about joints 02 2 0 ee eee eee 365 Isys define a local coordinate system for the Ib command 365 Isysinfo list all of the local coordinate systems lesus 366 plane define a boundary plane ui o4 eo e e xx as 367 plinfo write information about defined boundary planes 368 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 11 5 Radiation and Temperatures 20 0 ccc eee 368 temp global default constant temperature 04 368 bfd bulk fluid definition A e DR IUS pe Ce mE 369 6 Springs Dampers and Point Masses o oooooocoocococr eee 369 spd define the properties of a set of springs or dampers 370 spinfo
37. sfa factor sfo factor offa offset offo offset dattyp type where type can be 0 1 g crit q di d2 offset d3 offset scale d4 offset scale min mi m2 offset m3 offset scale m4 offset scale min load curve number transient analysis or other stress initialization only stress initialization and transient analysis time abscissa scale factor amplitude ordinate scale factor time abscissa offset amplitude ordinate offset monotonic time abscissa non monotonic time abscissa modal damping viscous dampers modal critical damping modal damping quality factor frequency time dependency dynamic load frequency time dependency dynamic load frequency time dependency dynamic load frequency time dependency dynamic load temperature dependence temperature dependence temperature dependence temperature dependence Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 22 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual where offset offset for amplitude scale scale factor for amplitude min lower clamp for the amplitude sl stress dependent st material property temperature dependent rndl power spectral density where a curve must be one of DIT Lb IP t f t f t f where t f are the pairs of time and load amplitudes func npnts u u load expression where npnts number of points in curve M minimum value of the independent variable u u maximum value of the independent variable u load_exp
38. sp rho theta phi nset name_of_set angle_x is the rotation about the x axis angle_y is the rotation about the y axis angle z is the rotation about the z axis fc concentrated nodal loads fc nodes load t amplitude fx fy fz where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 299 nset name of set load t is a load curve number specifying the force s change in time amplitude is a load curve multiplier fx is the initial force in the x direction p is the initial force in the y direction fz is the initial force in the z direction ffc concentrated nodal load with a follower force ffe nodes load_ amplitude node node node where nodes can be n node_number rtxyz cy p 0z sp p 0 nset set_name Remarks A follower plane is defined using the three nodes The normal of the plane defines the direction of the force This is used for Dyna3D and Lsdyna Use the co merge phase command with the fec option to view this condition fmom follower nodal moment fmom nodes load_ amplitude node node node where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy p Oz sp p 0 nset set_name Remarks A follower plane is defined using three nodes The moment is about the normal ofthe follower plane Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 300 March 29 2006 TrueGrid
39. swept n direction In a In a trans surface with planar cross sections along a 2D curve 3D curves surfaces formed from rule3d 3D curve 3D_curve trans ruled surface between two 3D curves crule3d 3D curve 3D_curve trans cylindrical surface between two 3D curves pipe 3d_curve radius arc length radius arc length trans sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve blend3 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve trans blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch blend4 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve trans blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch r3dc x y Zo x y z 3D curve start angle end angle trans 3D curve rotated about an arbitrary axis IGES see also iges igesfile igessd igespd and nurbsd nurbs nurbs IGES NURBS Non Uniform Rational B Spline igess surface trans IGES parametric surface igesp plane trans IGES plane Algebraic surfaces function uz Una Vmin Ymax X expression y expression z expression trans surface by three algebraic expressions esps 4 columns tt rows flag conditions X Vj Zii X Yp Zp rans cubic spline surface bsps i degree j degree iknot iknot jknot jknot xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol trans B spline surface nrbs i degree j degree iknot iknot jknot jknot weight weight xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol trans NURBS surface hermite
40. w command which is similar to this command except that it also smooths the V MRN Hn Wh i projected curve I NORRU 7 Tr H Surface 1 Curve 3 A transformation is formed by a sequence ofsimple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list ofthese simple transformations see the Ict command Example curd 4 projcur 3 1 Figure 64 curve by projcur c curve 4 by projection of pscur create append curve projected onto a surface and smoothed pscur 3D curve ftsurface t ft iterations tol trans where 3D curve f is the ID number of an existing 3D curve surface tt is the ID number of an existing surface 4 iterations is the number of iterations used tol is the tolerance which limits the smoothing iterations and trans is an optional final transformation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 87 Remarks This command projects the specified 3D curve onto the specified surface and then iteratively smooths the final curve This iterative method continues until the differences between successive iterations are less than tol A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the Ict command Example The pscur command is demonstrated by projection and smoothing of the spline curve onto discontinuous planar surface Fi
41. 0 Example gmi 5 c set the material number increment for grep replications lmi 1 c set the material number increment for lrep replications block 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 c single element part mate 1 c set the material number for the original part lct 4 mx 1 repe 4 lrep 0 4 c 5 local replications gct 4 my 1 repe 4 grep 0 4 c 5 global replications endpart In this example 25 replications of a single element part are created with each element having a different material number The material numbers are incremented according to the order of the transformations in the lrep and grep commands Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 424 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Imi material number increment for local replication Imi material increment Remarks This command sets the increment used to change the material numbers in a part that is being replicated using the Irep command For each replication ofa part the material numbers are increased from the previous replication For example if materials 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the local material increment is 1 then a replication of this part using lrep would be assigned materials 2 and 7 respectively The default is 0 See the example for the gmi command gsii sliding interface number increment for global replication gsii s iding increment Remarks This command sets the increment used to change the sli
42. 0 0 0 173 on fc 0 0 0 0 0 0 174 on fe 0 0 0 0 0 50 175 on fc 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 mom nset force 12 x c moment around x definition c for the node set force infol nset force all 1 c information print for the node set force c for all conditions stat is either on or off LOAD TABLE NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE 155 on fc 1 0 0 0 0 0 Leg 154 on fc 0 0 0 0 0 oO 153 on Eg 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 173 on fc 0 0 0 0 0 Tep 174 on fc 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 175 on fc 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 155 on mom 2 0 154 on mom 2 0 153 on mom 2 0 173 on mom 2 0 174 on mom 2 0 175 on mom 1 1 2 0 rml nset force fc 1 c removal of the concentrated c forces of the node set force from the model infol nset force all 1 c information print for the node set force c for all conditions stat is either on or off LOAD TABLE NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE 155 off Fc il 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 336 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 154 off Ec L O 0 0 0 0 l0 153 off Fc L 0 0 0 0 0 1 60 D 73 Off Fc L O 0 0 0 0 1 0 174 off Fc L 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 TS OL Fc L O 0 0 0 0 1 60 55 on mom 2 0 54 on mom 2 0 53 on mom 2 0 73 on mom 2 0 74 on mom 2 0 75 on mom 2 0 rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes rsl nodes type where nodes can be N node_number node number RTxyz node closest to Cartesian point CY rho theta z node closest to cylin
43. 0 1 sd 2 sp 000 2 sd 3 plan 000 101 sd 4 plan 0 0 0 0 1 sd 5 plan 000 11 0 sd 6 plan 0 0 0 0 block 1 5 1 5 1 5 2 11 11 Sfi 1 sSd 1 sfi 2 sd 2 sfi 2 sd 3 Sfi 1 sd 4 sfi 2 sd 5 sfi 1 sd 6 lcd 1 0 0 1 1 tepro 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 5 sqrt x 2 2 y yt z z A atan2 y X merge TrueGrid display temperature profile 1 Figure 189 Hidden Line version CO TEPRO Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 236 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co sc display smoothing constraints Example sd 1 cy 0 000012 block 1 2 5 6 1 4 1 4 i hd 1 I L sfi 10 20 30 4 sd 1 sc211322 i merge Figure 190 Wire frame version CO SC TrueGrid display ALE smoothing constraint Figure 191 Hidden Line version CO SC Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 237 display shell normals con Example xe un e S S N T H HOr o o C CN Q nc M 6 wH O rl do UH a uu e CX DEA d E DG ZN gt lt gt KSX SEEN AC Figure 192 Wire frame version CO N Figure 193 Hidden Line version CO N ed Inc All Rights Reserv Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 238 co resn display radiation enclosures labeled
44. 0 5 6 1 dei 3 4 3 4 sfi 3 3 4 sd 1 Sfi 4 3 4 sd 2 sfi 3 4 3 sd 3 sfi 3 4 4 sd 4 sfi 1 6 1 6 3 4 sd 5 sfi 1 6 1 6 1 3 sd 6 sfi 1 6 1 6 4 6 sd 7 mom 331441 11 x endpart merge Figure 198 Hidden view with moments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 241 co mdep display momentum deposition Example TrueGrid view momentum deposition elements This example takes two files The second one is named row and is included in the first file sd 1 sp 000 3 para n 5 x0 0 yO 0 include row para n 4 x0 3 yO 3 tan 60 include row para n 3 x0 2 3 yO 2 3 tan 60 include row para n 2 x0 3 3 yO 3 3 tan 60 include row para n 1 x0 4 3 yO 4 3 tan 60 include row Figure 199 Parametric replication The second file called row contains the following commands block 15 9 13 1 5 9 13 1 5 9 13 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 dei 1 2 0 3 4 1 2 03 4 dei 1 2 0 3 4 2 0 3 4 dei 1 2 034 2034 sfi 1 4 1 4 8d 1 1 4 if n eq 1 then mdep 11 144 endif gct 1 mx x0 my Sy0 grep 1 lct n mx 6 repe n lrep 1 n endpart 4 220 01 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 242 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co Sy display symmetry plane conditions Example TrueGrid display nodes of symmetry plane ac
45. 1 5 1 k parameter k7 k1 1 k2 3 if sk eq 1 then sd ns 1 plan xx 0 zz k ze sin p 0 cos p elseif Ssk le 0 then echo Error in parameter sk end else sd ns 1 plan xx 0 zz k Sze O 1 0 endif sfi 2 sd Sns 1 else parameter k 2 endif endif elseif add an option to an if statement elseif expression then where expression is defined in the if statement above Remarks The elseif statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line This is like the block elseif statement in FORTRAN Every elseif belongs to an if statement which must be ended with an endif If there is another if statement that follows before the endif statement then Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 429 that if statement must be ended with an endif before the first if elseif one can be ended This is called nesting of if statements TrueGrid allows for 19 nestings of if statements Optionally multiple elseif statements can be used within the if statement An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in the if statement The elseif and else can also have up to 19 nested if statements following it The relational or logical expression found in the if statement is evaluated This expression can have any ofthe features found in expressions Relational and logical operators are also available The order o
46. 107320 0 2 32 0 0 0 32 0 Ipil intersect 2 curves Ipil curve curve ee A E ul where curve curve are the 2 2D curve numbers O0E 01 Remarks 00E 01 This command is used to append the intersection point of two previously defined 2D curves The 2D curve number 3 shown in the example on the next page uses this feature The mazt is used to specify the tolerance for this intersection 00E 01 00E 01 00E 01 00E 01 Example ld 1 1p2 0 21 32 0625 20 8 32 125 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 37 20 42 32 1875 20 32 25 19 3 32 3125 18 0 32 0 375 16 5 32 4375 15 32 5 12 5 32 5625 9 6 32 625 6 32 6875 3 2 32 To 18 32 8125 1 32 49875 2 252 sto 0 32 3 ld 2 lstl 1 0 O lrot 2 45 lt 2 6 4 ld 3 1p2 1 1 lpil 1 2 lpta tangent to a circle lpta x 4 z 4 radius where Ons is the center of the circle and radius is the circle s radius with the sign indicating which side of the circle is to be used Remarks If the radius gt 0 then the point of tangency is found by moving counterclockwise around the circle from the point formed by the intersection of the circle with the line segment extending point of tangency from its center to the curves previous point If the radius lt 0 then the point is found by moving clockwise The
47. 175 270 hei p VLL 96 Rod tieid 4 DO ede te RENDER 288 ROMS it ito qebdosfeb4te i Vaio es 410 2D CUEVES ti de 28 2D CUIVES 4 ox eie XR RA Ct 18 ROTACION 52 eter ad 361 ID TUVE Lais oes Sont e 160 motionen e ae s Ce RA 361 ME OEILYSS G45 o Pha aS ande easy 298 Rounding in expressions 449 RD Gated d wea ny neato 175 360 BRIG a td EM 212 OEC uuo ect e eh s 211 Rpl element set isa cv ota een 325 ROSA ado id 175 361 RSG os suae yd M e ah RA 175 179 Tete cow a REESE 182 A iced decay 109 Eds se mieu LC oe aux 175 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 508 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Rseg Ld option 33 34 64 RGD A ERE UN Es 310 337 examples s oq eee ek 338 Rule2d C1 Qn O s SER ae ea 147 Rule2d Sd option 18 106 161 Rule3d TED ais e od dert 147 Rule3d Sd option 107 162 O A 161 Ruled surface 123 161 162 2D CULVES ad ed 18 A A CES 339 CAMPS os sederet DV EN 339 Rx CULO p boudin det 68 Gio PME E ERE 414 A O 183 IUGSGd 225 RIOS 185 gespa eoo edi sx veia xd ed 187 A RE 188 Gis dest ptos dude ri Mea n 412 DE 416 SVS us deux eto rs 366 N rbsd Goo 34 Dres mb as LA 189 B euge est ace ei ns QA gees 108 Trs Sep gai Tc hi facet 110 VBSU Les eda hn DE d eed C 193 Rxy CUE oid oss e dator AS 68 yr e datu Quia 414 ju PR rp 183 e 45 tro e Aw INA 185 IES Pd ad tace mecs RO Rn 187 A nic wae S
48. 1s sid n set identification number dx for x displacement dy for y displacement dz for z displacement rx for rotation about the x axis ry for rotation about the y axis YZ for rotation about the z axis followed by a value of 0 in order to initialize to no constraint 1 to constrain Remarks This command adds nodal constraints in the global coordinate system Initially there are no constraints Each b command modifies the constraints for the nodes of the region Thus several commands may set different constraints for the same node This has a cumulative effect For example you can remove degrees of freedom in the x direction for nodes of an edge of the mesh Then the constraint lists of all nodes along this edge are modified to reflect this constraint Then you could place a displacement constraint in the y direction on an adjoining edge of the mesh The corner node where these two edges meet would then be supported in both the x and y directions Several other commands can affect the constraints For example the plan command with the symm option for symmetry can add constraints if the symmetry plane is parallel to one of the coordinate planes Different nodes may be merged into one The merged node inherits ALL of the constraints of the nodes which were merged into it To view the different constraints in the model use the condition Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 302 March 29 2006 TrueGrid M
49. 2 19 2 31 69 2 51 59 2 65 47 2 79 34 2293 421 3407 07 3 21 07 324 395 21 3 49 34 3 63 47 3 77 59 3 91 69 4 05 79 4 19 87 4 33 93 4 47 97 4 61 499 4 TI I 4 89 98 5 03 95 5 17 9 5 31 83 5 45 74 Figure 11 Scale Second Coordinate Only 5 59 64 5 72 53 5 86 41 6 28 6 14 14 6 28 0 l1sez 1 3 It translate et 2D curve Ax Az where 2D curve is the number of a previously defined 2D curve and Ax 4z is the translation to be applied Remarks This is different from the Istl option of the Id command because It modifies an existing 2D curve See the example on the following page Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 30 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example ____frueGrid 2D curves ld 1 1p2 0 0 14 14 28 28 42 41 56 53 7 64 84 74 98 83 1 12 9 1 26 95 1 4 98 1 54 1 1 68 99 1 82 97 14 95 99 22509 2984 2223 279 2237 69 2 51 59 2 65 47 2 79 34 2 93 21 3 07 07 3 21 07 3 35 21 3 49 34 3 63 47 3 77 59 3 91 69 4 05 79 4 19 87 4 33 93 4 47 97 4 61 99 4 75 1 4 89 98 5 03 95 5 17 9 5 31 83 5 45 74 5 59 64 5 72 53 5 86 41 6 28 6 14 14 6 28 0 lsez 1 3 It 1 1 570796 Y Figure 12 Translate Existing 2D Curve fled piece wise trigonometric load curve fled options where
50. 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 449 nint x rounds x to the nearest integer abs x absolute value of x mod a b a modulo 5 sign a b transfer the sign of b to a max x x x maximum number min x x x minimum number sqrt x square root of x x must be positive exp x exponential of x x must not exceed 85 19 log x natural logarithm of x x must be positive log10 x common logarithm base 10 of x x must be positive sin x sine of x in degrees cos x cosine of x in degrees tan x tangent of x x cannot be 90 90 180 180 etc asin x arc sine in degrees of x x must be between 1 and 1 acos x arc cosine in degrees of x x must be between 1 and 1 atan x arc tangent of x atan2 y x arc tangent of y x sinh x hyperbolic sine of x cosh x hyperbolic cosine of x rand pseudo random number from a uniform distribution of unit length mean 0 rand seed pseudo random number from a uniform distribution of unit length mean 0 computed from the given seed rand seed mean pseudo random number from a uniform distribution between mean Y and mean computed from the given seed norm pseudo random number from a normal distribution with mean 0 and standard deviation 1 norm seed pseudo random number from a normal distribution with mean 0 and standard deviation 1 computed from the given seed norm seed mean pseudo random number from a normal distri
51. 352 385 386 labels nodeset xx Figure 248 Node Set by nset Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 331 Example TrueGrid Draw This example demonstrates the parametric capabilities of node sets The mesh and the curve circle are shown Figure 249 Node set Press 1 is defined by a distance 3 from curve number 1 Figure 250 Node set Press 2 is defined by a distance of 1 from curve number 1 Figure 251 block 1 50 1 50 1 0 10 0 10 0 curd 1 arc3 whole rt 7 7 0 rt 6 6 0 rt 4 6 0 merge nset Press 1 crv 1 3 labels nodeset Press 1 nset Press 2 crv 1 1 labels nodeset Press 2 Figure 249 Mesh and Curve TrueGrid Display Node Set Press 1 TrueGrid Display Node Set Press 2 BERE Priced er Ae ee dag 1 100 NE A E di pce da AAA Figure 250 Node Set Press 1 Figure 251 Node Set Press 2 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 332 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example Another useful application ofthe nset command is the definition ofa sliding interface Figure 252 The node set RADI
52. 4 columns rows flag conditions Xi y Zii Xj V j5 Z5 trans 2 order once differentiable spline surface min Polygonal surfaces see also vpsd wrsd mvpn pvpn and fetol mesh m n X yj Zii X21 Y21 291 lt lt Xmn Y mn Zinn trans tabular data face region face of the present part Part phase only faceset set name face set Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 107 108 poly polygon set trans polygon set stl file trans read the standard ASCII STL file bstl file trans read the standard binary STL file trans is a product from left to right of the following operators mx x offset my y offset mzz offset v x offset y offset z offset rx theta ry theta rz theta raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn rxy ryz YZx tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis Ist y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a
53. 41 EI deua da 205 Measure cue amp re reti S ease 209 PHNOM oui ane ue chee tan Ree us 206 MEASTE ee cee nies td arte 209 USC at ate ue do eae A bees 430 example oo NS 429 E Ain te a RD ead 429 example se ecne tub er ena 429 Endo 20e A SA EE 448 end of line UNIX cen d cthiod e eq rir ces 182 NANI EL o x uuo m get 182 BEBO u6 adn Ds ales A 431 example e 2o ed stes 242 429 DODO 24 os aae a Boxe ac s 349 BIOCK a s oar ees 344 348 354 cylinder e a as 348 o A 3 ducem trees 449 A kee totes eae 137 End While st actu nta 431 Bikes dea te beaks 470 DO tao de Dtm aua he cede SU 465 display raid aco e eee RES es 214 GXatple cos T hee ases 231 Epb Co option o ooooooooo o 231 Equation def to caa oui erie tati p os 451 Er O Pr adu dun un kis 147 SUR a MM Meus 136 Er Sd option 106 136 Erosion contact coy addat ex ed 379 Emod 2 fe 08 4 E R hed amp Renae 448 ETOT Auta vede Rhod coin ta eris 451 interrupts ou e te at 448 453 ES Derun edo ed d Detto ed dos in 468 Ea s cet Et ead Mies A 325 detached eese 210 example ooo EL RR ds 231 Es g e coru eno be whe aka 4 eS 409 ESO cnet see tela even a 409 Esm EXA uva done Seco utut 244 bild revue a e a A RIPMOSTS 288 O E E packed 423 o A VL tos 422 EXCUSA tee oe o bc 349 BEXOdUSH cti 468 EXD iss rus Se ea IN ue cette 265 266 eXpressions os sas uc p 450 Exp function habreis 427 432 Exploded views usus 2
54. 452 Insprt attach to curve ess ox Meets 446 attachment ox 4 cecus YER 71 SHINO s ay dete Dee re deua 449 CRAMP let ox emus 233 429 Ifl S oe er Lear as iita o 504 tat Pu esp Rid 449 Int function 427 432 CUE ata On aa O Fs nada 84 Intcur Curd option 68 70 84 Interactive execution 453 Interfac Co option 234 Interface A torus tee te te ge 270 save segments display 214 Interface elements o ovens 375 display oes aa ER e RES cs 214 Interpolate surface 147 Interpolation DUP CUIVES 2 gi Cauet sexe 52 2D to 3D curve x enue boa See dad 82 ID CUNVES deca o ers E ces tat 66 constraint rbe 290 cylinder ame E BA 349 A es deo Ld 454 A ROSAS 459 Intertupl o cuoco AS 453 errmod ours bt ERE e qu 448 A Awe EA e 456 Intersection DID CHIVES Las ceu d dos edt 37 of surfaces oue cmd D esca ds 103 two surfaces 66 68 o 4 dis sa M ER C a pha ara Radars 147 Intp Sd option 105 147 mvpn modify 102 pypn modify ex Gees 105 Jill tt dat dete qs 374 Exatiplec e coco ted RW 374 TIBEVD O our D 3 Aetolos 454 Inv Curd A Reha x tna seit 69 A e dod 414 pes a RE 183 A aceto bonn 185 Igespd iid bis bebe iae yita i Red 187 Igessd moon eeu oar med 189 A Pran tdt 412 ley esi NA tec MER 417 LEYS ou ee pc dee d RS 366 INUIDSQ 24 Dite od ery DEAS 190 Bd asas dear d SERO 108 TTS
55. 5 7 0 10 12 dei 1 2 2 13 dei 3 5 4 8 dei 4 5 7 13 dei 2 4 3 5 1 2 sfi 3 5 4 8 sd 1 IL a a Sfi 2 5 3 9 sd 2 sfi 2 9 13 plane 0 1 1 00 10 sfi 4 8 13 plane 0 080 010 sfi 2 2 3 plane 0 1 0010 NN sfi 3 8 13 plane 0 6 0010 RR esc sfi 3 3 4 plane 0 6 0 0 1 0 LOS SENSE sfi 4 3 4 plane 0 300 1 0 ALIAS SIS sfi 7 8 10 12 sd 3 LO COMME LO E ES p pd SIFA III sfi 6 8 11 13 sd 4 T E Bei 27 87 7 gt els Be EA sfi 6 8 11 plan 680 0100 TEE LLANA sfi 2 4 3 4 cy 1 7 187 0 0 ELE NA 0 1 125 LET AAA AEA sfi 2 4 5 plan 1 825 0 0 1 00 III sfi 4 4 5 plan 1 575 00 10 0 A relaxi 6 8 2 9 13 50 001 1 relaxi 6 8 4 9 13 50 00 relaxi 8 2 5 3 9 50 001 1 Figure 163 Hidden Line version CO SW relaxi 5 8 2 3 9 50 001 1 relaxi 5 8 3 4 8 50 001 1 relaxi 1 6 1 5 1 50 001 1 relaxi 1 6 1 5 2 50 001 1 relaxi 5 2 5 3 9 50 001 1 lct 3 ryz rxz ryz rxz lrep 0 1 2 3 endpart merge stp 001 nset nl 1 997 998 1650 1651 1668 1669 2986 2987 3004 3005 3657 3658 sw nset nl 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 224 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co nr display non reflecting Remarks The co iss command works the same way DA LE LEE Example block 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 sfi 2 1 2 2 sp 0001 z 1 5 z nri 2 1 27 4 2 merge co ve display initial velocities Example bloc
56. 6 Springs Dampers and Point Masses There are two ways to generate springs or dampers The spdp command is used to create an array of springs or dampers between two disconnected faces of the mesh one spring between each pair of corresponding nodes The spring command is used to create a single spring between two nodes The spdp command is only found in the part phase The spring command is found in both the part and merge phase but the syntax differs Both of these commands refer to a spring definition number The spd command is used to define the properties of a spring and assign a definition number to these properties There are two ways to generate a point mass The npm command creates a new node with a point mass Since this node is not connected to the rest of the model you must take additional steps to make sure it is connected through merging or building a beam or spring using this node The pm command can also be used to assign a mass to an existing node Although the npm command may appear to be a global command it causes point mass replications when found in the part phase when the part is replicated distinguishing it from the npm command found in the merge phase The pm command is found in both the part and merge phase but their syntax differs Springs dampers and point masses are replicated when they are specified within a part and the part is replicated When the spring definition number is incremented in the spring command mak
57. 7190955e 02 6 6715145e 01 4 7235709e 02 7 4401599e 01 orpt 0 0 0 bule 1 2 9 9454612e 01 9 5007576e 02 5 5500008e 03 5 c 7 752336E 01 1 707245E 01 9 306287E 03 bulc 1 2 7 1137702e 01 6 9195741e 01 3 5788484e 02 5 c 6 328765E 01 4 716224E 01 3 093115E 02 c beginning of a comment c text Remarks The character c represents a comment when it appears at the beginning of a line and is followed by a space or when it appears in the middle of a line and is both preceded and followed by a space Comments will be preserve in the tsave session file This feature is especially useful for commenting out commands in a batch input file Another way to insert comments is to use a dollar sign If you have a large body of text or a section of commands you wish to turn into comments encase the text with the curved brackets This works across multiple lines of text circent center of a circle circent x y Z X Y Z2 X Y3 Z3 where x y Z is a point on the circle for i 1 2 3 Remarks This command finds the center of a circle that passes through 3 non planar points Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 444 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example circent 1 1 12 2 2 3 3 3 center 8 71622E 01 1 11486E 00 2 02703E 00 radius 3 0050633 normal 1 16248E 01 3 48743E 01 9 29981E 01 crprod cross product Calculates the cross p
58. A 110 VBSU Co da ra aos 194 Fti displays aseo ex eos Cb 4 214 FUlCHOIP vod o be Pe ee Yita e Ro 451 Function Sd option 107 139 A A Prop 295 MSP PA NA RAI 214 AMS e med Rs 223 information AAA 328 NSE a HP aV des 330 TGHIOVE uoce tees ve b da tee 233 IestOIG Ti iES 337 Fv Co option ida eo Gu xe 223 Fvc USPS 214 Fvci USPS ds 214 Fvi GISPIAY ciate ba Cte ees Nu ue cad 214 Fvs o a cost ace Ca hr edes 214 Fvsi displaya eio E Ro E MESRA 214 Py S dan coats FOROS ha ea CR RU S 297 HSDPA IRA wien SOS 214 Fvvc ISDEM ed 214 Fvvci displays ces ce Reus 214 Fvvi displaye eee men a 214 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 494 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Fvvs display qiie girs Rare a tA 214 Fvvsi display A e de 214 Fws2 Ldoption o o ooo ooooo 56 Gaps between surfaces 163 Gaps in geometry oo oooooooo o 179 Ec Er DR E 414 example 217 242 415 426 461 iz CET 417 apt oce as 460 Gemi A p ul don n ERES 469 Generatrix revoled surface 160 Geometry ACOULACY EA tege rA qu a 182 gaps i o ea Rae NOR SORA SS 179 SOLOS omae queis e teo Pt 179 trimmed surfaces 179 Geometry of the mesh 179 BEIDDBGL sucio EAM UR aehooq dtu Ib atus 373 Getol oeie ed DEAE RR RR 101 182 revolved surface 160 trimming A risiede d 192 O O OR Rode RORIS 422 Global coo
59. Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 229 co npb display nodal print blocks Example sd 1 sp 0 005 sd 2 plan 003001 sd 3 plan 0 0 3 0 0 1 block 1 5 9 eb 95 15 9 E 0 gt sfi 1 3 1 3 1 3 sd 1 sfi 3 sd 2 sfi l sd 3 merge nset nodesl 1 112 117 200 253 268 npb nset nodesl Figure 177 Hidden Line version CO NPB Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 230 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual display element print blocks co epb To A IW AAS SAV BN DEAN LIX POSO ZAR TKN ty FAL NODI RY ONU PSAS EN N SNC V A SS 5 9 n Figure 178 Wire frame version CO EPB OY xr o LO Y LO xe e Hon on sn Odes N H mM aM Uu Q 10 y do o d co C Ow HIN o Y O e dM amp p mom ow n Doe NM don ooo r n p DD PNG 000IO snn am o 9 OHE Ce E E Ma E oO GO On lo O N H OA do wo 2 n OQ OQ Hoese O e E vos on amp ANMU DY O R O d d 40 Q x DUDA HHH Ou E nun un Q nun ge WO o9 231 Figure 179 Hidden Line version CO EPB March 29 2006 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual co sp display springs helix Example TrueGrid draw Numbered Springs Dampers cylinder 1 3 1 22
60. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 24 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Icinfo information about load curves Icinfo no arguments Remarks Prints the number of points of each load curve Example fled 1 phase 180 cosine 30 5 1 lp 1 1 tinit 1 finit 1 fsca 1 foff 1 phase 0 sine 60 60 1 led 200 1 04 4 08 9 12 1 6 16 2 5 2 lcinfo The above example produces 2 load curves The table below is written to the tsave file and to the text window if the command is issued interactively LOAD CURVE DEFINITIONS load curve number 1 has 91 points load curve number 2 has 6 points Id3d2d convert 3D curves to 2D curves Id3d2d reduct coord first 2D curve 3D curve 3D curve where reduct coord X y or Z coordinate by which to reduce the 3D curve to a 2D curve first 2D curve t is the number to be assigned to the first 2D curve 3D curve are the numbers of the 3D curves Remarks The symbols x y or z specify the coordinate to be eliminated The specified 3D curve is projected onto the coordinate plane defined by the remaining two coordinates Example One of the edges of a surface is converted into a 3D curve The Id3d2d command converts the 3D curve into a 2D curve by eliminating the z coordinate Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 25 sd 1 func
61. EVS auta ds OU uou San E MAM 66 Magnetic flux boundary conditions 318 319 Maplabel acento str Roe 350 IV AEG uoo es aet Sr 4 trace IR af EE 469 Deaths yas 2s Un neo ERa 397 ONSELS oia elas 407 verbatim dept paraa 467 Marc analysis a eta bere 472 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 500 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Marcmats material 474 MSS a deest er A 207 Mate example iaa naa 220 232 245 teadTBeslt 12 esr A O 350 Material seres Mas ate host tette oo SMS 456 ATUS stt Ceu esol UT INE 175 AMS 2 oett lea 175 coordinate system display 214 DO UR 175 display 2 erg duh Rec ene 174 A O 175 DS rias aa 175 element iso qv cna PE ae 325 nSet 2o ox pm ge 330 Raine oae es edens i etica 175 Pies cos ucro ita cap NAS 175 RMS 2E Veo sb 175 Material number eor S 350 increment 424 425 Max expressions 04 450 Max function 427 432 Marti Cen Tv ete edit Cade 22 Ipile ose ato A 37 Mb example o vaca A E QR EN ag 222 IMDB gt 4 442 oc A eene 374 Example oss eo DE ear ted 375 Mdep display eo II es 214 examples osx wed des det eges 242 Mdep Co option oo oo ooo o 242 Measure 00 cee momo ee 207 Merge uoce oA Or t ONE RO CRGA 437 across node sets 436 ambiguity uva d ur es 436 dummy interface 382 Hodes c4 o Soa cbnda dette tae A VS 434 Parts cr sy cust
62. For each point in the original curve both the left and right sided normals are calculated Then they are averaged This average normal is used to calculate the direction of the offset In the example below compare curves 2 and 3 offset from curve 1 using the Inof and lod options respectively Example curve 3 offset from curve 1 ld 1 3 p2 7 0 2 0 1 0 1 1 0 central differencing method ld 2 lnof 1 1 ld 3 lod 1 1 Figure 26 Comparison of two offset methods Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 43 Ifil fillet Ifil Ox 7 2 ona P radius where e is the angle between the positive x axis and the line segment which joins the last point of the current curve and the fillet arc na Z ong is the endpoint of this 2D curve segment is the angle between the positive x axis and the line segment which joins the fillet arc and the endpoint x lpo Z sna and radius is the radius of the fillet Remarks Use this option to add a fillet made from 2 points and 2 angles to form an arc of a circle of the specified radius This arc is met by a tangent line segment originating at the last defined point in the curve having the slope quc ae dope specified by the angle O That is O is the angle two tangents to the circi between the positive x axis and the line re specified segment The arc terminates at a point such that ifa line is drawn from that po
63. Inc All Rights Reserved 308 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Icid ocal coordinate system for inertia for inertia tensor ixx xx component of inertia tensor ixy xy component of inertia tensor ixz xz component of inertia tensor iyy yy component of inertia tensor iyz yz component of inertia tensor izz zz component of inertia tensor trv x velocity y velocity z velocity rtv x rot velocity y rot velocity z rot velocity Remarks This command allows you to append nodes to an existing rigid body for NIKE3D or to create a nodal rigid body for LS DYNA The nodes appended to a NIKE3D rigid body inherit constraints and so no constraints can be specified the material number of the existing rigid body is required For LS DYNA the nodal rigid body is created and all properties of the rigid body can be specified rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes rml nodes type where nodes can be n node number a node number rtxyz a Cartesian coordinate cy rho theta z a cylindrical coordinate sp rho theta phi a spherical coordinate nset name of set a node set type can be all oad curve f for all conditions for a load case curve fc load f for Nodal force by load curve fd load curve f for Nodal displacement fv load curve for Nodal velocity ft load curve for Nodal velocity tm for Initial temperature sw stone wall ft for Nodes impacting a stone wall v for Electrostatic temperature acc load_curve_ for Nodal acceleratio
64. Ofor rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryz for reflection about the y z plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin Ist x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 185 esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Remarks First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or the iges command It is inefficient to start with a high number for the curves A unique TrueGrid 3D curve number will be assign to each rendered IGES curve starting wi
65. Remarks This is designed to place a smooth surface through a very large number of regularly spaced points It has 2 derivatives at each point The resulting surface is very accurate in that it passes approximately through all of the points within a very small tolerance This surface is different from a cubic spline surface in that it is not 2 times differentiable everywhere This 2 derivative which is typically found in a cubic spline surface has been sacrificed to get a surface that is very fast and very accurate It can easily handle millions of control points and has at least 1 derivative everywhere The form of this data for this surface is identical to a cubic spline surface so if after trying a cubic spline and not getting the desired results you can easily try this type of spline surface A normal offset can be applied to this surface by issuing the normal option followed by the offset as the first operator in the transformation trans Use the wiges command to write surfaces of hermite type to an IGES file as a parametric spline surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 140 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Examples In the examples below all have the same set of control points Only the edge derivatives are different In this first example the natural derivatives are used sd 1 hermite 4 3 0000 200020 2000 20 101011 1010 1 202022 20207 22 Figure 103 Natural
66. Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 498 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 245 413 426 452 leucas dA e ed LEE OE 417 ADE ce oam oec a RCRUM 460 EE ah dd de NU AC sec ET 456 2D CUrV6es 5 ar a dose 18 apla uice os oos rte oo Ef 19 CSp iu e e RE cute m e E 53 Din aTe E eb a cic 60 CIBO ce tects n oer LIE 61 example RS Sore Ra ases 235 FiBO c ouest shed su tae eu etit 61 BIDO Dra d pt aded dod ted cus ave gen 63 PEZ c 4 cS E EE VS 56 ad re dece op dria 48 Bap A toda eum dator 44 AA ortu eds wb 2anidieind 45 dU c cU eret ity A 47 Lp oe eno e a teo at AU 41 A oP cacy e RERO 44 226 Litas a eT 52 inn 5 Tcr 43 EOR 53 a Gee te e up 42 IB2 v dieti era e v ud 19 36 ibo Nr V 37 Dte ated One mud ecce t d 46 A AAA 38 AA nete Renaud 3T T A UEA A A 49 Ie 2 tox d mou SA 30 A Nen 2 ba es 39 Libo uot esos DE dias ue 50 E A t bre A 51 A e E A IO 46 A get abusu es deas 49 revolved surface 124 126 RSCG liked AR RA EYE 64 POEL ose s tac etie s 161 SCOMENIS arto rt Sb Re 36 SUTIACE ut an 113 Ld2d3d Curd option 68 70 82 Es A AS 25 67 Ldinfo 42s vr Rete 26 Edpritza cx gore ea c Rx 21 Lep Ld option es S 41 A EE E R 416 example soe bes 217 418 PSI ossa O etus 419 Level qua auc er eu REIS 416 boundary display 174 SOPA BA 419 Lfil Ld option Lis a adas 44 Limits bptol iria 441 pafa O iS 455 Molares 441 Dts O ota rmi 67 example o Dicke dto irr t etd 454 IS B e
67. The second option emplt is the complement of the first option above Figure 68 The third option whole creates the entire circle Figure 69 Figure 67 curve by arc3 seqnc Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 89 Example curd 1 arc3 segnc rt 010 rt 5 80 rt 100 C circular arc seqnc given by points P1 0 1 0 P2 5 8 0 P3 1 0 0 QOQ0 curd 1 arc3 cmplt rt 0 1 0 rt 5 48 0 rt 10 0 TrueGrid Draw c circular arc cmplt c given by points c P1 0 1 0 c P2 5 8 0 c P3 1 0 0 Figure 68 curve by arc3 cmplt TrueGrid Draw curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 0 1 0 rt 5 8 0 rt 100 circle whole given by points P1 0 1 0 LB 970 P3 1 0 0 QOQ000 Figure 69 curve by arc3 whole Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 90 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cpcd create append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve cped curve 7 trans where curve f is the ID number of a previously defined 3D curve and trans is an optional final transformation Remarks This option allows you to copy a previously defined 3D curve and transform it A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid Draw c definition of spline curve curd 1 csp3 lo
68. Y mn Zmn TANS where m number of rows in the table or 2D array n number of columns in the table or 2D array Xip Yip Zi 3D coordinates at position i j in the table or 2D array trans standard coordinate transformation sequence of operators Remarks TrueGrid Display A Mesh Surface 1 Mesh defines a surface by specifying a table or 2D array of points to be part of the surface The rest of the surface is implicitly defined by bilinear interpolation between those points This type of surface provides a general way to use experimental or computational data from any source The first two integers m and n give the number of points in the rows and columns respectively These parameters must be greater than 1 The remaining arguments give the positions of each mesh point in physical space These points should be ordered the way Fortran would order a 2D array with m rows and n columns i e with Figure 111 2 by 3 Mesh Surface Gj 1 1 2 1 uc m 1 1 2 ue m 2 1 n m n Example sd 1 mesh 2 3 125 0 999 1 269 566 1 875 0 869 092 1 753 0 644 087 2 377 1 170 053 0 936 1 119 NUNDNR I 606 1 891 0 712 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 149 nrbs NURBS nrbs i degree j degree iknot iknot jknot jknot weight weight weight weight weight weight 2
69. a set identification number r to flag this command for rotational conditions Xyz for the x y and z components of the velocity Remarks This overrides the velocities specified by the velocity and rotation commands When a node is assigned several velocities the last one specified is the one that is used The r flag converts this command to mean nodal rotational velocities The sid is used by several output options to indicate a load case or step Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 298 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 13 Force Pressure and Loads These commands specify loads displacements or similar conditions In most of them the arguments include load curve amplitude x y z The load displacement etc is applied in the direction given by the vector x y z which might be in Cartesian cylindrical or spherical coordinates For some simulation codes like DYNA3D the magnitude of the load displacement etc is the product ofthe amplitude and the current value of the load curve In this case the load curve is a time dependent function given by the load curve number load curve In some other simulation codes such as ABAQUS the load curve number is associated with a step and in other simulation codes like NASTRAN the load curve number is associated with a load case fa fixed nodal rotations fa nodes angle x angle y angle z where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy rho theta z
70. aea Ro Rex 470 pala Yer coasted queue Sad FAM 457 Rei display cet ad apicem bad 213 215 EXA ee NENNT 219 Relational operators 427 432 Relaxi example sonas x Axe 224 Remove 3D Curve segment 68 Remove button composite surfaces 163 Repe O e ten dens 414 VON atria a tr agen n Ceo NEA 363 jv we FEIER 413 A E E EE Ares 417 Replications global riesce elo S ET ER 415 A A afi s 363 A Res cede MI 413 Res example S eve ata 454 Resn Co option sss 239 Rest button a cia 174 infinite surfaces 109 restoren Luce D ei etas 98 174 BS ues A ees Mfg 109 RES id SAP ethics aie dote AAA 456 o a so wee RERO 448 IDIGETUDES cauere ey RSS ES 453 Revolute Joint vs EDI da ex ed 363 Revolve LLAVES os ptos tat 122 124 126 AT CUNE oed d oTt rn iita 160 Revolved 2D Gre ecd 122 124 126 Rop uu ecciesie cus SAE deut 175 199 Rgseg Curd option o o o 68 Rib Cou eve og Ee Ead 441 IT A AA 308 beam readmesh 350 il AAA ptos deo tais 350 Rigid body elements A fed dated gd sacked 288 Rj joint and Jd o o o oo o 363 Eris eara equ OE RIP oe Ae 95 edgefil cde eb ey dua 33 34 RINS 22224 uos d exo ab dt 35 edoefile head Cod 33 34 added 175 198 A IE ET TREE 109 Ri Socius ere deri Poe Rear 175 270 A CAM rero UA S eredi 309 335 example oa dn e Sou ees 336 Rel co Poe NN dei EINER 311 RMS act oda ees uev e
71. affect on the shape of the surface Experimentation may be required If derivatives are not specified then the natural derivative is used This means that the second derivative is set to zero which uses the remaining degrees of freedom with no first derivatives needed In a laborious way one can form a cubic spline surface from a set of 3D cubic spline curves Using a text editor on the tsave file that recorded the definition of the 3D curves one can cut and paste to form the table of control points for the cubic spline surface This requires that all of the 3D curves have the same number of control points and oriented in the same general direction The curve control points have to placed into the table in the proper order Derivatives at the end control points if any become the derivatives along an edge The ordering is critical Care is also needed in selecting corresponding interior control points in each 3D curve that represent corresponding features in the shape of the surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 127 The transformation trans can include the normal offset The normal offset must be the first operator in the list of operators that form the transformation This normal offset is intended for small offsets only otherwise the resulting surface will be self intersecting Examples In this first example one of the edges is rrucoria aispiay cubic spl
72. an IGES file The direction ofthe curves is critical to the interpolation of the surface Check the order of the points in each ofthe curves by displaying the points with the label command In order to reverse the order of a curve specify the curve definition number with a negative number The surface is constructed by pairing each point on one curve with a point on the other curve These two points are connected by a line segment in cylindrical coordinates Points along the two curves are paired by relative arc length Lo eL Ni Z Figure 87 Cylindrical ruled surface Example curd 1 csp3 00 3 4 01 6 0 1 4 1 4 0 curd 2 cpcd 1 rz 600 sd 1 crule3d 1 2 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 123 crx rotate 2D curve about x axis crx n where n is the 2D curve number Remarks The 2D curve n must be defined before it is referenced by this command using the Id command A point projected to this surface should be away from the axis of symmetry The following commands were used to generate the surface in the picture below The first two points ofthe 2D curve are labeled in the picture A circular arc is appended to the line segment between the two points TrueGrid display rotated 2D curve Figure 88 2D curve rotated about the x axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved Example
73. angle relative to its axis of symmetry This angle must be between 90 and 90 excluding 90 0 and 90 A point projected to this surface can not be on the axis of symmetry This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion ofthe surface The portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Example Figure 84 Cone specified by a radius and an angle sd 7 cone 012 11 01 45 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 120 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cp infinite generalized cylinder extruded or lofted curve cp n trans where In 2D curve number trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This option enables you to define a surface by rruecrid Display extruded 2D curve sweeping a planar 2D curve through the third dimension then transforming the result The curve n lies in the xz plane and then is extended infinitely in the y direction to form a generalized cylinder Example ld 4 1p2 0 25 1 62 25 lep 25 25 1 62 090 00 sd 3 cp 4 rz 90 Figure 85 2D curve extruded in the x direction Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 121 cr 2D curve revolved about an axis CY X Yo Zo X Vn Zn In where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third
74. append a 3D curve by interpolation 84 Ip3pt create append a 3D curve by pairs of defined points 85 3dfunc create append a parameterized function curve 86 projcur create append curve projected onto a surface 87 pscur create append curve projected onto a surface and smoothed 87 arc3 create append arc ofa circle scs ds eek eh a a ERG 89 cped create append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve 91 cpeds create append a copy of previously defined 3D curves 92 twsurf create append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces 93 2 Display 3 D CUVE 1d tre ras d ICA cg a A ha Hatin 4 94 ded display a 3D curve ie sed er et eae cot dete ei bese es 94 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 4 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual deds display a set of 3D curves from aliSt o o oo oo 94 dacd display all 3EEGUEVES AAA eoe as 94 acd add a 3D curve to the picture cose X rer rex 95 acds add a list of 3D curves to the picture ooooooooooo o 95 rcd remove a 3D curve from the picture o oo oooooooo o 95 rcds remove a list of 3D curves from the picture 95 racd remove all 3D curves from the picture o o oooo o 95 lacd list all of the active 3D curves in the picture 95 6 Print 3 D Curves os d coss ts ege dH as se te teur E deca E VE Raus in ace 95 cdinfo pr
75. argument in the tf and ftf transformations consists of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz cy rho theta z Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 110 March 29 2006 to transform from one frame of reference to another to invert the transformation Cartesian coordinated cylindrical coordinates TrueGrid Manual Remarks sp rho theta phi pt c i pt s i j spherical coordinates label of a labeled point from a 3D curve label of a labeled point from surface The surface id can be its number or name This command applies a transformation to the given surface The new surface assumes the surface surface ftid and the pre transformed surface is lost This is significant in the case of a combined surface sds because every surface in the list is replaced by its transformed version The transform is order dependent Note that in the example Figure 78 applying the shift before the rotation is different from applying the rotation before the shift Example c Set up first surface sd 3 function TrueGrid trsd transform surface 0 90 cos u cos u 3 si 4 fun 90 0 cos u cos u 5 si 1 sds sd 0 360 cos v sin v n u ction 0 360 cos sin n u 3 4 original position my 3 rx 135 d surface rx 135 my 3 Set up secon This copy is needed because each surface in the surface list is transformed 30 f
76. can be constructed in a local coordinate and then transformed to the final position using a coordinate transformation This command can be used to maintain a fiducial point as parts are added It is possible to do without this command by using only the replication commands In some cases calculating the translation vector can be complicated This method simplifies the calculation of that translation vector Example dx dy 0 4 This example started with a single component by creating a command file named why inc with the following commands block 13 045 6 0 8 10 DAA 5b Ty 1 2 2 1 sqrt 3 1 sqrt 3 0 1010 1 sdrt 3 2 1 sqrt 3 1 010 1 sqrt 3 2 1 sqrt 3 01 dei 4 6 1 3 dei 8 9 5 6 1 2 dei 1 2 5 6 1 2 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 460 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual tr 8 9 3 2 rz 603 tr451662 rz 30 pb 9 932 xy 1 288675 2 232051 pb221222xy 00 pb55155 2 xy 00 pb 821822 xy 0 0 mb 1 1 1 9 6 2 x 2 1 sqrt 3 To complete this example a second command file is formed with the commands below The component part starts at the origin to simplify the calculations Only the x and y coordinates are maintained since the part is formed in a plane again for simplification The vector dx dy 0 is formed between the starting and ending positions of the replicated part This vector is transformed j
77. colon Where some number is the definition number of the surface that you are creating Care is needed when using this option to define several multiple surfaces each containing some of the same component surfaces The intersection ofthe two multiple surfaces includes the surfaces that they both have in common This would be an extreme case of two surfaces being tangent This can be an effective technique when you want an edge of the mesh to lay along the middle of a surface common to both composites Example Figure 124 Union of 3 surfaces with errors Figure 125 Mesh projected to union of surfaces Typically a CAD model will have inaccuracies in the geometry such as gaps between surfaces or surfaces that overlap This example is an exaggeration of this common problem to demonstrate the robust nature of the sds option and the projection method These two features go hand in hand In this example three surfaces form a composite surface There is a gap between two of the surfaces There is an overlap between two surfaces When a face of the mesh is projected to this union of surfaces the only effect these inaccuracies have on the mesh is that some of the interior nodes are perturbed because they cannot project into the gap This 1s usually not a problem because the gaps Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 164 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual are usually not that large In this next example tw
78. coordinates to be compared against tolerance This lets you interactively experiment with ztol This command does not change the data base It only affects the merging process and the output When a node is picked in the merge phase the environment window displays the coordinates Ztol affects these coordinates displayed in the pick panel bptol between parts tolerance specification bptol part part tolerance where part and part are part numbers and tolerance is the between part tolerance Remarks The tolerance is used as the between part tolerance for merging nodes between parts part and part This command does not initiate the merge procedure The tolerance overrides the default tolerance specified by the t tp st and stp tolerance commands just between these two parts When nodes are merged the nodes belonging to part part survive This is also a way to change the ordering of the Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 440 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual merging procedure Use a negative number to avoid merging between two parts There is a maximum of 1000 bptol and ptol commands This command can be easily abused Most meshes do not need this command to force the merging If the nodes between parts do not merge with a reasonable tolerance using for example the stp command then perhaps the interface between the two parts were not generated identically This may warrant some inv
79. curd 3 arc3 seqnc rt 5 7e 00 3 1e 00 8 2e 01 rt 4 8e 00 1 3e 00 1 4e 01 rt 6 7e 00 5 2e 01 6 1e 01 curd 4 arc3 seqnc rt 6 6e 00 4 0e 01 7 5e 01 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 115 5 6e 00 9 0e 01 9 7e 01 6 4e 00 2 5e 00 2 6e 01 i r sd 1 blend4 1234 ct ct bsps B spline bsps i degree j degree iknot iknot jknot jknot xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol 2 xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol trans where i degree j degree degrees of surface polynomial in the 1 and j direction iknot iknot parametric coordinates of k knots 0 in the 1 direction jknot jknot parametric coordinates of k2 knots 0 in the j direction xcontrol ycontrol control xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol 2 xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol triplets of coordinates of control points where n k multiplicity n k multiplicity trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This type of surface is also known as a Basis Spline because it is defined as a linear combination of polynomial basis functions The theory of B Splines can be found in many text books The control points are the coefficients f
80. curd command respectively Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 109 smgap small surface gap tolerance smgap tolerance where tolerance is n absolute positive distance Remarks The smgap command sets a tolerance to small gaps in surfaces If a surface gap is found to be smaller than the value of smgap the gap is removed This command is almost very needed because the default works in about 99 9999 ofthe time This may be useful only in the case when a mapped surface has an almost degenerate edge If this command is used before the command that creates the surface is issued then the degenerate edge will not appear in the surface trsd transform a surface definition trsd surface id trans where trans can be any of mx x offset my y offset mzz offset v x offset y offset z offset rx theta ry theta rz theta raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn rxy ryz rzx tf origin x axis y axis to translate along the x axis to translate along the y axis to translate along the z axis to translate in a given vector direction to rotate about the x axis to rotate about the y axis to rotate about the z axis to rotate about a general axis to reflect about the xy plane to reflect about the yz plane to reflect about the zx plane to transform to a frame of reference ftf st origin Ist x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis inv Each
81. current 2D curve must have at least one point before this option can be used Examples Compare the examples on the following 2 pages The first has a positive radius the second has a negative radius Figure 18 Counterclockwise rotation ld 1 1p2 1 2 1 1 2 2 lpta 3 5 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 38 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example ld 1 1p2 1 2 1 1 2 2 lpta 3 5 Figure 19 Clockwise rotation Itas tangent to 2 circles Itas x 4z 4 flag x z radius where X5 21 is the center of the first circle flag is 1 for a clockwise arc and 1 for a counter clockwise arc x 2 is the center of the second circle and radius is the radius of the second circle Remarks This command appends an arc of a circle joined to a line tangent to two circles For the first circle you only specify the center x z 4 the radius is determined by the requirement that it pass through the last point of the current 2D curve First an arc of the first circle is appended from the last point of the current 2D curve to a line tangent to both circles This arc travels around the first circle clockwise if flag is 1 counterclockwise if 1 Then the tangent line segment from the first circle to the second circle is appended You specify the center x z and radius of the second circle the magnitude of radius is the radius and the sign determines which of the possi
82. each Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 445 component edge of a composite edge The curs command has the advantage that only one command is needed and if a partition is added with the insprt the curs will do the interpolation that is usually expected cure the end vertices of the selected edge are placed at opposite ends of the 3D curve depending on their initial positions Then the same interpolation as cur is applied curf the edge is placed onto the 3D curve just as in the cur command However the nodes are frozen to this 3D curve Projections to surfaces will have no affect on this edge Examples The following examples all start with the same common input A simple 2 block part is used with one composite edge attached to a 3D curve This demonstrates the differences between the cur curs and cure commands block 1 6 11 1 3 1 5 12 0 5 0 curd 1 csp3 00 5 75 0 1 25 55 0 2 05 75 0 d z Part amp Curve before attachment Cur attachment Curs attachment Cure attachment Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 446 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual dc desk calculator Prints the value of a Fortran like expression dc expression Remarks With de you can see the value of an expression For details on the syntax of the expression see the discussion on expressions at the beginning of this section The
83. element by its number loc2dq element number Remarks The diagonals ofa shell are displayed to help check distorted elements Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 2d command The quadratic shell number 10 is located The located shell is in the center of the picture by default labels loc3d locate a 3D brick element by its number loc3d element number Remarks The diagonals of brick faces are displayed to help check distorted elements Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 3d command The brick number 10 is located The located brick is in the center of the picture by default TrueGrid display marked 2D quadratic element Figure 217 located quadratic shell TrueGrid display marked 3D element Figure 218 located brick Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 254 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels loc3dq locate a 3D quadratic brick element by its number loc3dq element number TrueGrid display marked 3D quadratic element Remarks The diagonals of brick faces are displayed to help check distorted elements Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 3d command The quadratic brick number 10 is located The located brick is in the center of the picture by default Figure 219 located quadrati
84. ete 179 247 PAIS iuda veges 344 348 354 fable uoo Cc abd ete caine AN 435 Mesh IDE acra S aere c ed RS BUFTJOQ s Pacis oy Ee ru Mesh Sd option features fetol huc 20d Ia LORD o ici Min expressions Min function mlabs Co option Mit 2e c ed a eae actis Mns example sepe e e eas Mod expressions Mod function E Va sateen Gad nupt Mtt seh MOM ee eee ee er displaye 2 eod Pa certs oce example iui dived res infomation SOL occae eos IGHIONE ad TOSTOLE sii ove paa bm Mom Co option Moments displayes cete Foie nue MODE 463 veces a ewes reference point Momentum deposition displays c Race to Rd Momi display dee qb rile a Move Pts button DVDB Sie opa eas Mp Saa X A infomation PISCE dit oi stat nt es MONO ci oe Du ates TOSTOLE uvas e xe a uetus O cet ae Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 501 Ms c ON 109 Mseq example is aM exe d 233 Mt teadmes AA anus 350 Mti A 220 Mtv VOLUI ai DAR a 112 Multiple Point Constraint 363 O VR IN 363 A s dx Bee wines 328 CXample 4 osse daros 329 NP eroe o aere qe e 101 polygon surface 107 Mx Curd asc dnce sa ease ots 68 OO Chg eque Dd P 414 UES ic zr eiie ede une 183
85. expression must end at the end ofthe line Example para c2 2 c1 1 c0 1 de clt sqrt c1 2 4 c2 c0 2 c2 5 000000E 01 dc cl sqrt c1 2 4 c2 c0 2 c2 1 000000E 00 distance distance between two points distance x y Z X Y2 z Remarks This command calculates the distance between two points Use one of the many ways to select a point in the picture using the mouse Type the F7 function key to print the coordinates of that point into the distance dialogue box or into the text window if you are typing commands Select the second point in the picture and type the F7 function key again Execute the command to get the distance Example distance cos 45 sin 45 O 2 cos 45 2 sin 45 O distance 1 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 447 echo echo a string echo text Remarks A string of up to 80 characters is printed in the text window end terminate TrueGrid with no more output end no arguments errmod set error handler mode errmod mode where mode can be 0 for warning and error messages default 1 for avoiding warning messages 2 for error interrupt mode 3 for avoiding warning messages and error interrupt mode Remarks These options affect the way warnings and errors are handled If the mode 1 or 3 is selected no warning messages will be issued If the mode 2 or 3 is selected then w
86. format viewpoint no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 471 2 Analysis Options For control parameters and other such input options which are specific to the simulation code use the appropriate command from this section To issue one of these commands use its dialogue box For full details see the TrueGrid Output Manual But for the sake of completeness the command names are given below XYZ Scientific Applications is actively adding support of more simulation codes We welcome your requests for more output formats abaqstep ansyopts dynaopts Isdyopts marcopts nastopts nenstopt nekopts nikeopts Isnkopts tz3dopts 472 ABAQUS analysis step ANSYS analysis option DYNAJ3D analysis options LS DYNA analysis and database options MARC analysis options NASTRAN analysis options NE NASTRAN analysis options 2d and 3d NEKTON 2 85 analysis options NIKE3D analysis options LS NIKE3D analysis options TOPAZ3D analysis options Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 3 Material Definitions TrueGrid generates input files for any of a large number of simulation codes Each code has its own set of material models and its own way to specify them You can specify your material models in TrueGrid using a TrueGrid dialogue box For detailed information about mate
87. format x iii ELA RAS Ier REA 471 topaz3d2 TOPAZ3D version 2000 output format 471 viewpoint VIEWPOINT output format 0 0 eee eee 471 2 Analysis Options a GA Ga ASAE aad REG eae AAA ANUS 472 abaqstep ABAQUS analysis step xx ve e ae S De eae ep RUN 472 ansyopts ANSYS analysis option ius esae E par RUE 472 dynaopts DYNA3D analysis options 0 cee eee eee o 472 Isdyopts LS DYNA analysis and database options 472 marcopts MARC analysis options oooooooooococoor 472 nastopts NASTRAN analysis options o oooooooooooooooo o 472 nenstopt NE NASTRAN analysis options oooooooooooooo o 472 nekopts 2d and 3d NEKTON 2 85 analysis options 472 nikeopts NIKE3D analysis options 0 0 00 cece ees 472 Isnkopts LS NIKE3D analysis options 0000 c eee eens 472 tz3dopts TOPAZ3D analysis options 0 00 cece eee eee 472 2 Material Definitions su aac ciate yak aad yel stus ee erre edet pata dete Wades 473 abaqmats ABAQUS materials ecelesie 473 ansymats ANSYS materials 9 ucc Ro d i Raat 473 dynaeos DYNASD equation of state 4 esee teh ce 473 dynamats DYNA 3D materials 24 5 Do iS 473 fluemats EEUENT materials xa E DER NN Pe A 473 nastmats NAS ERAN materials 24m porke RE RA SER RI NR 473 nenstmats NENAS TRA DN materials aa 473 Isdymats ES D NA materials 3 4 5 2 ai aaa 473 Isdythmt LS DYNA thermal materials ooo ooooo
88. in the new level s list of coordinate transformations A product of two coordinate transformations is defined to be the result of first applying the coordinate transformation from the first level and then applying the coordinate transformation from the second level Examples gct 3 mx 10 repe 3 lev 1 levct 3 rx 30 rx 30 mz 10 rx 30 mz 10 my 10 lev 2 grep 02 3 lev 3 add 2 levct 1 mx 10 grep 1 lev 4 prod 13 In the following example a small part in the shape of a sphere is created and then replicated using the lev command The picture is below The point to this example is that the second lev is nested in the first lev command using the pslv and pplv pair of commands much like the way loop statements can be nested in a programming language title Example Of The LEV Command Ekamplo Of TRenLEV Command gct 1 mx 4 my 4 rz 15 lev 1 grep 0 levct 11 rz 30 repe 11 lev 2 grep 0 1 pslv 1 pslv 2 block 1 4 1 4 1 4 5 7575 7 sfi 2 1 235 2 sp 6 6 6 1 endpart pplv pplv merge Figure 284 Nested LEV Replications Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 418 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual pslv begin replicating multiple parts pslv level_ where evel_ is the level definition number assigned in a lev command Remarks This command is usually not issued interactively although there is no compelling reason for this It usually requires good p
89. index of the present part resume resume executing batch commands resume no arguments gt Remarks This command resumes execution of a batch file after the interrupt command has halted it See the discussion on the interrupt command for the usage of the interrupt and resume commands title assign title to the problem title text Remarks This command assigns a title to the model The title should be a one line description of the model Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 456 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual The title is used as the default graphics caption and is usually found somewhere in the output file You can change the caption without changing the title by issuing the caption command tpara typed parameters tpara type symbol 1 value 1 type symbol 2 value 2 Remarks This is used to pass parameters into REFLEQS a fluids simulation code tricent find optimal center of a triangular structure tricent type x y z X y Z X3 V3 Z3 where type can be 1 coordinates at the corners 2 coordinates along the midpoint of edges where Xy zy Cartesian coordinates of first point X252 Cartesian coordinates of second point X3 Y3 Z3 Cartesian coordinates of third point Remarks The optimal is where the three edges that meet at the center meet at 120 degrees There are two options The first option bases the calculation of the coordinates of the three corners of the triangle It ass
90. interfac display interface elements Example TrueGrid Draw sd 1 function 1 1 1 1 utv u v utv u v rz 4 A e A de AS sid 1 inter SOS MEE tr111223rz 45 xs patch 112222 bb 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 bb 1 1 2 2 mz 5 EE bb 1 3 2 2 3 1 normal 3 SNC x si1122221m gt 3 VEA mti 2 3 2 d block 1 11 1 11 1 3 1 1 1 1 15 tr11122 2 rz 45 bb 2 2 1 1 normal 3 f Z bb 1 2 2 2 2 1 normal 9 Figure 184 Wire frame version CO Interfac si 2 2 S merge TrueGrid display Figure 185 Fill verison CO Interfac Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 234 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co thic display shell thicknesses Example ld 1 lep 1 2 30110 180 0 sd 1 crz 1 sd 2 cy 0 000011 9 Da sd 3 intp 1 5 s block 11 1 11 1 6 2 2 2 2 1 ssfi 2 DS edge 11 12 1 1 3 3 edge 12 1221 3 3 edge 211221 3 3 edge 211221 3 3 edge 2122223 1 pi edge 112 122 3 edge 11221 2 3 a edge 1222223 ee HRN merge Figure 186 Wire frame version CO THIC Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 235 co tepro display temperature profile Example TrueGrid draw temperature profile 1 sd 1 sp 0 0
91. interface numbers are increased from the previous replication For example if sliding interface numbers 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the local sliding interface increment is 1 then a replication of this part using lrep would be assigned materials 2 and 7 respectively The default is 0 See the gsii command for an example 11 Control Statements These statements are much like the control statements in a programming language They are useful when creating template command files to automate mesh generation in TrueGrid A set of parameters are assigned values prior to entering these commands The control statements make it possible to execute a different set of commands in TrueGrid depending on the parameter values if begin an if elseif else endif if expression then where expression can be relational or logical with the following features Integer floating point and exponential numbers and parameters can be used as operands and arguments to functions Unitary and binary arithmetic operators and Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 426 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Binary arithmetic operators and Binary relational operators gt and gt for greater than ge and gt for greater than or equal It and lt for less than le and lt for less than or equal eq and for equal ne and for not equal Binar
92. is no enforcement of the standard and no quality assurance CAD systems on occasions produce faulty IGES files because of bugs in the CAD system deviations from the IGES standard and mathematical abuses Our policy is to develop algorithms that work around these problems produced by the CAD systems Since the CAD systems are constantly evolving TrueGrid must be constantly evolving as well So we ask that if you find a problem when importing an IGES file please contact XYZ Scientific applications Inc The best way to help is to send the IGES file This may be difficult because the IGES file may be too large or it may be proprietary or classified Alternatively you can use the WINDOWS IGES Inspection Utility igesfind exe or the UNIX LINUX igesfind program supplied by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc to extract a specific surface from an IGES file Then send just that one surface to XYZ Scientific Applications Inc by email to info truegrid com For example suppose that surface 123 of an IGES file called widget igs causes a problem in TrueGrid With the IGES Inspection Utility on WINDOWS select that numbered surface and and click on save as to create a new IGES file with just the surface numbered 123 On a UNIX LINUX system type igesfind widget igs surface 123 gt s123 igs to produce an IGES file s123 igs with only the surface numbered 123 Geometric entities in an IGES file can depend on other entities forming a hierarchy When t
93. is partially supported at this time neutral is partially supported at this time dyna3d is nearly fully supported Isdyna reads only nodes and elements dynain this is a file written by LS DYNA iges reads a FEM model from an IGES file filename is the path and file name of the formatted data cmds can be cvtab to write the conversion tables from NASTRAN to TrueGrid exclude exclude the NASTRAN model when writing the LS DYNA mate mat used only for IGES where mat 1s the material number for all elements in the file mt type mat used only for IGES Type mat can be repeated any number of times Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 349 where type can be any or all of beams Ishells for linear shells qshells for quadratic shells Ibricks for linear bricks qbricks for quadratic bricks springs dampers where mat is the material number for all elements of type in the file Use 0 to ignore that type of element from the IGES file ptmass mass used only for IGES where mass is the mass at all point masses Use 0 to ignore the point masses in the IGES file rigid switch used only for IGES where switch can be on to include rigid beams default off to ignore rigid beams cond switch used only for IGES where switch can be on to include nodal conditions default off to ignore nodal conditions ndcons oad case list used only for IGES where oad case list is a list of th
94. is the end of the arc which is to be created and radius is the radius of this circular arc Remarks Use this option to create a circular arc passing through the end of the current 2D curve and the point x lno Zn With the circle s radius also specified There are two ways to do this If radius is positive the arc will be counter clockwise if negative the arc will be clockwise starting See the example on the following page sca Figure 29 Arc ofa circle by radius Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 45 This option requires that the current 2D curve have at least one point Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 lar 2 3 2 5 Itp tangent arc by radius and end point Itp x lna Z ong radius where Doa Zu is the point at which the arc will end and radius is the radius of the arc Remarks Use this option to create a circular arc tangent to the tangent extension of the current curve ending at a point tangent to point with the given radius The current 2D curve must have at least two points The endpoint of the current 2D curve will be extended or cut back to See tangentially meet the circular arc The circular arc will end at the point x 4 z na See the end example and picture on the next page Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 lar 23 2 5 1tp 3 6 3 Figure 30 Tangent arc Ipt arc by radius and end tangent line d at Y
95. it is labeled as a crack This is many times the minimum data needed to detect a problem in the node merging Example The butterfly mesh has not been merged so this algorithm finds the critical spot where the merging first failed Figure 230 Crack in the mesh Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 262 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual S Animation Commands You define a set of images and then generate additional images between these keyframe images in order to provide a smooth animation This can give the appearance of flying around and even through a model To create an animation you first establish up a few keyframe pictures You to establish up to 30 keyframes There is no limit to the number of interpolated images that may be generated The sv command will save a keyframe or view You can go back to look at a single picture with shv These two commands alone are useful for demonstrations and debugging But with ave or av you can get an animated view of your model The interpolated pictures allow you to produce a smooth animation while having to save a minimal number of images by hand With the postscript command you can save all these pictures as PostScript files for more processing av animate views linear interpolation av graphics views view fiframes view Hframes where graphics can be poor for a wireframe image disp for a hidden line image or tvv for a fi
96. label 3D quadratic brick faces by element number Example TrueGrid Display 2nd Order 3D elements This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 3d command The numbering of elements always starts with 1 for each type of element The quadratic bricks are labeled by the element numbers Figure 210 labeled quadratic bricks Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 250 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels ijk1 display color coded reduced indices Remarks TrueGrid display reduced indices labels ijk1 can be used after issuing the Hide option in the Merge Phase Le this works when looking at a hidden line drawing Youcan view the part information in the Merge Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase Figure 211 color coded reduced indices labels ijk2 display color coded and numbered reduced indices Remarks TrueGrid display reduced indices Labels ijk2 can be used after issuing the Hide option in the Merge Phase You can view the part information in the Merge Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 251 labels ijk4 display color coded numbered reduced indices parts Remarks TrueGrid display reduced indices labels ijk4 can be used after issuing the Hide option in the Merge Phase You can view the part informat
97. labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface inv to invert the present transformation esca scale all coordinates xsca scale the x coordinates ysca scale the y coordinates zsca scale the z coordinates Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks See the following section called Surface Dictionary for a full description of each surface type The surface name is optional It still needs to be numbered All surfaces with the same name are automatically combine into a composite surface and is known by that name Names must have some alphabetic characters in them and no spaces Other special characters like and should also be avoided although the implications of using none alphanumeric characters has not been explored This feature is case insensitive Only the first 8 characters of a name are used A surface can only have one name so it can be conveniently included into only one composite surface by name To include it into additional composite surfaces use the surface s number in the sd command with the sds option All surfaces are defined in the Cartesian coordinate system regardless ofthe coordinate system used to define the mesh block or cylinder Sd defines a surface to be used by other commands such as sf project ms and ssf You can look at pictures of the surfaces you define with such commands as dsd In fact su
98. ld 4 1p2 0 25 1 62 25 lep 25 s25 Ll252 U 30 0 sd 3 crx 4 124 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cry rotate 2D curve about y axis cry n where n is the 2D curve number Remarks This command defines a surface by rotating a rruecria display rotated 2D curve 2D curve about the y axis The 2D curve n must be defined before it is referenced by this command using the ld command A point projected to this surface should be away from the axis of symmetry The following commands were used to create the surface in the picture below The four points in the Ip2 command are annotated in the picture Figure 89 Example ld 1 pa 1 1 12 5 3 5 4 sd 1 cry 1 Figure 89 2D curve rotated about the y axis Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 125 crz rotate 2D curve about z axis crz ln where n is the 2D curve number Remarks This command defines a surface by rotating a rruecria Display rotated 2D curve 2D curve about the z axis The 2D curve n must be defined before it is referenced by this command using the ld command A point projected to this surface should be away from the axis of symmetry The following commands created the surface in the picture below The two points in the Ip2 command are annotated Example ld 1 1p2 1121 sd 1 crz 1 Figure 90 2D curve rotated about the z axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ S
99. line Every while statement must be ended with a closing endwhile statement The statements and commands that fall between the while and closing endwhile statements is referred to as the scope of the command If there is another while statement that follows before the closing endwhile statement then the second while statement must be ended with an endwhile before the first one can be ended This is called nesting of while statements 19 nestings of while statements are allowed The relational or logical expression found in the while statement is evaluated This expression can have any of the features found in expressions Relational and logical operators are also available The order of precedence matches that of FORTRAN If the expression is true then all statements and commands found between the while and endwhile statement will be processed and upon completion this whole process is repeated until the expression is false When the expression becomes false these same statements and commands will be ignored and the next statement or command to be executed will be the one that follows the closing endwhile statement Use the break feature to jump out of a while statement The while statement is a command and it cannot be embedded within another command When two numbers which may be from the evaluations of expressions are compared possible roundoff errors are estimated and are used to determine equality Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Appl
100. mesh across many of these surfaces Use this option to form a composite surface and it will be as if it were one surface The projection of a face of the mesh works the same for both single and composite surfaces Sometimes this surface type can be used to group surfaces when there are many surfaces to sort 1 e it is very useful when working with IGES input files When a node is projected to a multiple surface it is projected to each ofthe component surfaces The point of projection which is the shortest distance among all of the component surface projections is defined as the projection point for the multiple surface This makes it possible for the surfaces to overlap or not meet perfectly A closest point will always be found A multiple surface list can include surfaces defined with the sds option An effective way to prepare a list of surfaces is to first display all surface definitions dasd Then in the Environment Window use the Display List Surface button in the Apply Action To menu and the Remove button to remove those surfaces which you do not want in your grouped surface When you only have those surfaces displayed which you wish to group together use the lasd command to list all of the displayed surfaces Type Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 163 sd some number sds in the text window and cut and paste the listed surfaces followed by a semi
101. mrz pdamp 3 cdamp 2 3 STRUCTURED POINT MASSES TABLE node 377 mass 2 100E 00 xxi 2 000E 01 yyi 4 000E 01 zzi 0 000E 00 proportional damping 3 000E 01 critical damping 2 300E 00 dx 1 dy 0 dz 0 rx 0 ry 0 rz 1 UNSTRUCTURED POINT MASSES TABLE number 2 node 126 mass 1 200E 00 xxi 0 000E 00 yyi 1 000E 01 zzi 2 000E 01 proportional damping 2 300E 00 critical damping 1 200E 00 dx 1 dy 0 dz 0 rx 1 ry 0 rz 0 number 4 node 252 mass 1 200E 00 xxi 0 000E 00 yyi 1 000E 01 zzi 2 000E 01 proportional damping 2 300E 00 critical damping 1 200E 00 dx 1 dy 0 dz 0 rx 1 ry 0 rz 0 spring create modify a numbered spring spring spring 7 options where an option can be nl node f assign a structure node as the first node pmi pointmass_ assign a point mass as the first node dx1 constrain spring in the x direction at the first nod dyl constrain spring in the y direction at the first node dzl constrain spring in the z direction at the first node rx1 constrain spring about the x axis at the first node ryl constrain spring about the y axis at the first node rzl constrain spring about the z axis at the first node Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 273 n2 node f assign a structure node as the second node pm2 assign a point mass as the second node dx2 constrain spring in
102. no mass displacement in the z direction mrx no mass rotations about the x axis mry no mass rotations about the y axis mrz no mass rotations about the z axis ixx mom specify the moment of inertia about the x axis iyy mom specify the moment of inertia about the y axis izz mom specify the moment of inertia about the z axis pdamp alpha proportional damping factor ABAQUS cdamp fraction fraction of critical damping ABAQUS Remarks This is distinguished from creating a new node separate from the mesh and assigning a mass to it The latter can be done using the npm command To assign a point mass to a vertex within a part such that it is replicated or transformed along with the part use the pm command in the Part Phase see Irep grep and pslv In order to create a new node and assign it a point mass such that it is replicated or transformed along with a part then use the npm command in the Part Phase All of the options are not needed by all output options Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 272 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual pminfo table of point masses information pminfo no arguments Example The following example of the pminfo command was preceded by two point mass commands the first npm command found in a part which was duplicated once and the second pm command found in the Merge Phase npm 2000 1 2 inc 2 dx rx mdx mrx iyy 1 izz 2 pdamp 2 3 cdamp 1 2 pm 377 2 1 mdx ixx 2 iyy 4
103. node set 328 nset add remove nodes to from a set of nodes 330 onset order a segment of a nodal set oooooooooooooo o 333 pset create or modify a polygon set ooooooooomommmm o 334 rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes 335 rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes 337 rvnset remove a mode subset a1 cos deese ba Hea Re Uc wg 339 HI Global Commands cece esera etg beet ha ekg es DX EE hee OS Heese 340 Materials s deve esu tas BORIS MAM BHT ev CARSEAT Ui las 341 delmats delete a material definition i iuo e Re AS ts 341 2 PAIS aue ere aiiis di ecquid id dra nuu dans dte dest eue d 341 block create a brick shaped part 342 cylinder create a cylindrical part s e dac ec ee a Lace ROG EROR 345 readmesh read a file containing a mesh coris c kh ek 349 blude extrude a set of polygons 2d src i ue sd 354 meshscal scale up the mesh density for all parts 356 beam initialize a beam part in Cartesian coordinates 356 cbeam initialize a beam part in cylindrical coordinates 358 ap add a part to the picture 125344 Peck bI Re 3A 359 aps add a list of parts to the picture o ooooooomoomo o 359 dap display all Darts 454252 sens esa ure tfe EORR om eR n 359 dp display one part in the picture o o oooooooomomo o 359 dps display a set of parts in the picture ooooooooooo
104. number where view number is the number of a view saved with the sv command Remarks This feature restores the picture orientation to a previously saved orientation This can be useful for demonstrations debugging or designing an animation sv save view sv view_number where view_number is a unique number to identify the view Remarks Y ou can save up to 30 keyframes or views You can then use these views in the other commands in this section Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 264 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 6 Exploded Views These commands give you exploded views of your model They affect only the graphics not the actual model To make an exploded view of your model you issue the pexp command to move some or all of the parts with options of moving some parts farther than others or in different directions You can also issue the mexp command to move some or all of the materials with options of moving some materials farther than others or in different directions The affect of these two commands issued multiple times is cumulative The following two explosion commands made the exploded view of the spaceship in the Introduction pexp 0 02 3 2 pexp 0 2 0 Os d 5 5s The first command moved part 3 front of secondary hull to the right The second command moved parts 2 and 6 up two units Part 2 is the truss connected to the primary hull and part 6 is the power unit su
105. of GES curves o oocooococcccoco o 185 igeslbls use IGES surface labels to name surfaces 186 igespd render a sequence of IGES planes 004 187 igessd render a sequence of IGES surfaces o oo oooooooomooo 188 nurbsd render a sequence of IGES NURBS surfaces 189 saveiges save IGBS binary data is Ceo adeste oca 191 trimming controls the trimmed surface algorithm 191 Itrim set the surface trimming work space oooooooooom o o 191 useiges use saved binary IGES data ida ste Vee it ctn 192 vpsd import ViewPoint surfaces ciscus Re HERE RS 193 wrsd write surface using the ViewPoint format 196 12 Displaying Geometry from CAD Programs o ooooooccccocnc eee eee ee 196 alv add a CAD level to the picture oooooooooomo o 197 dlv display a single CAD level in the picture 197 dlvs display several CAD levels in the picture 197 rlv remove a CAD level from the picture 198 agrp add a CAD group to the picture o oooooooooooo o 198 dgrp display a single CAD group in the picture 198 dgrps display several CAD groups in the picture 199 rgrp remove a CAD group from the picture 199 II Assembly Commands Merge Phase 0 00 0 cece eee eee nee 200 Mera Pacos edant e LSU ER e Eua ede tates 201 mnl write the m
106. of joints Sj rj cj pj uj and tj form the first type and nodes constrained together form the second type See the diagrams below for the relationship between the numbered nodes of the first type The pnilt option is used for the DYNA3D LSDYNA and NIKE3D output only in the first type of joint definition The repe option makes it possible to create a sequence of duplicate joint definitions starting with the one specified by the jd command Up to 16 nodes may be assigned to a joint If the joint is of a type that requires fewer nodes TrueGrid will ignore any superfluous nodes assigned to that joint If there are more than 16 nodes to share constraints use the mpc command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 363 Figure 269 Spherical Joint Figure 270 Revolute Joint Figure 271 Cylindrical Joint Figure 272 Planar Joint Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 364 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Figure 273 Universal Joint Figure 274 Translational Joint jtinfo write information about joints jtinfo no arguments Remarks This command lists all of the joint definitions in the model Isys define a local coordinate system for the Ib command Isys system transformations where system is the system number which Ib will use to identify this local coordinate system and transformations is a list of
107. or exponential Fortran format This file may contain any number of these 2D curve definitions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 33 Example The following edge file example has 5 curve segments It is referred to in the examples for the rln rIns and rseg commands 4 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 tIS 0 9 2 0 1 0 23d T S 0 Q 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Zi O 2 0 Ls Zed 1 0 2 0 0 8 1 7 1 0 0 9 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 2 40 1 0 1 0 do 0 9 2 0 1 0 2 1 Ta 2 0 2 0 T 2 52 1 0 20 0 8 1 7 LO 210 4 0 2 1 0 Z0 3 8 0 0 0 1 0 1 25 0 9 2 0 1 0 Z4 Le Y 4 2 3 3 20 0 0 1 0 2 0 135 0 ES 140 0 T9 140 0 2 0 145 0 Zeck Line number 22 begins the definition of another curve segment with 4 points 4 0 2 1 0 2 0 3 8 0 0 The second number 0 indicates that the following 4 records will contain x z9 Cartesian coordinates The next integer 2 says the curve segment will be reflected across the line at z 3 8 specified in the second to last field It also means that the unreflected curve segment will be included in the segment definition The next number is 1 0 which means that the coordinates will Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 34 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual not be scaled The fifth field specifies that each z coordinate will be translated by 2 0 The last field 0 0 specifies that the
108. part to the proper position in the global coordinate system The let command in conjunction with the Irep command is used to move scale reflect and rotate the part to put it in its place in the model relative to the other parts Examples Ict 3 rz 45 rz 45 mz 10 rz 45 mz 10 mx 25 This command defines 3 local coordinate transformations numbered from 1 to 3 Once you have issued this command you can no longer reference any previously defined local coordinate transformations The first transformation is a rotation about the z axis The second transformation is defined in two operations First the object is rotated about the z axis 45 degrees Then the object is moved 10 units in the z direction The third transformation is defined by three operations The first and second operations are the same as the second transformation In addition the third operation then moves the object in the x direction 25 units This command is equivalent to let 3 rz 45 last mz 10 last mx 25 which is also equivalent to Ict 3 rz 45 save 1 mz 10 save 2 mx 25 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 413 gct define global coordinate transformations gct n trans trans where trans is one or more of mx x offset to translate in the x direction my y offset to translate in the y direction mz z offset to translate in the z direction v x offset y offsetz offset t
109. partoff and nsetoff affects the automatically numbered node sets as a result of the fe fd fv ft acc and mom nodal boundary conditions Esetoff affects the automatically numbered element sets as a result of the pr condition Partoff affects the automatic numbering of element sets based on the part number Ansys uses the bricks and nodes offsets Lsdyna uses all of the offsets Marc uses the bricks and nodes offsets Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 407 Nastran and NE Nastran uses the bricks nodes nsetoff and esetoff offsets Neutral uses the bricks and nodes offsets If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection only the options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box sind shell user defined integration rules sind rule s t W S3 bs W3 S t Wy n where rule is the integration rule number 0 or 1 If 1 then all other arguments are ignored t w m are local coordinate integration weight and material number 9 Sets These commands are found in all phases Named sets are a useful tool in the definition of boundary conditions and properties in the mesh and form an alternative to selecting regions in the Part phase An arbitrary selection can be made and this is the advantage to using set functions in the Merge phase The disadvantage is that the selection may n
110. plane specified by three points pl3o system point system point system point offset plane specified by 3 points and an offset iplanabcd plane defined by an implicit function Spheres Sp x y Zo radius sphere Cylinders Cy X5 Yo Zo X Yn Zn radius infinite cylindrical surface xcy radius trans transform an infinite x axis cylinder ycy radius trans transform an infinite y axis cylinder zcy radius trans transform an infinite z axis cylinder CVS X y Z1 X4 Y2 Z2 X3 Y3 Z3 cylinder by 3 points cyr2 x y Z X Y2 Z radius cylinder by 2 points and radius Cyr3 x y Z X y Z3 X3 y Z radius cylinder by 3 points and radius Conics cn2p x Yo Zo X Y Z F fjr t infinite conical surface by two points cone x y Zo X y Zy r O infinite conical surface by angle and radius eX Xo Yo Zo Xn Yn Zn F1 ro ellipse revolved about its axis PY Xo Yo Zo X Yn Zn T i r2 lor bs infinite parabola revolved about an axis Torus ts Xo Yo Zo Xn Yn Z Fi tro torus 2D Curves surfaces formed from crx n planar 2D curve rotated about the x axis cry n planar 2D curve rotated about the y axis crz In planar 2D curve rotated about the z axis Cr X Yo Zo X Yn Zn In planar 2D curve rotated about an arbitrary axis cp n trans planar 2D curve extruded infinitely rule2d y n y In trans ruled surface between two planar curves Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 106 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual
111. rotations about the x axis mry no mass rotations about the y axis mrz no mass rotations about the z axis ixx mom specify the moment of inertia about the x axis iyy mom specify the moment of inertia about the y axis izz mom specify the moment of inertia about the z axis pdamp alpha proportional damping factor ABAQUS cdamp fraction fraction of critical damping ABAQUS Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 271 Remarks This newly created node is separate from the existing mesh and can be attached by generating a beam or spring using this new node see bm or spring It can also be attached to the rest of the mesh by merging it to a neighboring node see t tp stp bptol and ptol This is distinguished from assigning a mass to an existing node of the mesh The latter can be done using the pm command To create a new node and assign it a point mass such that it is replicated or transformed along with the part then use the npm command in the Part Phase see Irep grep and pslv To assign a point mass to a vertex of a part such that it is replicated or transformed along with the part use the pm command in the Part Phase All of the options are not needed by all output options pm assigns a point mass to a node of the mesh pm node_ mass otions where an option can be mdx no mass displacement in the x direction mdy no mass displacement in the y direction mdz
112. ruled rule3d 162 Ord 163 sphere sD rias aan 165 spline ESP S cir iaa 127 S Chile Dstl a examen 118 STE file Ss Does feu ae cate 166 swept pipe seses 153 swept swept 04 167 tanp Eney edes oq decr anes ales 196 tangente ds saco HP Ra i 176 tessellation 5 sooo vean et 97 Orus iS vunclhes4 ose re nuns 168 transform trsd 110 trimmed o o o 97 179 Surface button composite surfaces 163 surfaces multiple xi ovid 163 DA Lex a dau eae sates RR qund 263 264 SW AMA Recta Did no pa Mel S npa dices 314 displas SS ato ak rie Rt co mes 214 A cad xe Matha Reeth and y 224 information 328 DSEL va Lodo x bec eas 330 plane definition 367 rEMOVE adis eoe p Ced a e 335 TESTOTE euenit iue bafis ra 337 SW Co option s cie tt es 224 Swap coordinates 422 423 Swept 2D CUVE C ent ber ES 18 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Swept Sd option 107 147 167 Swi A A gu eames 214 plane definition o vsu ay 367 Sy co option arde S ute ee les 243 BYE ceste A qute dete Manu 315 IS PLA some euo eerie ems 214 example seda Parar edens oia 228 plane definition is 367 Syf Co option iia eas 228 Syfi display io a exe an 214 plane definition 367 Symbolic selection 98 Symmetry plane w
113. sd command with the option erx cry erz or er A 2D curve can be extruded or lofted in the third direction to make an infinite surface see the sd command using the cp option Two 2D curves can be placed into the global 3D coordinate system and a ruled surface formed between them see the sd command using the rule2d option 2D curves can form the cross sections of a surface see the sd command using the swept option For more details see the sd command and the surface dictionary You can embed a 2D curve in the global 3D coordinate system or turn the 2D curve into a 3D curve see the curd command using the Id2d3d option Some 2D curves are special purpose and cannot be used to form 3D geometry For example load curves are used when defining boundary conditions to regulate a time dependent variable ld initialize a 2D curve Id 2D_curve_ segments where a 2D_curve_ number of the curve to be initialized segment 2D curve segment from the 2D Curve Segment Dictionary Remarks You may use as many segments as you like each is appended to the end of the previous one until the next 2D curve is initialized Using this command you construct a curve by appending curve segments to each other end to end The Id command initializes a new 2D curve definition All subsequent 2D curve segments append to the end of this 2D curve Once a new 2D curve is created the previous 2D curve can no longer be appended Many kinds of curve segments are availabl
114. simulation code If the symmetry plane is parallel to one of the planes where x 0 y 0 or z 0 then the nodes on the symmetry plane are assigned constraints in the global coordinate system These types of symmetry planes are referred to as canonical symmetry planes and are equivalent to the following constraints plane parallel to x 0 x displacement y rotation z rotation plane parallel to y 0 y displacement x rotation z rotation plane parallel to z 0 z displacement x rotation y rotation Some simulation codes support symmetry planes other than these canonical forms such as a symmetry plane where x y 45 degrees In this case a different option is used when the model is output A complication occurs when a set on nodes fall on more than one of these types of symmetry Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 367 planes For DYNA3D when a node is found on 2 non canonical distinct symmetry planes then a sliding boundary plane of vector type is automatically created for this node If a node is found on 3 or more distinct symmetry planes it has all of its DOFs constrained If a node was assigned nodal boundary constraints orthogonal to the sliding boundary plane to which it is assigned those nodal boundary constraints will be ignored and a warning message will be written For LS DYNA the canonical x y or z planes are handled as global constrains in the NODES se
115. spline curve number 4 with specified end 1 1 and start derivatives 1 1 is defined The spline curve number 5 is defined by the sane points as curve number 4 It uses start and end derivatives of curve number 4 to form a smooth loop with curve number 4 The spline curve number 6 also uses start and end derivatives of the spline curve number 4 but with different magnitudes The command file follows ld 1 A L O e Oc lt O a E WO cT Ss c polygon from control points ld 2 csp2 00 de 00 D LO AL On la FL 0 L gt c spline with natural derivatives 00 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 54 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ld 3 csp2 loop L0 LJ5 Lo L S 0 1 10 1 5 L Lb 1 5 Q 1 1 c spline with loop condition loop ld 4 csp2 11 1 1 1 1 1 10 1 51 11 501101 5 11 1 5 0 1 1 c spline with specified start and end derivatives c 1 l and 1 1 ld 5 csp2 32 4 1 4 1 1 0 1 5 1 1 1 5 O 1 1 0 1 5 1 1 1 5 0 1 1 c spline with specified start and end derivatives c form curve 4 with magnitude 1 4141 ld 5 csp2 32 4 1 4 1 L 0 Ll 5 1 1 15 0 10 1 5 L Lh 1 5 0 1 Les c spline with specified start and end derivatives c form curve 4 with magnitudes 2 and 4 4244 TrueGrid 2D curves TrueGrid 2D curves Figure 39 spline with natural end derivatives Figure 40 spline with loop co
116. surface transitions smoothly from the smooth arc to 90 degree corners ld 1 lep 1 2 1 ld 2 lep 1150 ld 3 1p2 0 1 1 1 sd 1 swept 1 r 2 0 3 1 ts torus tS Xo Yo Zo X Yn Zn Y ET where Xy first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Y second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation x first component of axis direction vector y Second component of axis direction vector z third component of axis direction vector r larger radius t distance from the pont x y Zo to the center of the torus TrueGrid display torus by two radii r cross section radius e Remarks XoY 0 20 and x y z give the axis of symmetry which passes through the center of the hole in the middle is the distance along the axis from yp to the center point of the torus The torus has major radius r and minor radius r and both must be positive A point projected onto this surface should be away from the axis of symmetry and away from the circle at the center of the interior of the torus Example sd 4 ts 0 00101461 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 168 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual xcy to transform an infinite x axis cylinder xcy radius trans where radius is the radius of the cylinder and trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks An infinite cylinder s
117. the measurement is written to the save file and it is displayed in the text window during an interactive session It is best to use this function after merging the nodes Then illegal elements will be detected as well This measure of quality will be restricted to those parts and materials showing in the graphics The volume option integrates the volume of a brick element using the tri linear shape function to interpolate the volume It is possible for the volume to be negative in some regions of the element in that case the net volume will not be realistic Shell elements are given thickness and the same method is then used to calculate the volume Ifthe shell element was not assigned a thickness then the default of 1 is used If an element is illegal it will be assigned a measure of 1 E10 The avolume option has the advantage that it is not affected by negative volumes since the absolute volume is integrated Shells are given thickness as for the volume option above and then treated like a brick element Illegal elements are flagged as 1 The pointvol option approximates the volume of an element using the Jacobian at a single point in the center of the element The shell elements are given thickness and treated the same as bricks see Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 208 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual above If an element is illegal it will be assigned a measure of 1 E10 The orthogo
118. the picture below Specifically x4yoz is any point on the cylinder s axis and the cylinder s axis is parallel to the vector which extends from the origin to the point x y z The radius of the cylinder must be positive When projecting a point onto this surface be sure that it is initialized somewhere away from the axis of symmetry to make it clear which direction to project This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change xn yn zn Example Figure 95 Cylinder by an axis and a radius sd 5 cy 00010 0 12 5 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 132 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cy3 cylinder from 3 points Cy3 x y Zi X5 Y2 Z2 X3 V3 Z3 where x y zj global coordinates of the first point x5 y z global coordinates of the second point X y Z3 global coordinates of the third point Remarks The three points are assumed to form a cross section of the cylinder perpendicular to the axis of symmetry Example curd 1 arc3 whole rt 1 2 3 Tu 2 a3 tt L o2 el 35 sd 1 cy3 9190374 05553633 1 7810655 23211999 1 1207378 08 LS 1 52 2 073 2 403686 35669363 Figure 96 Cylinder by 3 points Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 133 cyr2 cylinder
119. the sign of b to a MAX x1 x2 xn maximum value of a list of numbers MIN x1 x2 xn minimum value of a list of numbers SQRT x square root of x where x most be positive EXP x exponential of x where x must not exceed 85 19 LOG x natural logarithm where x must be positive LOG10 x common logarithm base 10 where x must be positive SIN x trigonometric sine of x COS x trigonometric cosine of x TAN x trigonometric tangent of x where abs x can not be 90 ASIN x trigonometric arcsine of x where abs x can not exceed 1 ACOS x trigonometric arccosine of x where abs x can not exceed 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ATAN x trigonometric arctangent ATAN2 y x trigonometric arctangent with two arguments SINH x hyperbolic sine COSH x hyperbolic cosine RAND uniform random number of unit length and default mean 0 w forms RAND RAND seed RAND seed mean where seed is the random number seed and mean is the mean of the distribution NORM normal random number w default standard deviation 1 amp mean 0 w forms NORM NORM seed NORM seed mean NORM seed mean sig where seed is the random number seed mean is the mean of the distribution and sig is the standard deviation from the mean and must be positive Remarks The while statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another
120. the x direction at the second node dy2 constrain spring in the y direction at the second node dz2 constrain spring in the z direction at the second node rx2 constrain spring about the x axis at the second node ry2 constrain spring about the y axis at the second node rz2 constrain spring about the z axis at the second node sddn spd_ specify the material properties orop flag assign an orientation option where flag can be 0 spring damper acts along the axis 1 deflection rotations are measured and force moments applied along the following vector 2 deflection rotations are measured and force moments applied along the projection ofthe spring damper onto the plane with the following normal 3 deflection rotations are measured and force moments applied along the vector between the following two nodes prflg flag assign a print flag where flag can be 0 forces are printed in DEFORC file 1 forces are not printed in DEFORC file ofsi offset assign an initial offset xco x component assign a x component of the orientation vector yco y component assign a y component of the orientation vector Zco z component assign a z component of the orientation vector n3 node f assign a third node for orientation n4 node f assign a fourth node for orientation Remarks This command specifies the direction of the spring and the material The nodes defining the ends of the spring can be from a node in the mesh or a point mass see npm and pm The spring command is u
121. weight weight weight weight Weight weight xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol 2 xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol trans where i degree j degree degrees of the surface polynomial in the 1 and j direction iknot iknot parametric coordinates of k knots 0 in the 1 direction jknot jknot parametric coordinates of k2 knots 0 in the j direction weight weight weight weight weight weight 2 weight weight weight weight weight weight weights for each control point xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol 2 xcontrol ycontrol zcontrol xcontrol ycontrol 2 zcontrol triplets of coordinates of control points where n k multiplicity n k multiplicity trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks First a few notes on the parameters The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve The number of multiple knots is called multiplicity The multiplicity for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve 2 linear 3 quadratic 4 cubic wes multiplicity degree 1 The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending points A normal offset can be applied to this surface by issuing th
122. while expression where expression can be relational or logical with the following features Integer floating point and exponential numbers and parameters can be used as operands and arguments to functions Unitary and binary arithmetic operators and Binary arithmetic operators and Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 431 432 Binary relational operators gt and gt for greater than ge and gt for greater than or equal lt and lt for less than le and lt for less than or equal eq and for equal ne and for not equal Binary logical operators and and amp and amp amp for the logical and operator or for the logical or operator eqv for the logical equivalent operator neqv for the logical not equivalent exclusive or operator Unitary logical operators not and Parenthesis to specify order of operations where the default order is given to exponentiation and first then multiplication and division addition and subtraction relational operators logical operators and negation All calculations are done in floating point All illegal operations cause warnings All trigonometric operations are in degrees INT x truncates x to an integer NINT x rounds x to the nearest integer ABS x absolute value of x MOD a b a modulo b SIGN a b transfer
123. x coordinate will not be translated rin import an edge file 2D curve rln no arguments Remarks Prior to using this command you must use the edgefile command to specify the file which contains the curve data This command can then be used repeatedly Each time this command is used the next 2D curve number is assigned to the next 2D curve segment data found in this file When all of the data in this file has been used then the file is automatically closed Example The example edge file in the description on the edgefile command above can be converted to 2D curve definitions using the rin command For example the first curve can be defined with the command rln rins import all edge file 2D curves rins no arguments Remarks Prior to using this command you must use the edgefile command to specify the file which contains the curve data The next 2D curve TrueGrid 2D curves 80E 00 GOE 00 40E 00 20E 00 00E 00 1 000E 00 1 600E 00 1 400E 00 1 200E 00 1 800E 00 x Figure 14 First curve segment TrueGrid 2D curves Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 35 number is assigned to the next 2D curve segment data found in this file This is repeated until all of the 2D curve segments have be converted to numbered 2D curve definitions The edge file is then automatically closed Example
124. x axis by 30 degrees and reflected through the xy coordinate plane before it is rendered Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 144 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual igesp import an IGES plane igesp seq_ trans where seq ft plane s sequence number in the IGES file trans list of transformations to be applied to it Remarks TrueGrid Display IGES plane You make these surfaces with a CAD system and write them to a file in IGES format Then you can read the entity directory from the IGES file using the igesfile command or less appropriately the iges command The igesfile command assigns a sequence number to each of the plane surfaces it encounters in the IGES file The argument seq_ in this option is the plane sequence number IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on whether they are a NURBS plane or other type This command imports one of the planar type When a planar surface is assigned a surface Figure 108 Imported IGES Plane definition number using this option the surface parameters are read and the surface is rendered The time it takes to render is a function of the curvature of the trimming curves because the surface must be evaluated more frequently in the high curvature areas When surfaces are trimmed in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed the surface will be counted twice once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface All of the untrimmed s
125. 0 then the two surfaces are near each other This is repeated so that the next iteration uses the surfaces just added to the display list to find the next set of near surfaces If any iteration fails to add any surfaces to the display list the process terminates This command is useful in creating composite surfaces This is the first step in a four step process 1 select a set of seed surfaces for display 2 use the ansd command to find all neighboring surfaces which are nearly tangent 3 use the lasd to list the surface numbers 4 cut and paste this list of surfaces into the sds option of the sd command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 176 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Examples This figure shows how the angles between surfaces are measured The normals to surfaces 1 and 4 differ by 9 degrees Surface 7 is rejected because the angle is too great ansd 1 10 1 Figure 137 Surface 1 selected adjacent to 4 If you provide a repeat count greater than one then the search will be repeated The picture will grow outwards each iteration from the original group of surfaces In this example only surface 1080 was displayed Then the command ansd 1 3 100 was issued to select this set of surfaces Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 177 dasd display all surfaces in the picture dasd no argumen
126. 0 c control points 350 0 Discontinuity OPWNFOO YY OOOO cC 4 2 305 NURBS curve with discontinuity multiple internal knots 1 1 for P3 TAA Figure 59 NURBS curve with discontinuity of the slope in P3 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 81 Id2d3d create append a 2D curve converted to 3D Id2d3d 2D curve t system coordinate start end transform where system can be rt for Cartesian coordinate interpolation ey for cylindrical coordinate interpolation or sp for spherical coordinate interpolation coordinate can be x for the first coordinate interpolated y for the second coordinate interpolated z for the third coordinate interpolated start is the first value of the specified coordinate end is the last values of the specified coordinate and transform is an optional transformation that may be applied Remarks The interpolation formula is x 1 a X aX where x is the interpolated coordinate a is a parametric coordinate it goes from 0 to 1 and XA are the coordinates of the starting and ending points The parametric coordinate is segmented with the segmentation based on the arc length ofthe curve See the examples on the following page A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Copyrigh
127. 00 NE NASTRAN 405 PAT ai 341 358 readmesh aule screen a teta 350 scaled cce IS AA 383 Becho quss e are a M Co R 443 Acc DN 443 BEI cedat ed Een del Med dq 316 displays scm d iaa TES 215 Bf Co option 4a eos tee ree 217 Bid 22 DU RR eee ee 369 diSplay uc dd a reed a 215 Bfi DISPARA RE ane 215 Bi displdy ene aat Xa 213 example us eui domes ERES 220 l rp rrr A 307 Bind oed O Mrs 2775 383 406 Blend3 Sd option 107 113 Blend4 Sd option 107 114 Block 2i osx Up o RERO G 342 boundary display 174 boundary list 372 CYIBOGE 6 eee s Fut teens 349 example 2 os bos tomate aru 222 part ese Suey we Ed dmt 341 partmode 292 341 Block comments 444 A sae ORES Shed TE 354 PACESC E 138 PA ei oak ea oe wis ois pais 341 partmode 292 341 Bim mcus pantie ahs trae eed l6 276 example oos eee 233 246 248 INDE is Ee rid 212 n qe PTT Tr 285 O ee e eer aS ar 436 Body rigid O 290 Boundary conditions algebraic surface 98 Ds deas eel 302 Convection c4 must eater mea 316 convection thermalload 317 cubic spline surface 127 cubic surface sar ee 140 displays 2 ced a e 212 213 II ences dui d Remote 317 locale emt baad Res 214 307 AS e EE 270 Boundary radiation o o o o 318 displdy 3 522 dca leek tte he Dusche d 213 Box volume definition vd 112 B
128. 006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 154 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual pl3 pl3 system point system point system point where System rt for Cartesian sp for spherical cy for cylindrical point Remarks In Cartesian coordinates the point is designated by its x y and z coordinate values In cylindrical coordinates the radius is followed by the angle and z coordinates In spherical coordinates the radius is first followed by the polar and azimuthal angles All angles are in degrees Remember the three points must not be co linear This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion ofthe surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Example sd 1 p13 cy 1 rt 1 00 45 1 sp 1 45 15 plane specified by three points one of the three coordinate systems set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system TrueGrid display plane by three points 0 x 1 249E 00 1 050E 00 y 1 165E400 1 323E 00 z 5 217E 01 _1 267E 00 reference scale 1 0E 01 Figure 116 Plane specified by 3 points Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 155 pl3o plane specified by 3 points and an offset pl3o system point system point system point offset where system one of the three coordinate systems rt for Cartesian sp for spherical cy for cylindrical point
129. 01 2 00e 00 1 50e 00 1 01e 00 1 33e 04 1 55e 00 i Figure 81 B Spline Surface 41e 00 3 86e 03 1 49e 00 1 94e 00 2 21e 02 1 40e 00 2 17e 00 2 57e 02 3 81e 0 58e 00 6 88e 02 4 22e 0 9 27e 01 1 13e 01 4 49e 01 2 38e 01 1 24e 01 4 82e 01 5 19e 0 9 57e 02 4 24e 01 1 59e 00 64e 02 4 53e 01 2 60e 00 9 17e 02 3 58e 01 2 27e 00 4 51e 02 3 97e 01 48e 00 52e 01 4 15e 01 7 71e 01 1 99e 01 3 57e 01 7 17e 01 8 84e 02 2 68e 01 1 43e 00 4 52e 03 2 52e 01 2 11e 00 6 75e 02 3 25e 01 2 68e 00 9 55e 02 4 07e 01 2 09e 00 3 17e 03 1 48e 00 1 28e 00 1 31e 01 1 26e 00 3 79e 01 1 57e 01 1 13e 00 5 72e 01 6 70e 02 1 12e 00 1 15e 00 3 48e 03 1 11e 00 1 63e 00 3 45e 02 1 15e 00 2 45e 00 5 85e 02 1 29e 00 2 08e 00 1 66e 01 98e 00 45e 00 1 00e 00 1 93e 00 6 71e 0 00e 00 1 87e 00 10e 01 1 00e 00 1 83e 00 5 99e 0 2 52e 02 1 80e 00 42e 00 2 08e 02 1 73e 00 2 28e 00 2 87e 02 1 78e 00 2 03e 00 3 00e 01 2 21e 00 1 14e 00 4 58e 02 2 29e 00 2 59e 01 2 78e 02 2 33e 00 4 70e 01 1 12e 02 2 29e 00 1 02e 00 4 84e 03 2 26e 00 1 52e 00 7 42e 03 2 221e 00 2 10e 00 4 38e 04 2 19e 00 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 bstl read the standard binary STL file bstl file trans where file path and file name case sensitive in UNIX LINUX trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks TrueGrid display This comm
130. 04 5 dei 2 3 0 4 5 1 3 0 4 6 dei 1 2 0 5 6 2 30 4 5 mbi 1 0 6 4 0 5 z 25 mbi 0 6 2 0 3 z 25 Figure 201 Inlet marked in hide mode mbi 2 0 3 1 0 6 x 25 mbi 4 0 5 O 6 x 25 sfi 2 5 2 5 sd 1 bb 2 433 41 bb 3 4 3 3 5 15 bb 4 4 4 3 5 2j bb 4145 3 4 2 bb 413 5 3 3 3 bb 4 1 2 4 3 3 3 bb 3123 3 34 bb 2133334 esm 3324356423333 46 423 3 5 3 4 100 00001 esm 213514 amp 314415 amp 312413 100 00001 1 unifm 3 12435 8 213334 amp 4135 3 4 200 00001 il 1 3 63 6 ol 1 1 616 endpart merge Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 244 March 29 2006 co spw display numbered spot welds Example sd 1 cy 1 11 10 00 1 1 lmi 1 block 1 6 21 1 6 1 21 sd Asl gd Lek lt 0 5 sfi 1 2 2s 2 sd 1 y y 1 sin k 1 36 lct 1 ryz lrep 0 1 mate 1 endpart block 1 1 11 21 1 21 0 2 9 1 1 5 1 0 5 dom 1 2 1 1 2 2 y y 1 sin k 1 36 mate 3 endpart merge spw 21 spwd 1 node 672 node 1323 Figure 202 nodes node 126 o a f a numbered spotwel co spwf display facial spot welds Remarks TrueGrid display facial spot welds If the node defining the spot weld is not visible a yellow box is draw Example SX SSS ROA These commands are added to the previous WS SSS OMAA example NSSNNSS RSS spwf rt 1 1 4 875 3 mat 1 mat 2 IPP A NN SS SS spwf rt 1 93 2 15 3 mat 1 mat 2
131. 1 ACOS x trigonometric arccosine of x where abs x can not exceed 1 ATAN x trigonometric arctangent ATAN2 y x trigonometric arctangent with two arguments SINH x hyperbolic sine COSH x hyperbolic cosine RAND uniform random number of unit length with default mean 0 w forms RAND RAND seed RAND seed mean where seed is the random number seed and mean is the mean of the distribution NORM normal random number w default standard deviation 1 amp mean 0 w forms NORM NORM seed NORM seed mean NORM seed mean sig where seed is the random number seed mean is the mean of the distribution and sig is the standard deviation from the mean and must be positive Remarks The if statement must be on a line by itself and it cannot be wrapped around to another line This is like the block if statement in FORTRAN Every if statement must be ended with an endif If there is another if statement that follows before the endif statement then the second if statement must be ended with an endif before the first one can be ended This is called nesting of if statements 19 nestings of if statements are allowed Optionally multiple elseif statements can be used within the if statement An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in the if statement The elseif and else can also have up to 19 nested if statements following it The relational or logical expression found in the if statement is evaluated This expre
132. 11c part 1 sfi Dig 2 1 2 sd 1 C project to sphere bb 2 2 ds c master BB 1 bb 2 DA UP D 2s c master BB 2 bb 1 2 NW c master BB 3 bb 2 2 Uu c master BB 4 bb 2 525 95 c master BB 5 bb 1 2222 6 c master BB 6 block dee Ti ede we Seta SSS 3 Be part 2 bb 2 222 1 c slave BB 1 block 1 E ES SES c part 3 bb 1 2 62 e c slave BB 2 block 11 1 3 3 29 Il 8 8 Cd part bb 1 2 2452 E c slave BB 3 block 1 11 red pbauge 3 c part 5 bb 1 1 2 2 4 c slave BB 4 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 372 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual block 11 Lys 3 23 3 9 ak Se part 6 bb 1 22 2 5 c slave BB 5 block 1 11 qM nos SG d 8 c part 7 bb 1 T 22 2 6 c slave BB 6 merge The bbinfo command then produced this table of master block boundaries Master Block Boundary Interface Table BB number 1 is 11 by 11 nodes BB number 2 is 11 by 11 nodes BB number 3 is 11 by 11 nodes BB number 4 is 11 by 11 nodes BB number 5 is 11 by 11 nodes BB number 6 is 11 by 11 nodes getbb retrieve a block boundary from a part file getbb filename source BB t TG alias BB s where filename name of the part file source BB s block boundary identification number in the part file TG alias BB ft new identification number for this block boundary Remarks Use the savepart command to s
133. 188 Dl uad dpa UA ad iv ed 412 lO sexe tese paa DOR ER 416 Nutbsd A Roo eae ae 190 BU teu ae URS aee eed 108 EES S os dy oc apiece eka 110 NSUl ese O Re a 193 Rxz Ry Ryx Rz Be Se ree ARE ROCA RIRORE 412 CUtd ud ig a ay He PA AES 68 GGl EPI 414 A Sate Pam tte tite atis 183 Ipescdo ecc we ter Rx 185 IBGSDU sud d anchored 187 o 21d ae vL todos 188 GU etse seem acad em CR RU AES 412 le aod 2a re etra d 416 I S 366 N rbsd uere qaod ias 189 Bd uinsata b P ERES AM EUR 108 ESO ed mice o atr ems 110 A s kiala PEAN 193 TES A Ena S 183 o deo aede avos 185 ITESO suus i IA 188 VISUS ares rend acerbe IUE 193 A RETREAT 68 A dte d Doiie 414 A odds LS uro md Re 185 Igespd i4 se Cere x ges 187 1gessd a ade 188 A aA RI 416 A A Gag Ce 190 Sd saco ads ia dad 108 ESQ A O a ne dtd 110 C rd pde OMA o 68 361 x e E O 414 D PPP 183 Igescqd cuida de T eoe 185 A s sucer bf ERE 187 Tg ssd 4 uomo Venen tt dete tat 188 AA A he ta ep eae 412 ley Pesecee beds f nan 416 A Ct ur amd sek 366 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 509 Sd ono tori ec CAE 108 ber perio nied ak Cee Pek 110 VBSu asi da onda d 193 Rzx CUE ti cte teca PUR 4 68 MCE ssoqu ce uel ae RC 414 1868 2 94 2004199 a deba oa 183 ESPE d Cetero eC osa de 187 Lb un A Cx 412 LEV Scone ete Recta dub roc desit 416 INUIDSQ oe nde ecm nes 190 Sdi Tepa Ce ee TOU 108 ESO uis pet
134. 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 143 There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to import a single surface with the sd command You may wish to do this because you want the untrimmed version ofthe surface or you may want another copy of the surface with a transformation applied The igess option of the sd command can also be applied to the parametric surfaces assigned sequence numbers from the iges command i e there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already issued the iges command Example igesfile surfaces igs The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES file c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114 c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24 c IGES file contained 4 planes from 1 to 4 The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is desired sd 1 igess 101 If you read another IGES file the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers igesfile more surfaces igs The report to the text window and the tsave is c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from 115 to 125 c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 25 to 28 c IGES file contained 4 planes from DEO 8 sd 2 igess 125 rx 30 rxy In this last example the surface is transformed by rotating about the
135. 213 2L 7 301 TID en 4 beware 2B Onin ure 4 215 296 A PE testet d 214 223 X coi qur Cue sua edd rans 214 223 LOL perra aues bed 215 240 TI TRU a 214 244 interfac oooo o 214 234 A lero dae refte 214 225 JE cette cest btc o eu 214 246 Md causas deeds bs 214 242 MOM yv e ERU 213 241 ll xa ed ge miis 215 238 NPD ds Dosis rens ced 214 230 ME A EO RUE EE 214 225 DIT anco dunt oed sab cfe Ebr 215 Ol NER EDO 214 244 OE ais or a Duis te een 214 227 bens 4 bie ct ero s b duse 214 233 RA kee tee Sanka 213 217 ID ore ua aM oh 218 Teresa seat ate aede Du A 213 219 Tesoro de ce ea PME 215 239 p qu TET 213 CA dore ie dtm achte Brera tat bd 213 A A A Sov 213 SCAG hem eA args A 215 237 SA 214 227 Mi uta vef Des an gas Gee 213 SIZG Ls ds 215 Sud ue Ru p M 214 232 SPW io es ars 215 245 312 313 SDWE Ac ogg ous eua 215 245 314 SW Acus dv sa 214 224 Qd PCR E 213 243 SVE cuui ES A uat Ard 214 228 TEDIO 2 fret ETE eibi 215 236 A E 214 235 15 E IN 213 222 TED AE E e au AE UA 215 E end 214 225 A 214 227 Coedg A A ve ens 72 uc EET 179 Colon list 175 341 Command Prompt output Lo cose EA 465 Comments 55 5 x ics eri seis a ns 444 to output Tile oto ekz 464 Compose 3D G tye ec zer p Dye 68 Composite 2D cutyves uoo vr Dee 36 A eund un Malice tend dri tf ced 179 SUITACE oe v e A 109 163 surface edges 55 n t a Ce 72 SUITACES shia Sy utero eere 17
136. 257 labels faceset display face set Remarks labels faceset command works similarly as the labels facesel command but without labeling labels facesel display and label face set The faces in the face sets are labeled in a consistent fashion b number of element number of face brick element qb number of element number of face quadratic brick element s number of element number of face shell element qs number of element number of face quadratic shell element where number of element is the number of the element number of face is the number of the face 1 6 Remarks See also pg for the face sets definition in the Part Phase Example The face set sl is initialized by region then it is enhanced 3 times by regions from various parts The elements in the parts are linear bricks quadratic bricks linear shells and quadratic shells The face set sl is displayed and labeled in Figure 225 The simplified command file follows linear c set the type of element to linear c mesh definition linear bricks block 1 3 5 75 1 3 5 Hp 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 32 1 1 fset 112442 sl C face set initialization mesh manipulations c mesh definition linear shells block 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 12 34 12 34 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 258 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual fset 1 1 1 4 4 1 u s1 c face set union mesh manipulations endpart quadratic c se
137. 29 24 qus eua uer ameta 148 ld Las ust alode i tenu 178 NIGSI MIA La a e x EMI EA 149 INEDS CC ute Rc o as 150 INUIDS Seg toy d bacca HORS 151 Pipes de deest 153 p ue duce rs OA 154 P 3 2 roue A Nes 155 PISG autem Due E La 156 A tra fuco e d aate 157 poly on Ae nen eC Rite inn 158 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 510 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual polygon sets 334 Sets button PE oret od ve ca e 159 polygons ta aor e te aS 334 A s e TA RE 160 surface poly viii ens 158 A AAA A 161 SE Ate ea dA A ose fS IDCM AC 109 Rueda etf ese hea tines 162 A Some s red uro rb p or 349 sds 66 163 176 179 186 197 IGES surfaces 182 SD exuere PNE we es 165 proJoet ovas cete ede lev 103 BU o ios ecd dee a lotta ed d 166 182 BUE ies ai il rte d 109 SUS id ess AL X 97 O E 97 SWEDE ia sa 167 Sfb d qc 168 displays duod eos due rS 214 VOTUIme oed udo LEVE 112 Sib Co option arica DS 227 A Coe I ETE 169 SET Usa ca Gara PURA E UE o RR 109 A der ee Pra 170 CVIBdeb a2 bis Pda etis e tu 349 MOV a pone Pn teet 171 example 218 222 243 454 VIP Dou sius as PERRO 172 PECES Lares Posted a e Led 103 Po IEEE CERE IDE NAS 173 SUED ca esce E CN 97 Z XDIAD du t oer eee Ras 174 Shell Sdedge Curd option 68 71 HOEtals ex es uua dace c iced RN 215 caros MM sa E 109 Shells Sdegde Curd option displaya dei 1 Ace Wear Se DIR a 246 A A ut aces e
138. 291 quadratic specify following parts to use quadratic elements 291 partmode part command indices format 0 00 02 eee eee 291 12 Displacements Velocities and Accelerations 0 0 0 eee eee eens 293 acc Cartesian prescribed nodal boundary acceleration 293 bv prescribed boundary surface velocities for NEKTON 294 deform assigns deformations to beam elements 294 dis initial nodal displacement 0 000 cece eee 294 fd displacement boundary condition 0005 295 fv prescribed velocities Les cauto eR ARE RODA RAE CORE NR A 295 frb prescribed rotational boundary 000 e ee eee 296 fvv prescribed variable velocities o oooooooooooo o o 297 vacc Cartesian prescribed variable nodal boundary acceleration 297 ve initial nodal velocity is ou M tea UP E AUI etg ERAI 298 13 Force Pressure and Loads 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eee ees 299 fa fixed nodal rotations cr DAE Re ee at POS 299 fc concentrated nodal loads 0 0c ee eee eee 299 ffc concentrated nodal load with a follower force 300 fmom follower nodal mometit osse eR RR e nen 300 mom nodal moment about one global coordinate axis 301 pr pressure l dd vesceedessx ia a RNC tg 301 14 Boundary and Constraint conditions assau cece eee eee 302 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserve
139. 3 c definition of curve 4 by c interpolation C between curves 2 and 3 Figure 61 curve 4 by intcur Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 84 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Ip3pt create append a 3D curve by pairs of defined points Ip3pt point id 1 point id n trans Remarks The Ip3pt command connects points on surface curve by line segments In the case of infinite surfaces cylinder plane cone the surface must first be displayed You can label these points by choosing Labels and Surf Point 1f you do not see a label where you expect one then zoom in a bit further If you click on a label you can then enter that label or point ID using the F8 function key A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid Draw sd 1 function 90 90 90 90 1 24 54 cos u cos v cos u curd 1 E a Sew med NEC IAE UE pu poses pepe diede poa MUN AAN curve 1 is created v M from segments U M connecting points N 2 1 1 24 54 1 30 50 Y 1 40 6 1 50 3 QQA O QQ H Figure 62 curve by Ip3pt Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 85 3dfunc create append a parameterized function curve 3dfunc min u max u x expres
140. 316 819787 828371 838085 848943 860960 874148 888519 904081 920843 938811 957991 978387 1 00000 Itbo changes to the list of radial coordinates Itbo Aradius Aradius where Aradius are the changes for each of the radii Remarks The radial and angular coordinates are initialized prior to using this command using the Itbe command The Itbo command is subsequently used to change the radial coordinates These changes are cumulative Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 51 Example This example is based on the previous example using the Itbe command ld 2 1tbo TrueGrid 2D curves 0 3 09017E 02 5 87785E 02 8 09017E 02 9 51056E 02 1 00000E 01 9 51057E 02 8 09018E 02 5 87787E 02 3 09019E 02 0000000000 0 3 09017E 02 5 87785E 02 8 09017E 02 9 51056E 02 1 00000E 01 9 5105 4E U02 8 09018E 02 5 87787E 02 3 09019E 02 0000000000 0 3 09017E 02 5 87785E 02 8 09017E 02 9 51056E 02 1 00000E 01 9 51057E 02 F 8 09018E 02 5 87787E 02 O0E 00 3 09019E 02 0000000000 0 3 09017E 02 5 87785E 02 8 09017E 02 9 51056E 02 1 00000E 01 9 51057E 02 8 0 201 8E 02 2 87787E 02 Figure 37 Modified Itbc curve 3 09019E 02 0000000000 0 3 09017E 02 5 87785E 02 8 09017E 02 9 51056E 02 1 9 51057E 02 8 09018E 02 5 87787E 02 3 09019E 02 0 lint interpolation lint curve curve in
141. 6 Feci display soe cues s sus ect EATER 216 Fci display ose oes 213 216 Fes display cete tese win Ss vs 216 Fesi display cse dat 216 Pd oos dose eta tu terea 295 cylinder eo oca A este 349 display is 213 217 information 328 HST ox d iba 330 TEMOVE Bes 335 TESTO acie od pas ia Read ed 337 Fd Co option eese 217 Fdc display eee ceu s ons peon Es 213 Fdci IS TAY o eset sai MA 213 Fdi display i etes 213 217 A og eae E REN 220 Fds IS BLA es v aea ea pe 213 Fdsi display eate ure Ca REUS 213 POTES om panacea tee d 100 Fetol iinan ea Ae M Dat i dena 100 lof eRe a rene anew ee eee aes es 118 bstl example Ves ce tre erra 118 face vibus exo atc e nl 137 HaGeseb cm prece ei Ea 138 poly varas Duce Yita v n 158 polygon surfaces 107 A 166 stl example vo eer RES 166 Ede css a eU P ARS 300 displays qiie od baec xor ak 215 Fidap 24 ers e NE oes 468 File name Output a 465 Finit Fled option o o oo o 32 j p TOT 317 display dssdo teure 213 FI Co option eedem xs 220 PICO ecu nti ne a ERIS 31 Fli USD ou CE E Cue 213 example S sss basa Seded eus 220 EIU o pes in due ee Nd NEUEN 468 FLUENT material 473 Flux boundary condition display 213 boundary conditions 317 DI exa DI E A 317 FO ee eir odi t e re ardet eds 300 agb 213 Fmom Co option o o o 217 Fikes D 34 Lapis datio d aras 470 Foff Fled option
142. 6 1 3 1 5 2 5 0 900 5 5 sfi 1 2 1 2 1 2 ts 000 00 1 201 z zt0 05 j jbm 11122211141 mate 0 merge spring 1 nl 1 n2 448 sddn 1 Figure 180 Wire frame version CO SP helix TrueGrid display Numbered Springs Dampers Figure 181 Hidden Line verison CO SP Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 232 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co pm display point masses Example True rid draw point masses sd sd sd cy 0 cy 0 plan sd plan sd plan block 1 3 Sao S23 ud s dei 1 2 sfi insprt 1 sfi 3 0 APT 7 HEY BY LIT a P I 1 0 a ROSA ARAN OP UD NR NoO0o0Oo0Oo0OoO n Ww Se A O Co Ru Se Seo sfi 1 sfi 2 3 sfi sfi sd 6 plan 3 3 sd 7 plan sd 8 plan 3 3 sd 9 plan 3 sfi 2 2 sfi 3 2 sfi 2 3 sfi 2 3 mseq i 4 Seo se UI O1 Ww Ww N NN DN OQ gt OOF OOGO Co TrueGrid display Point Masses sd 9 ANDAA Wo W te No Ne Ne Ne Z o D Hs AI C TU A UT a PANNE V lct 3 rx 90 rx 180 rx 270 HZ V P S IAS GN QU v LOO NS ca Se ZZ lrep 012 3 pm 1 32 132 endpart X X M merge PI stp 001 y Y pm 37 2 npm 1 2 002 bm n1 37 n2 9262 4 7 T Figure 183 Hidden Line version CO PM Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 233 co
143. 65 BEXDOLDE e re POM ds a4 tei y 265 EXD xiu buco qal ood qM EN 265 Expression vues es ep ac dte Sed RU 447 deb ase A A E ated rues 451 para A A ES 455 Expressions ioca te da 449 example ao E E es 242 Fortran format 426 line continuation 449 Extrude 2D COINS etus pou ee 18 121 FO Key n arde oun ete kde hee 8s 105 F7 key GISTANOE suere dr 447 INDO te a S a toS 374 IS Key AI adu etd ue etek 85 Ae in deo sh o s neh enda rea M d 299 information o ooooo 328 DSL woods reca aote 330 eig VO uino og Peer ao os 333 LOSLOTG oda dua Crea qe A 337 Face Sd option 107 137 features fetol 100 Face set DIUde ito tua e Ed ag 354 delete A RAS 408 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 492 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual displ y a 247 example 44 Seo ecu Re gs 355 MORI oso oes ei Cee oe ets 326 feddimeshi dado da ox ed 351 Faces display a 246 Faceset Sd option 107 138 features fetol 100 mvpn modify 102 pvpn modify 105 PDC ode exo dal S eios db Wendt 304 EG rase tere XO HR ene See NER 299 display Leu amid eA 213 216 EXample e v auis Qe eon 216 336 information x uec ed Sakis 328 A death er ceduuns A 330 TEMOVE au P ue daa Grin ganas 335 IGSLOEQ pa a NOR ERSE 337 Fe Co option 1 5 o ecc eros eee 216 Fcc display serene AMOR IEEE 21
144. 7 outer 9 18 27 19 outer 10 20 28 21 outer 11 22 29 23 outer 12 24 30 13 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 195 wrsd write surface using the ViewPoint format wrsd node file element file surface list where node file file name to contain the nodal data for the surfaces element file file name to contain the connectivity data for the surfaces list list of TrueGrid surface numbers Remarks The files produced with this command can be read into TrueGrid using the vpsd command 12 Displaying Geometry from CAD Programs IGES is the acronym for the Initial Graphics Exchange Specification which is an international standard interface for communicating geometry between Computer Aided Design CAD programs When TrueGrid reads such a file it writes a short report of the geometry found in the file Two types of objects that might be found in an IGES file are used to organize the geometry into sets These objects must be created by the CAD operator before TrueGrid can take advantage of them The first is a level Every geometric entity in an IGES file can belong to a level TrueGrid maintains the levels and you can select levels for graphics The associativity group can be any set of geometric entities A geometry entity can belong to many associativity groups TrueGrid maintains these groups and you can select groups for graphics The following example of re
145. 8 6 132 0 11 548 120 120 3216 0 1056 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 201 12 133 84 0 161 132 0 ys 133 84 0 161 132 0 14 308 240 0 3216 0 1056 This table is organized by the sliding interface number on the right Columns 2 3 and 4 are datum pertaining to the slave side on the interface columns 5 6 and 7 to the master side Columns 2 and 5 S node and M node are node counts Columns 3 and 6 S 1seg and M 1seg are linear face counts and columns 4 and 7 S qseg and M qseg are quadratic face counts A table of merged nodes is always written after the tp or stp commands are executed MERGED NODES SUMMARY 12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 2 16 nodes merged between parts 2 and 2 12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 3 16 nodes merged between parts 3 and 3 216 nodes merged between parts 4 and 4 30 nodes merged between parts 7 and 7 88 nodes merged between parts 8 and 8 390 nodes were deleted by tolerancing Up through 4000 parts can be merged under general tolerancing 1 e no use of the ptol or bptol commands 300 parts can be merged under special tolerancing ptol and bptol The following is a common error to avoid Suppose you create three parts that meet as shown in 140 and 141 Then define a sliding interface between parts 1 and 2 and also between parts 1
146. 9 Condition esci uso ot he a ae 213 boundary sid s eeu Retz 302 command 2c bes ah acea y 212 NO he Guta edm Du teu ele ats 216 O toizeta deba efactidtts det 1 iia ta 217 A nE Lote A 306 multiple mlabs 212 readmesh rs a ada 351 Conductas I rd ue axi aee dx 376 Cone S tface essei eias 106 118 120 Cone Sd option 106 120 Constraint boundary o oooo oooooooo 302 boundary display 213 boundary local 214 307 Cont ajo net d e ead aea 350 Contact surface cs s vex eh era 375 Contact surfaces condition display 213 Contour illac e er d eed 67 74 Curia Or MC Case apo 70 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 487 Point numbering 69 70 74 Contour Curd option 68 74 SUTTACES NP 109 Control PHASE ss ces uestes 344 348 354 Control points 2D cubic spline 54 57 B Spline surface 116 cubic spline surface 127 cubic surface eee aaa 140 NURBS surface 150 URAC vod state REL Rex dus 98 Convection boundary condition display 213 boundary conditions 316 CY au Dessins d d Patio d 316 A CE Eater AD 317 Convection thermal load boundary conditions 317 display ad ede eR 32e xc ed 213 Coordinate system 2 DEGUEVES 0 A ERA 18 Cartes Pali co eos poe ci edu ted 476 Cylindri
147. 92 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 344 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual part commands reference only the partition sequence numbers and not the nodal indices it is a trivial matter to change the density of the mesh by only changing this list of integers Moreover one may use parameter values here in order to be able to later alter the mesh density The partition sequence numbers corresponding to the integers in this list are symbolic references to the structure of the mesh When positive integers are used solid elements are created If you are generating solid elements exclusively you may prefer the alternative method of specifying the number of elements in each list by first issuing the partmode command A negative integer in the list also produces a partition in the mesh with a nodal index corresponding to the absolute value ofthe integer with shell elements created along that partition in the computational mesh A zero in the list means there is a gap in the mesh i e the part is not connected The second and third lists have the same meaning applied to the second and third dimensions in the computational mesh respectively The fourth list is a list of x coordinates one coordinate for each integer in the first list This initializes each partition in the first dimension of the computational mesh The fifth list consists of y coordinates corresponding in like manner to the second list of partitions in the second dimen
148. AR areal arean CSSMAT materiall materialn DX1 DY1 DZ1 RXI RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna3 options for CURVED BEAMS NASTRAN where t options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IXX moment RB radius THETAB angle SHSTF y shear z shear SDRI y z1 SDR2 y2 22 SDR3 y3 z3 SDR4 y4 z4 RC offset ZC offset DELTAN offset DX1 DY1 DZ1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 402 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual RXI RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna4 1_options for ELBOW amp CURVED PIPE NASTRAN where t_options can be FSI intensification MCSR radius WTH thickness IP pressure RB radius THETAB angle MASS mass RC offset ZC offset DX1 DY1 DZ1 RXI RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna5 options for SIMPLE BEAM BAR NASTRAN where t options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 403 IYZ moment IXX moment MASS mass SHSTF y shear z shear SDRI y zl SDR2 y2 z2 SDR3 y3 z3 SDR4 y4 z4 DX1 DY1 DZ1 RX1 RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna6 t options for ROD NASTRAN where t options can be AREA area IXX moment TSC coefficient MASS mass DX1 DY1 DZ1 RX1 RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna7 t options for TUBE NASTRAN Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific A
149. Actually this is a useless command since one can avoid a surface by simply not showing it fetol feature extraction from polygon surfaces fetol angle where angle is the maximum angle for a feature Remarks Interior edges are formed within a polygon surface when the angle between two facets or polygons fall below the specified maximum angle The polygon surfaces affected by this command come from the vpsd command and the sd with the mesh face faceset poly stl or bstl options These interior edges are useful when attaching edges of the mesh to important features of the polygon surface li l The fetol command must precede the creation of the surface The default is no interior edges To change fetol back to the default use and angle greater than 180 degrees Figure 76 Interior feature edge 1 5 Example fetol 163 vpsd 1 bed cor bed elm Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 100 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual getol relative tolerance to tessellate curves and surfaces getol tolerance where tolerance is the relative tolerance Remarks The default relative tolerance for geometry is 1 0 This geometry tolerance is a factor used in the tessellation process The actual tolerance is based on the total size ofthe geometry entity Areas of greater curvature result in more points polygons in the tessellation When getol is increased the number of points polygo
150. Cartesian vector components to be calculated using a FORTRAN expression Each expression can reference the nodal coordinates x y and z vacc Cartesian prescribed variable nodal boundary acceleration vace nodes load curve amp expr x expr y expr z expr where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set load curve for a load curve number or zero amp expr for the FORTRAN amplitude x expr for the FORTRAN expression for the x component of the acceleration y expr forthe FORTRAN expression forthe y component of the acceleration z_expr for the FORTRAN expression for the z component of the acceleration Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 297 Remarks This command assigns accelerations allowing for the amplitude factor and the Cartesian vector components to be calculated using a FORTRAN expression Each expression can reference the nodal coordinates X Y and Z ve initial nodal velocity ve nodes option x y z where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set option can be sid id for
151. Contour Curve on Ruled Surface Figure 53 Contour Curve on Torus Surface Example You can also connect points from 2 different contours 66 and 11 in the i index 5 and 9 in the j index A curve is formed by seeking a short path not necessarily the shortest path between the first and last point In a periodic surface such as a torus it will choose the shortest periodic path but the smoothing algorithm may not converge to the to exact shortest path sd 1 ts 0 0000130 1 c torus surface definition curd 1 contour 1 66 5 1 11 9 c curve 1 defined by first c point 1 66 5 and last point 1 11 9 csp3 create append a 3D cubic spline curve csp3 option xl yl zl xn yn zn trans where option can be loop close curve into a smooth loop First Endpoint Natural Derivative 00 natural derivative for the Last Endpoint Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 75 01 ast dx last dy last dz derivatives at the Last Point 02 curve 2 derivative mag 2 match First Endpoint of Another Curve 03 7 curve 2 derivative mag 2 match Last Endpoint of Another Curve First Endpoint Specify Derivative 10 first dx first dy first dz 11 first dx first dy first dz last dx last dy last dz 12 first dx first dy first dz t curve 2 derivative mag 2 13 first dx first dy first dz t curve 2 derivative mag 2 First Endpoint Match First Endpoint of Another Curve 20 curve 1 derivative
152. Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 245 co jt display a numbered joint Example TrueGrid display Universal Joint cylinder 1 3 1 13 1 6 12 0 360 0 5 cylinder 1 3 1 13 1 6 120360 5 5 10 5 merge bm n1 42 n2 6 n3 180 mate 2 nbms 2 bm n1 289 n2 253 n3 235 mate 2 nbms 2 jd 1 uj pnlt 33 jt 1 1 n 470 jt 1 2 n 469 jt 1 3n 253 jt 1 4 n 42 Figure 204 Nodes forming a joint labels specify type of label to be displayed labels option or la option where option can be any of off to turn off labels display size scale to scale the size of the tokens displaying labels angle 0 to change the cone angle for the tokens displaying labels nodes to label nodes by node number 1d to label 1D beam elements by element number 2d to label 2D shell elements by element number 2q to label 2D quadratic shell elements by element number 3d to label 3D brick element faces by element number 3q to label 3D quad c brick element faces by element number ijk1 for labeled and color coded reduced indices ijk2 for labeled and color coded parts and reduced indices ijk4 for color coded indices locnd node number to locate a node by its number loc1d element number to locate a 1D beam element by its number Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 246 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks loc2d elemen
153. D L 22 53 23 66 26 28 69 68 labels onset SLID 0 mvnset SLID 2 2 3 mvnset SLID 7 7 8 labels onset SLID 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 329 nset add remove nodes to from a set of nodes nset se name operator node selection where set name is the name of the node set where operator can be for initial assignment AND for intersection with node set OR for union with the node set to append the selected nodes to the node set for removal from the node set where node_selection can be L list list of node numbers S set_name named set of nodes SRF surface number tolerance nodes near a surface CRV curve number tolerance nodes near a curve MT material number LOAD oad nodes with a specific load where oad can be ALL oad curve f any type FC load curve f forces FD oad curve f fixed displacements FV load curve f fixed velocity FT oad curve f forced temperature TM initial temperature SW stone wall ft stone wall V electrostatic potential ACC load curve ft acceleration FA fixed angular displacement MP magnetic potential MOM oad curve ft moment LB ocal coordinate system constraint in local coordinate system VE velocity TE temperature SI sliding interface f nodal sliding Interface NPB nodal Print blocks TEPRO oad curve f temperature Profile B constraint flag where constraint can be dx constr
154. ES surfaces You cannot select the edge of an infinite surface such as a cone There is an advantage to converting an edge of a surface to a 3D curve and attaching an edge of the mesh to that 3D curve instead of attaching the same edge of the mesh directly to the edge of the surface using the edge command When using the edge command all interior vertices of the edge ofthe mesh will be interpolated as a function of the two end vertices This implies that you have no freedom to position these interior vertices In contrast when attaching a multiple edge to a 3D curve you have freedom to position each vertex independently along the 3D curve If you are attaching asimple edge one with no interior vertices then there is no obvious preference unless in the future reuse of this model you should choose to insert a partition insprt If the edge was attached to an edge ofthe surface using the edge command you will not be able to position the new interior vertex Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 71 The interactive feature called coedg is an easy way to sequence many surface edges together to form a composite curve The tsave file will record the coedg command as a sequence of se options in a curd command The order of the edges in a sequence of sdeges options determines the way the edges are sewn together If there is a gap between two consecutive edges the gap wil
155. Example In this example a simple NASTRAN ship model is read using the readmesh command This mesh is unstructured because there is a small region of the hull with triangles A face set is constructed using the mouse to select the faces on the starboard side This face set is then used to construct a face surface for projection and for the blude command An intra part bb command with a normal offset is used in the construction ofthe liner to form an orthogonal part This liner is needed because a wedge part just below the keel is needed to round off the keel Only then can a good fluid mesh be extruded to the outer cylinder wall of the region of interest It would be possible to use the intra part bb command with an offset to form the boundary layer however in this example for graphical purposes the boundary region was made too large for the normal offset feature in the bb command to work effectively The normal offset feature is Unstructured shell mesh extruded for a fluid mesh only good for short Truesrid exploded display distances relative to the changes in curvature on the master surface This entire model is too complicated to have the input files included in this text The input files are available Unstructured shell model y Wedges below the keel S S LUIS 222222 2229 Orthogonal line oundary region B di i Figure 268 Shell structure extruded forming a solid Copyrig
156. IGES data useiges file where file is the name of the binary IGES file made by the saveiges command Remarks If your IGES file has a large number of surfaces and 3D curves that you need to use it may be time consuming for TrueGrid to evaluate them all You can save the evaluations with saveiges and then quickly read them back in with this command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 192 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual This command is used before the IGES file is opened using either iges origesfile During a previous run with TrueGrid any IGES geometric entities surfaces and curves that were rendered were visible and were stored in the binary data file will be retrieved Each surface or curve from an IGES file was assigned a key in this binary data file When this binary data is retrieved using the useiges followed by either the iges or igesfile command the surfaces and curves in the binary data file are matched to the corresponding geometric entities from the appropriate IGES files The name of the IGES file is used to form this key for each surface and curve and it is required that the IGES file name not be changed so that the correct correspondence between the IGES entities and the binary data can be established Up to 100 binary files can be read in with this command vpsd import ViewPoint surfaces vpsd first surface nodal file connectivity file transformations where first surface
157. IgeSCd o 3 ence tms 185 IPespil ice etos AER 187 A e et edant ia 188 DU panties O 412 RENE PEERS RU edo a 416 LSS seas ea een Cte dA RORIS 365 Nurbsd ois Spa tea bte emo 189 Bis oe o tit ce e Ne Qe 108 Tisd 4 ex d GOES P RAMS 110 NP Cms Sur t edebat Bs 193 MAA Led eu ea ver tex e a ea 456 A A e mi es 2 eA 456 MAKAR eee B Cerea dos CENA 456 NEP A ad 459 My CEU aaa AR 68 A Pen e ied tl 414 o 183 ISOSGQ ethane ardet ere hd 185 Igespu 2 548 sapien bbs ka 187 MSCS SO MESE E O ada 188 le Sees i D UE RR RON 416 TTE 366 Nutbsd zz 23h aves 189 Jr PDF 108 TES soos io dear ah corte 110 WSU AA ea A 193 Mz Curd eas ae E a iM 68 TOL Lacie d mg S ae RU ARS 414 196852 dere eterne tee t 183 A sx dab S 185 A A Gesn 187 lgessd sedas ada 188 Ib oua cce Matar maa 412 le35 rede dusk Pete Seared 454 tee 416 I Sys s dw encodes eMe 366 INUrDSQ dot ce Rees 189 SU nne ead NE ANDR 108 DESO eene ty oe AS 110 VSO oeste accedet outed 193 n condition display 215 display iuo qu deafcedte dniae 215 example riina tese me 238 N Co Option i esce ch cer xor tuts 238 Nastmats material 473 NASTRAN nada nara a 349 469 PES a4 Sue eed Casus 400 deform rods bars 294 A roe ale mets 407 TEAAMESA ue Duce feos hio 351 rigid bodies rbe 290 SPC ga de ort cea Rue acd RU 303 NOrDatinr oss dua ede Da 467 NASTRAN analysis option analysis option 472 INGCO
158. Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 393 SREF ocation where location can be 1 meaning the side where s is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where s is 1 TREF location where location can be 1 meaning the side where t is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where t is 1 Or Hughes Liu Constant Thickness or Diameter STHI thickness s thickness or outer diameter at both ends TTHI thickness t thickness or inner diameter at both ends SREF ocation where location can be 1 meaning the side where s is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where s is 1 TREF ocation where location can be 1 meaning the side where t is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where t is 1 Or Hughes Liu Variable Thicknesses or Diameters STHII thickness s thickness or outer diameter at beginning STHI2 thickness s thickness or outer diameter at ending TTHII thickness t thickness or inner diameter at beginning TTHI2 thickness t thickness or inner diameter at ending SREF ocation where location can be 1 meaning the side where s is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where s is 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 394 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual TREF ocation where location can be 1 meaning the side where t is 1 0 meaning centered 1 meaning the side where t is 1 Or Belytschko Schwer beam carea area cross section are
159. NA3D by NIST Metallurgy Div co ft display boundary temp Truecrid display Cenpurature boundary 2 77 5 LII SLIT ILLL LLI LO 77 DL LS co fv display nodal velocities CLES E l PELO xample AER block 1 11 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 EN 1 r r sfi 2 1 2s 1 2 sp 0 0 0 Figure 159 Hidden Line version CO FT lcd1 00 1111 fv 2 132 212 11 57 579 59 v 2 2 29 20 1 89 57 57 TrueGrid display boundary velocity lat 1 000E 00 TrueGrid draw boundary velocity Figure 160 Hidden Line version CO FV Figure 161 Wire frame version CO FV fv 1 22 L2 2 1 1 57 0 7 57 fv 1 1211211 574 5 5J7 merge co fv 1 co size 2 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 223 co Sw display stone wall Example ANM sd 1 cy 0 0 3 81001 N ON sd 2 cy 0 0 3 810 0 1 6 N NARA sd 3 cy 0 0 5 8010 25 S SO EES sd 4 cy 0 0 5 80 1 0 68 RR DOE AS I sd 5 cy 0 0 3 8 0 1 0 125 LOU La block 1 4 68 11 14 17 19 1 3 5 7 Et A 971 6 12 14 18 20 22 26 28 31 33 35 37 2 5 1 9 1 7 1 5 1 6 DPOQUATAADOAAAAAAAT 2 0 1 5 1 7 3 0 0 1 2 2 ELA e 3 15 3 65 3 8 3 95 4 45 5 4 5 6 now lad 5 8 6 6 2 a7 dei 1 5 2 13 wee A dei 5 6 2 3 0 9 13 dei 7 8
160. NS 05 oie idea ad aaah ee coe wes 350 NAS n nsa age aaa ee Re ua 466 NE NASTRAN beams oig on mM Eee A 405 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 502 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual deform rods bars rigid bodies rbe BP Ga i coats sae A T NE NASTRAN analysis option analysis option NE NSTRAN Output s due eem as het et Nekopts analysis option INeIStOn2 Dort seis BA heute cea M cate LA INEECOBS TES o deis uo doe aan aaa Nenstmats material NET eiusd A ERA Nesting included files baaa Neutral eae ANN EN EE e OFTSETS a aah puros Dosis TAMOS it A A o A A has Nextmat i255 ond Rt ete tee Ao Nike3d oot e teen ve e XR Nikemats material Nikeopts analysis option Nint expressions ewe xe Nint function 427 NB alins ro epi E Nodal loads display va tudes wean uei Pd es Nodal rotation display os can fea ae Ate uL MO EIC E Re teas Gok Ab en Gee ae USPS 246 A Pewter tees print block display print block npb rotation frb Node set BOs eade Cae e ERN 323 delete ates t sex 408 displays 22 ccs oec ES 247 lads aan des ebat 327 MOI ad tte 328 OnSet aa 333 ordered iii Ere 324 329 readmesh o else it uk arta 351 A A US 335 IN OU fetes aha av acs Cree ox RS 442 Nonreflecting boundaries condition dis
161. OIODVHT sca uer Pug aed 196 Pinaty saena ena unae 180 binary data ss oL Rer eme ea 180 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 495 composite curve 181 composite surfaces 163 CONVEISION 2 eere SERIE 182 entity dependencies 180 idc FR 180 MIG NAME qos cosa tetur ded es 191 PELO oco curet aea td ated 196 Jgescd oet dtum pais ebenso 186 ESPE d Cere Bear EC osa ds 188 Igessd 2 usados dun a 189 importing geometry 179 196 level sss eder DEREN 196 INUEDS vm iSessuRei 152 181 A Sa aden Paw UR 190 other surfaces succ eyes 181 parametric surfaces 143 PS PR rer get eons 181 plane surfaces cvs exo s 145 A aces repos eO 349 Bd cos edie Aa 107 109 surface ooo o 97 107 151 surface sequence number 144 145 e Tue tous S es Nm oy xe 143 trimmed surface 181 TIS CLO OS ve Lese rua oe ced UA 193 ulna PME 180 IGES su rfaces 4 4 rated 143 TOSCA 22d eO aec SN ed 67 185 Iges Hle 5o eui desk RU Bates 184 trimming era s 192 A A RI 184 o S se es ied 186 ESPA A A 188 Igessd Ss 189 NurbS 143 145 152 Nutbsd iria a 190 BG ees tirer b aO AT ASIN 107 poop ET 193 IgesHud iu oic CR ete re XEM 180 Us a Destino ders iso 192 TESIS 9s a irse O as E 186 Igesp Sd option 107 145 Ipespd uOeosxdu e Sco ra f anes 187 ig sfilen 92S ccs Des wee lee 184 lges
162. Phase use the abort command Six lists of numbers follow the cylinder command The first three lists consist of integers each list terminated with a semi colon The second three lists consist of real numbers each list optionally terminated by a semi colon The first list of integers must start with a 1 or 1 The integers that follow must be zero or have absolute value greater than the absolute values of the integers that preceded it in that list These are the number of nodes to create in the first dimension of the computational mesh A positive integer indicates that there will be a partition at that nodal index in the first dimension ofthe computational mesh which can be referenced by most commands in the Part Phase These partitions are used to break the part into multiple structured blocks Since most part commands reference only the reduced indices and not the nodal indices it is a trivial matter to change the density of the mesh by only changing lists of nodal indices in the part definition When positive nodal indices are used solid elements are created If you are generating solid elements exclusively you may prefer the alternative method of specifying the number of elements in each list by first issuing the partmode command A negative nodal index in the list also produces a partition in the mesh with a nodal index corresponding to the absolute value of the integer but with shell elements created along that partition in the computational mes
163. Ss etis raul base uror Pate 110 Viste reato Dena mitte a or ER 194 Iplan Sd option 106 148 MNE stella d Epio hd 98 TEPLS tun v ede LL A 469 O Rea eh eae eae nace cane 270 display 24 3 cedo Re be RG 214 Iss Co option ooooooooooo o 225 Issi display ose Sede Wha etm ess 214 Iterations d 5 ove med Set eie mela 431 ME e ebrei aa need te dra m tes 191 J coordinate ooooooooomomoooo 342 EPA a ve roce lecce e etes 342 A ca ceo RS P edu 275 383 CXAmple sa as das 232 JOME thee dese id terea 275 383 NG A E E e 363 eami f tater ciate Ran erm alee 358 displayen datu dtes aate 214 Example ced asisten 246 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 497 condition display 214 JE uat uates eet uer que M og Reet 306 META ri 435 A O e 306 A A PRA ws 214 Sample 246 Te Aa rias 363 Jt Co option oooooooooooooo 246 JUDIO gta ee porn ore hn d 365 K coordindte 125 ecu hoa ec RES 342 Ke partition ane aed aa o e ens ee 342 KOM kiting Een s daa dcs 275 383 A dui 275 383 Key ES usur drain ish drame Durus datada 105 E RR Leta Die 447 I NE A O 85 Babels ii teagan dece UE AEG 246 Dcus ene ed Abate dco dated 248 DUD area 3 dbi Nest 249 dccus tart ate etu ut ere ie it 249 SD s Avete eser mte 250 Se S EE A 250 command A t esie A 212 CRACKS eoe dua a eC e RESI 262 COVE Sct eos lae ver o da 67 crpvt and Contour
164. T ICES ucc e och aa ale ER 163 Universal Joint o o o 363 UNIX end of line cs ote a 182 unresolved dependencies 459 A etes dac e OMA 356 BE MP 192 SID CUIVES anea cedem ers n 71 BIB axe AO ANON 180 TGCS RTI 184 SAVCIDES Dae nde ele ah wal ttd 191 AS cube Can i a eaa asa els 321 CUA Arriate Pes 68 CIOE ox vL IA sno uv bos 414 A O 183 TOSCA da ade 185 IUGSDU es nang aa dad 187 c Me CE 188 information 328 Dol uet eee RAN mea 412 a i hide ero cadre 416 JU DD PEE DRE 366 SEL vane d uescopces aa 330 TNUEDSQ is og ee ends ORC 189 TEMOVE dud eso o Cede 335 restore ereda os 337 A o R 108 TESA deett wet REM Rand 110 ju P 193 A ie ag ERES DCN NN 297 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 517 Vcv display qois d roe a tet 213 Vcvi display o ea eM osea de 213 I e coti rhe tre code b DER ed 112 ME ta su eka see aeo tette ar Va ARUM 298 display same eus ee iedos eater 214 example ad cae Vania vrs 225 information 328 MOON tt aged arque cd 361 A erede Tube wit Se 330 remove celu pex e etos 335 TOSTDES aiii sd Dex PE Res 337 Ve Copton cca yu dete Fh 225 Vei A greek Lond 214 MISIONES ds esce e Ra pun a 362 boundary bv 294 boundary display 214 IB our etes ao Mex ded 296 initial display 214 tial Ve errms ienee re
165. TTY reds Tex e arf 445 446 Curs attaching eiue eos 445 QUITYD rue bert f y nte 445 A ase es 446 CUYD 6 dw aan Gr QR AX Re ee UR RECS 445 CUVETTES o cose Recien ns EE 66 SULTIACG ra 102 PWSUEL quc adco ews dd 93 Curve E d E 36 display numbers 247 curve rotation for surface uoces dre od Gros 125 CSD ese oq aratro a queer Am ecu s 66 ONG da adco Bi Shy a a RR 316 displa eraut v tes e bd ieh 213 CV TGOQDpLIO ou uio cca m pria tont 221 Cvi displdy co yeah ted aote 9 213 A E 317 display sg eaa Cres qe Cru 213 Cyt Co option qe dante rey RS 221 CVAD o2 aod eU eoa ce Nt UN 349 Cvti A Seem aks 213 examples doeet ae Saws 221 Cy Sd option o oooomo 106 132 TODO do t s 98 Cy3 Sd option 106 133 CNCOLS gt Atay a 349 353 cylinder generalized surface 121 interpolation 126 on vee eek 349 Datboc dede ose t Spese 341 part definition 345 part example 201 eve 216 226 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 489 partmode 292 341 surface 106 132 135 volume definition vd 112 RCV SUPTICO A a QU Ait d 169 VOS surface sad outer t oes 171 ZON SUIACE rea 173 Cylindrical coordinate system 477 cylindrical coordinates 348 Cylindrical Joi Mt 363 Cyr2 Sd option 106 134 seriedad 98 Cyr3 Sd
166. TrueGrid User s Manual A Guide and a Reference by Robert Rainsberger VOLUME 2 Geometry Assembly Global Properties and Output Version 2 3 0 XYZ Scientific Applications Inc March 29 2006 Copyright O 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All rights reserved TrueGrid the TrueGrid Manual and related products of XYZ Scientific Applications Inc are copyrighted and distributed under license agreements Under copyright laws they may not be copied in whole or in part without prior written approval from XYZ Scientific Applications Inc The license agreements further restrict use and redistribution XYZ Scientific Applications Inc makes no warranty regarding its products or their use and reserves the right to change its products without notice This manual is for informational purposes only and does not represent a commitment by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc XYZ Scientific Applications Inc accepts no responsibility or liability for any errors or inaccuracies in this document or any of its products TrueGrid is a registered trademark of XYZ Scientific Applications Inc Silicon Graphics and IRIS are registered trademarks of Silicon Graphics Inc Microsoft and MS DOS are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation Unix is a registered trademark of AT amp T Sun Microsystems is a registered trademark of Sun Microsystems Inc Phar Lap is a registered trademark of its trademark holder ANSYS is a registered tradema
167. YNA keyword format only the new nodes and elements are written out This is the exclude option when reading a NASTRAN file The exclude option means exclude objects from the readmesh when writing the output file The is useful when building an add on to a model that already exists as a NASTRAN model that has been converted to LS DYNA If the readmesh command were able to read an LS DYNA input and write it out to produce the exact model that was Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 352 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual raed in then this exclude feature would not be useful No new nodes or elements will be given numbers that are already in use in the original NASTRAN model This feature is to meet a specific need in a timely fashion However this feature may have a more general use if it is extended to all keyword input and output This would make it possible to modify a model incrementally by creating add on files which can be concatenated It is not clear that such an improvement will be made Comments on this feature will be appreciated There are two limitations to keep in mind The readmesh command should be issued before any parts with nodes that should be merged to nodes from the NASTRAN input file This will probably remain a limitation or feature Secondly only the new nodes and elements are protected from colliding with the objects in the NASTRAN input file Materials springs and dampers sets et
168. a iss iss area moment of inertia about s axis itt itt area moment of inertia about t axis irr irr area moment of inertia about r axis sarea area shear area of cross section or Truss carea area cross section area or Belytschko Schwer Full Integration Beam Standart Sections lsd 1 lange width flange thickness depth web thickness W section lsd 2 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness C section lsd 3 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness angle lsd 4 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness T section lsd 5 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness rectangular lsd 6 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness Z section lsd 7 flange width depth web thickness trapezoidal or Belytschko Schwer Full Integration Beam Constant Thickness or Diameters STHI thickness s thickness or outer diameter at both ends TTHI thickness t thickness or inner diameter at both ends or Belytschko Schwer Full Integration Beam Variable Thicknesses or Diameters STHI thickness s thickness or outer diameter at beginning STHI2 thickness s thickness or outer diameter at ending TTHII thickness t thickness or inner diameter at beginning TTHI2 thickness t thickness or inner diameter at ending or Belytschko Schwer Tubular Beam Constant Diameter Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 395 STHI outer diameter oute
169. a de t elus 273 delete cisco qtto eq Yea 275 O O d aT 214 example i eo e es qe 207 232 METING 4o a 435 IND a2 n rn ER on S 272 properties ds 5c ed Cone RA 370 SD caa eso bea atoque ORE 371 Springs nl s doe de dabei e 350 BBW Beetle Euro quA D d EAE 312 UP oec Re 215 example sc o dis 245 spotweld arde e sd ventas 312 Spw Co option ooooooo m 245 SPW escas td oor Me Vet eite 313 display sce e RES 215 spotweld 12232 rv s d rtg 312 PWI Ateste e 313 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 512 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual display ess deo e cR Rees 215 examples s odes ero SETS 245 Spwf Co option o oo oo o o 245 Sqrt AA toa aaa dia ets 451 Sqrt expressions Pin 450 Sqrt function e a Re 427 432 Ssf display eue ea e RD CER 214 INO censeo ox eee Nee edt 147 Sd ste hb OE Wp eae 109 Ssfi displi yae tas 214 example e odor EU 235 BUS aspe dri d dat pestaidtaq o tuus Mattes 438 display CE a MAN 215 SID acoso ade ech Pomme 439 A aro teo 168 Stared output ici a sya does 470 Stereo lithography 182 ASCH file taa 166 binary file c vesper awDET EE 118 Stl Sd option 108 166 182 features fetol 100 mvpn modify 102 pvpn modify coe ers 105 Stone walls condition display 214 definition eg Seen eere v 367 nodal selection 314 A te PRA neq nu dust MEGA 439 bnstol co
170. abels and conditions displayed 212 condition specify type of condition constraint to be displayed 213 labels specify type of label to be displayed 246 5 Animation Commands 4 socsueque e qus EA a EE 263 av animate views linear interpolation o oo ooooo o o 263 avc animate views cosine interpolation o oooooooo 264 shv SHOW a saved view vues ir a e qd Pence d 264 SV SIVE CUTE ME Son vto LE utt hes LEA moa Ru 264 6 Exploded Vies 2 og acd d am are ct Qd a iac ded cR RA e CS a OR RR eR oe 265 exp reactivate exploded views 9 stc hee reme yo tn ey eR 265 expoff turn off exploded views ios a mede e OY 265 iniexp initialize explode offset to zero ooooooooomomommoo 266 mexp offset each subset of materials past the previous subset 266 pexp offset each subset of parts past the previous subset 266 sclexp explode scale factor ura Deu P aba 267 7 Material Commands 25 230 9 e cM e rx Cb se GAA IR SUR ES CHE wR oo 267 tmm specify the total mass ofa material o ooo ooooo 267 buoy specify a buoyancy condition for a list of materials 267 am add material to the picture i22 seres a A Ra ARES 268 ams add a list of materials to the picture ooooooo o 268 dam display all materials in the picture 0 269 dms display a set of materials in the picture 269 dm display one material in the picture
171. ace 3 for normal pressure vs penetration of node into surface 4 for total normal force vs max soft penetration unstf unloading stiffness Icberf oad curve f load curve giving the bending component of the retaining force lenflen oad curve load curve giving the normal force per unit draw bead length as a function of displacement dbd depth draw bead depth scllc factor scale factor for load curve nitdb 4 iterations number of integration points laong the draw bead slvmat material list automatic slave segment materials sypl slave do not include faces with normal boundary constraints serin slave erosion interior node option sadjmat slave storage is allocated so that eroding contact can occur scoufsf factor oulomb friction scale factor svfsf factor viscous friction scale factor snffs stress or force slave normal stress at failure ssffs stress or force slave shear stress at failure senf exponent slave exponent for normal force sesf exponent slave exponent for shear force mstmat material list automatic master segment materials mypl master do not include faces with normal boundary constraints merin master erosion interior node option madjmat master storage is allocated so that eroding contact can occur mcoufsf factor mvfsf factor mnffs stress or force master normal stress at failure msffs stress or force master shear stress at failure menf exponent master exponent for normal force mesf exponent master exponent for shear fo
172. acy It must be positive An accuracy of 2 or more will give you double precision projections chkfolds check for folds in surfaces chkfolds option where the option can be on activate the fold checking projection algorithm off deactivate the fold checking projection algorithm default Remarks There is a problem in accuracy when projecting to a surface that has folds in it To avoid additional costly calculations for all surface projections this problem is corrected by issuing a flag only when a surface is folded and the projection is not done correctly This flag is set using the chkfolds command This is a very rare condition It effects all projections within a part delsd delete a surface delsd surface f where surface ft is the assigned surface identification number Remarks When a surface is deleted it cannot be undone Do not delete a surface that is being used by a part Wait until the part is complete before deleting the surface Actually this is a useless command since one can avoid a surface by simply not showing it Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 99 delsds delete a set of surfaces delsds surface list where a surface ftis the assigned surface identification number Remarks When a surface is deleted it cannot be undone Do not delete a surface that is being used by a part Wait until the part is complete before deleting the surface
173. ading an IGES file demonstrates the identification of levels and groups iges maison igs 1 1 The following IGES levels were found 1 2 IGES file contained 34 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 34 IGES file contained 192 curves from 1 to 192 IGES file contained 2 groups from L o 2 When a sequence of levels or groups are needed you only need to give the first and last numbers separated by a colon When there are many surfaces in an IGES model the first step in creating a mesh is to organize the geometry Usually there are many smaller surfaces that should be grouped to form larger composite surfaces because they touch each other tangentially These larger surfaces become a more intuitive decomposition of the geometry These larger composite surfaces also make it easier to design and build the block topology of the mesh because there is no longer the need to match the mesh Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 196 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual boundaries to arbitrary component surface boundaries If the CAD operator can use the associativity groups and levels in anticipation of building the mesh the time spent using TrueGrid to organize the geometry can be greatly reduced If a set of surfaces are in the same level or group to be formed into a composite surface take the following steps 1 Display only that level using the dlv command or that group usin
174. ain the x translation dy constrain the y translation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 330 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual dz constrain the z translation rx constrain the rotation about the x axis ry constrain the rotation about the y axis rz constrain the rotation about the z axis where flag can be 1 constrained 0 unconstrained Remarks This command is probably the easiest and most versatile method for constructing a node set The initial assignment creates a node set If the node set with the same name already existed then it is deleted and recreated The intersect operator redefines a node set to be only those nodes which are found to be both in the original set and among the selected nodes Selected nodes can be added by using the union operator This causes any selected nodes to be included in a set if it is not already in that set The add operator will always append selected nodes to a set This is used to create ordered node sets where duplicate nodes are allowed The minus operator removes all nodes in a set which are among the selected nodes Example TrueGrid Display Node Set xx The node set is defined by the list of node numbers in an arbitrary order Figure 248 cylinder 1 3 1 5 7 9 13 1 5 9 13 17 2 5 37 45 150 15 4571 333195 dei 2 2 4 2 3 dei 1 2 3 2 3 merge nset xx L 44 45 81 96 97 104 105 132 147 148 219 220 316 329 330 339 341 351
175. al 7 11559E 0 5 85396E 01 3 88582E 01 sd 1 cyr3 9190374 05553633 1 7810655 23211999 1 1207378 2 073 2 403686 1 6991307 25 1 0815152 35669363 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 135 er ellipsoid ellipse revolved about an axis eL Xo Yo Zo X Y Zn 11 P where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of axis direction vector Yn second component of axis direction vector Za third component of axis direction vector ri radius in the axial direction r radius orthogonal to the axis Remarks An ellipse is rotated about an axis given by rruecrid display ellipsoid by axis XoY 920 and x y z To specify the shape of the ellipse you give the lengths of its two axes r is the length of the axis perpendicular to the axis of rotation and r is the length of the axis along the axis of rotation Both lengths must be positive A point projected onto this surface from within should be away from the axis of symmetry See Figure 99 Example sd 6 er 0 0010012 Figure 99 ellipsoid by axis and two dimensions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 136 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual face face of the present part Part Pha
176. al Remarks This command defines the entire sequence of global coordinate transformations once you issue a gct command the results of any previous get commands are no longer available Each transformation is a product of primitive operators The product is formed from the left to the right One copy ofthe part is created and transformed for each transformation defined in the get command and referenced in the grep command You may wish to build a part in a convenient local coordinate system and then transform the part to the proper position in the global coordinate system The get command in conjunction with the grep command is used to move scale reflect and rotate the part to put it in its place in the model relative to the other parts Examples gct 7 rxy ryz rzx ryz rzx rxy ryz rxy rzx rxy ryz rzx This set of transformations can be used to reflect a part from the first octant into all of the other 7 octants The next example shows these transformations in use Example Of A Reflected Part gct 7 rXxy ryz rzx ryz rzx TrueGrid display rxy ryz rxy rzx rXy ryz rzx block 12 3 12 3 4 1 2 3 4 25 soo X 2 025 025 22 cw RIZO 025 2 dei 1 2 1 2 03 4 dei 12 12 03 4 dei 2 3 1 2 0 3 4 1 2 03 4 mb 2 2 2 25 grep 0 endpart Figure 283 A Part Reflected Into 7 Octants Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 415 l
177. an coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates nset name of set Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 321 17 Sets These commands are unique to the Merge phase Named sets are a useful tool in the definition of boundary conditions and properties in the mesh and form an alternative to selecting regions in the Part phase An arbitrary selection can be made and this is the advantage to using set functions in the Merge phase The disadvantage is that the selection may no longer be parametric If you go back and make a change to the mesh you may have to redefine the set since the element and node numbers have changed The name of the set can be up to 8 alphanumeric characters long Each name of the set must be unique In some of the set commands the logical or Boolean set operators AND and OR are used to create new sets from existing sets The AND operator between two sets means to take their intersection This should not be confused with the common usage of and which might be interpreted to mean the addition of two sets The OR operator does this function adnset add nodes to an ordered node set adnset set name insertion node before after list of nodes where set name is the name of the node set insertion node is the sequence number of the node for the insertion point before after is eithe
178. an option can be tinit initial_time specify the initial time tsca time_scale scale the time variable toff time_offset translate time variable finit initial_load specify the initial load fsca load_scale scale the load variable foff load_offset translate the resulting curve after scaling phase angle specify the phase for a sine or cosine curve A taf append a polygonal line or curve sine 7 points Z cycles per time time append a sine curve computed as the sine of the scaled parameter plus the phase cosine _points cycles per time time append a cosine curve computed as the cosine of the scaled parameter plus the phase Remarks Y ou specify a number of curve segments with the Ip sine and cosine options The whole load curve is constructed by appending them each curve begins where the last one ended Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 31 The initial time tinit and the initial load finit are global values Their last values are the offsets applied to the entire curve The variables toff tsca foff and fsca can be set for each segment The time variable of a segment is relative to that segment and is assumed to start at zero for each segment In the following discussion the sequences of time and function values are denoted by T and F respectively The index i is incremented by 1 for each new value in the sequence For the polygonal line you speci
179. and 3 No nodes will be merged between parts 1 and 2 and between parts 1 and 3 However nodes can be merged between parts 2 and 3 Sometimes you need to look closely in the graphics or carefully check the Merged Nodes Summary to detect this error To fix this error if indeed it is an error use a dummy sliding interface between parts 2 and 3 to force no merging between those parts Alternatively use the bptol command with a negative number to avoid merging between those parts You should also consider extending both interfaces 1 and 2 across to parts 3 and 2 respectively because they may come in contact This is an ambiguous situation since there are equally plausible situations where parts 2 and 3 should be merged together Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 202 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual sid 1 sv sid 2 sv block 1 3 1 3 1 3 t 21212 sii 2 1 5 Sil 7 2 2 5 block 1 3 1 3 1 3 Zo mes 52d sii 1 l m block 1 3 1 3 1 3 q o rL 2 1 9 W 2 Sii 1 2 m merge stp 2 Figure 140 Before stp Figure 141 After stp For other commands affecting how nodes are merged see the Merging Parts section in the chapter Global Commands mnl write the merged nodes list mnl no arguments Remarks The merge table is written out to the save file This may be useful when you are using TrueGrid to get intermedia
180. and a z coordinate for each k index These define the physical locations of every region interface Example The block part is defined by a list of i indices and x coordinates a list ofj indices and y coordinates and a list of k indices and z coordinates An example command file follows Block part definition Indices in the x direction i dir are 1 5 7 8 11 x coordinates are 1 3 5 2 8 8 7 11 3 units Indices in the y direction j dir are 1 3 5 y coordinates are 1 2 3 4 5 2 units Indices in the z direction k dir are 1 10 Z coordinates are 5 5 units 0 040 000 block 15 78 11 i L 3 Bu Bi 08s 1322 Su4 5 2 EE BS 20K 1 10 To Alay This block is illustrated in the following 6 pictures The faces that can be selected using the index bars correspond to the indices in the index lists These faces partition the part into blocks and are sometimes referred to as 1 j and k partitions for descriptive purposes Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 342 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual TrueGrid display i 1 1 3 i 5 5 2 i 7 8 i 8 8 7 i 11 11 3 Figure 256 i partitions and x coordinates Figure 257 i partitions TrueGrid display Figure 258 j partitions and y coordinates Figure 259 j partitions Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 343 TrueGrid display
181. and permits you to import triangular surfaces via StereoLithography STL files Use the fetol command before this command to extract interior features as edges Example fetol 110 sd 1 bstl prt kl bstl Figure 82 Surface imported from binary stl cn2p infinite cone defined by two points CNZP x Yo Zo X Y Zn V lY f where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of axis direction vector Yn second component of axis direction vector A third component of axis direction vector r radius at the cross section along axis at f t position along axis with radius r r radius at the cross section along axis at t b position along axis with radius r Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 118 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks XoV0Zo and x y z define the axis of rruecrid display symmetry You complete the cone s definition by specifying two points r t and r t in any planar cross section containing the axis of symmetry The coordinate is measured along the axis from the point x y z in the direction of x V z The r coordinate is measured orthogonally from the axis of symmetry For any plane containing the axis of symmetry the line segment formed by the two points in the plane will be contained on the cone The co
182. anges to the list of radial coordinates 51 lint MELON ia Qoo dto A Eat det 52 csp2 CUI SD IHE nue roD vp BS eut Cer dee eG Ca ted e 53 fws2 Fowler Wilson cubic spline ooooooooomommom oo 56 ctbc polar cube Splendia 60 ctbo Modify a Polar Cubic Spline ici ea 61 ftbc Fowler Wilson polar cubic spline o ooooooooo o 61 ftbo modify Wilson Fowler polar cubic spline 63 rseg import from edge file ii eee aay exa oda 64 3 2D Curve Display Commands J 22 uus Pese mI RACE PER Na rt e d d 65 lcv display a load curve iuis ex Les A XU he CERA 65 lv display all 2D CUEVES ii d a e e Cruce Rd RU 65 lvi display list of 2D CURVES 3 9 3 ace roc Cea ege eA AS 65 lvs display a sequence of 2D curves ooooooooooommmmo ooo 66 4d Credite SD CUIVES nues x Vue Ru bx ate br b Ged tas Wade hs Fat ad 66 curd 3D curve definition vus vee eye de RE RR al e e eS 68 igc create append an IGES curve to a 3D curve 71 sdedge create append curve by surface edge o oo ooommomoo o 71 1p3 create append polygon of segments oooooooooomomo o 73 contour create append a contour line to a 3D curve 74 csp3 create append a 3D cubic spline curve o ooooooooo o 75 bsp3 create append a B Spline curve ooooooooooommomooo 79 nrb3 create append a NURBS curve oooococccoocccoccoo o 80 142d3d create append a 2D curve converted to 3D 82 intcur create
183. anual command with the dx dy dz rx ry or rz options Sid specifies a set identification number so that the nodal constraints are written to the NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN output using the SPC1 and SPCADD keywords For ABAQUS output the set identification number becomes the load set number used in abcload option of the abaqstep to associate the boundary condition with a step in the analysis cfc boundary conditions for the CF3D output option cfc id type parameters faces where the type and parameters can be fv vx vy vz ft temperature fsp species t amplitude ol pressure il vx vy vz wall ufl amplitude vfl amplitude wfl amplitude tfl temperature spf species t amplitude cb faces can be a sequence of the following terminated with a Ib1 Jist for linear brick face 1 1b2 list for linear brick face 2 1b3 list for linear brick face 3 Ib4 list for linear brick face 4 Ib5 Jist for linear brick face 5 Ib6 list for linear brick face 6 list is a sequence of element numbers or faces can be one of the following surface surface_ tolerance t nodes where tolerance is the accepted distance from the surface 4 nodes is the required number of corner nodes within tolerance Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 303 set face set name Remarks A set of faces can be generated using options in the Part Phase with the fset command Face sets can
184. are os E Vio LAE 437 display edd uer mo RERO Red 215 dummy interface 302 example 224 233 436 462 A p TRA aes RR 138 NP a RS 272 DLL ere Suey uate aan 438 with Mpe 2 cse Lee obe a 308 S bang qlo LEO Gee non ates 458 Supblk display te te e ed Reed 215 Example og eae ETE 240 Surface dCcubdey Seo Vaca Vea Phe o a 101 algebraic function 139 ASQ oat px natn C HRS IR 175 n acc 175 blend blend3 113 blend blend4 114 boundary iesu tee ey deeds 66 comp66it 01 163 176 178 186 196 concatenated sds 163 CONE N2 so ek ee eee ced 118 cone cone sss 120 COMEOUE ue ue Pee My ire eld Gadd 68 control points 98 coordinate system 109 Cr le3d cd a eec ES 123 CU rVature 24463 za RE 102 cylinder Cp laud veu uc teta 121 evit det EN uo eom ate totems 132 cylinder AAA 169 cylinder VOY a tuae ne Dances 171 cylinder A etur ied es 173 cylindrical crule3d 123 A eR eva bd 175 delete tete etes 99 100 A ERE CRETA 113 display ow easi eS andes 174 display numbers 247 255 DSCs puta doce ubet tet 175 DSS qute us Vx 8 pite 175 CUBE aa rare quiete ta 68 98 edge composite 66 edge to 3D curves ais 71 element set 325 327 ellipsoid er uus ires oh etes 136 extract edge s cian 109 A edt d Roa 355 face Seb rd ocio eet eA 326 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific A
185. ariable thickness STHII thickness s thickness at beginning STHI2 thickness s thickness at ending TTHII thickness t thickness at beginning TTHI2 thickness t thickness at ending or Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 391 Belytschko Schwer beam carea area cross section area iss iss area moment of inertia about s axis itt itt area moment of inertia about t axis irr irr area moment of inertia about r axis sarea area shear area of cross section or Truss carea area cross section area 392 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual LS DYNA beams Figure 279 Beam Local Coordinate System for LS DYNA Parameters for LS DYNA beams Dimensions of Standard Cross Sections are in Global Coordinates where parameters can be either Hughes Liu Standard Sections lsd 1 lange width flange thickness depth web thickness W section Isd 2 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness C section lsd 3 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness angle lsd 4 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness T section lsd 5 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness rectangular lsd 6 lange width flange thickness depth web thickness Z section Isd 7 flange width depth web thickness trapezoidal Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications
186. arks This command will stop displaying the defined surfaces resulting from any CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from any CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level agrp add a CAD group to the picture agrp group where group is the number of the CAD group to be added Remarks This command will add to the picture all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group dgrp display a single CAD group in the picture dgrp group where group is the number of the CAD group to be displayed Remarks This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group This command will remove all other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 198 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual dgrps display several CAD groups in the picture dgrps group group group where group is the number of one of the CAD groups to be displayed Remarks This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from a CAD IGES surface and all 3D curves resulting from a CAD IGES curve defined within any ofthe specified groups This command will remove all other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture rgrp remove a CAD group from the picture rgrp group where group is the number o
187. assigned a key in this binary data file When this binary data is retrieved using the useiges prior to either the iges or igesfile command the surfaces and curves in the binary data file will be matched to the corresponding geometric entities from the appropriate IGES files The name of the IGES file is used to form this key for each surface and curve and it is required that the IGES file name not be changed so that the correct correspondence between IGES entities and the binary data can be established trimming controls the trimmed surface algorithm trimming option where the option can be on this activates the trimming off this deactivates the trimming Remarks This feature is not usually needed It is used for backward compatibility and for debugging The default is on Itrim set the surface trimming work space Itrim size where size is the number of words to use in the trimming algorithm Remarks Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 191 This command is not usually needed The default is 2000000 words Only use this command to increase the work space if the code issues a warning that it had difficulties trimming a surface and perhaps increasing the work space may help warning not enough work space to trim surface try increasing the work space from 2000000 by using the ltrim command This can occur if there are some small details in the trimming curv
188. astic strain nf force vectors tw time window Remarks This command defines the properties of a spotweld These definitions are needed by the spw command and the associated interactive command spotweld The shared degrees of freedom flags are used for NASTRAN The other options are for LSDYNA spwf spot welds for LSDYNA material 100 spwf points sw material 1st contact 2nd contact where points can be eqsp 3D curve 7 flag _spotwelds where flag can be 0 to include the last point 1 to not include the last point pnts 3D_curve_ flag where flag can be 0 to include the last point 1 to not include the last point rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates where st contact and 2nd contact can be mat material number Remarks Use the co spwf feature to view each spot weld Sw select nodes that may impact a stone wall sw nodes stone wall _ where nodes can be n node number node number Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 314 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rtxyz a Cartesian coordinate cy rho theta z a cylindrical coordinate sp rho theta phi a spherical coordinate nset name of set a node set Remarks First use the plane command to define the stone wall syf assign faces to a numbered symmetry plane with failure syf fset face set symmetry plane 5 failure trp create tracer particles trp tracking list op
189. ation points or lines detp material options where material is the material number and options is a list of any of the following time detonation time point x y z Inpt x y z x y Z _detonators Remarks This creates detonation points and lighting times for high explosives Use the point option if there is only one detonation point Otherwise use the Inpt option for a line of detonation points equally spaced Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 362 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual jd joint definition jd joint_ type options where joint_ must be between 1 and 300 where type can be default is shared constraints sj for spherical joint rj for revolute joint cj for cylindrical joint pj for planar joint uj for universal joint tj for translational joint sw to constrain nodes as a spotweld where option can be pnit joint_penalty for joint penalty repe _joint_replications for joint replications dx to specify shared x displacement between the nodes dy to specify shared y displacement between the nodes dz to specify shared z displacement between the nodes rx to specify shared x axis rotation between the nodes ry to specify shared y axis rotation between the nodes rz to specify shared z axis rotation between the nodes Remarks Use this command first to define the properties of a numbered joint Then use the jt command to identify the nodes used in the joint There are two types
190. ative length Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 370 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ksh for exponential rise constant Remarks A spring or damper is defined using either the spdp command forming a set of springs dampers between two surfaces or using the spring command to create a single spring at a time In each case the definition of a spring includes a reference to a material definition spd number ANSYS use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic or the dashpot DYNAJ3D use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic nonlinear elastic nonlinear viscous general tabulated nonlinear and dashpot LS DYNA use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic nonlinear elastic nonlinear viscous general tabulated nonlinear dashpot three parameter Maxwell viscoelastic inelastic tension or compression only and muscle LS DYNA3D options also include dro dmf tv cl fd dlc and dit LS NIKE3D use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic nonlinear elastic and nonlinear viscous MARC use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic or the dashpot NASTRAN use scalar elastic NE NASTRAN use scalar elastic NIKE3D use linear elastic linear viscous damper isotropic elastoplastic nonlinear elastic nonlinear viscous general tabulated nonlinear and dashpot If th
191. ave the part data including the master block boundary information to a file The getbb command makes it possible to retrieve the block boundary information from this file without having to re generate the entire part used to create the master side of the block boundary interface This feature can be used to define the connections between portions of a model so that a large model can be built by more than one individual A shell part can be used to form such an interface by forming a cross section of the model This splits the model Then each individual must match this cross section as they build their portion of the mesh Care must be taken to assure that the interface can be matched by both sides of the model Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 373 inttr block boundary transition element interpolation factor inttr a Remarks The interior elements of a transition block are interpolated using a parameter between 0 and 1 The default for this parameter is 0 5 Referring to the diagram T ER a a b 2 Example Transition parameter inttr 6 block 1 5 0 6 9 1 3 1 1 5069313 0c part 1 bb 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 bb 4 1 1 5 1 1 2 c master BBs block 1 3 0 4 5 1 2 1 1 50 6 9 1 1 0 c part 2 trbb 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 trbb 4 2 152 1 2 c slave transitions merge mbb master block boundary from point data mbb n rows t columns xl y
192. be The merge process is always performed on the nodes in their original prior to any merging state Merging is not cumulative If you leave the Merge Phase and reenter it all merging is recalculated with what ever new parts that have been added This lets you interactively experiment with merging and tolerances Setting a tolerance to a negative value is an easy way to restore the nodes to their original states Graphical displays of the mesh in the Merge Phase always reflect the results of any merging Nodes are merged depending on the distance between them If a node lies within a tolerance distance of more than one other node then it is merged with the closest one When merging several nodes into one node the first defined node survives This can be overridden by the bptol command Nodes within a joint and across the two sides of a sliding surface are not merged When the first merging of nodes occurs a sliding interface table is calculated which is used in the merging process This table is written to the screen and to the save file and is intended as diagnostics The following is a sample of that table SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY Surf S nod S lseg S qseg M node M lseg M qseg il 105 84 0 468 418 0 2 232 0 52 468 418 0 3 221 0 0 390 304 0 4 221 0 0 390 304 0 5 158 0 0 20 88 0 6 158 30 30 20 88 0 7 204 102 0 204 102 0 8 232 0 52 90 52 0 9 101 18 18 6 132 0 10 101 18 1
193. be Relevant commands dx for nodes with fixed translation in x b bi dy for nodes with fixed translation in y b bi dz for nodes with fixed translation in z b bi rx for nodes with fixed rotation in x b bi ry for nodes with fixed rotation in y b bi rz for nodes with fixed rotation in z b bi mom oad curve direction for nodes with prescribed torque mom momi where direction X around the x axis y around the y axis Z around the z axis fmom oad curve follower moments fmom fc load curve for point load vectors at nodes ll fc fci fd load curve for forced displacement vectors at nodes fd fdi fdc fdci fds fdsi pr oad curve for pressure surface amplitude vectors pr pri sy symmetry plane for nodes on symmetry planes plane where symmetry plane symmetry plane number si sliding interface type sliding interfaces or contact surfaces sid si sii where sliding interface sliding interface number type can be m master s slave b both rb for boundary radiation orientation vectors on faces rb rbi re for radiation enclosure orientation vectors on faces re rei fl for boundary flux orientation vectors on faces fl fli cv for boundary convection orientation vectors on faces cv cvi vcv vevi cyt convection thermal loads cyt cvti tm for initial temperature at nodes tm tmi vtm vtmi Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 213 214 ft for prescribed temperature at nodes
194. be modified or generated in the Merge Phase with either the fset command or the set window in the pick panel of the environment window Only the linear brick element faces will be used by this command It is usually better to define face sets in the Part Phase so that it is parametric However the efe command is also available in the Part Phase so if you are going to define the set in the Part Phase to be used for the efe command it is simpler to use the cfc command in the Part Phase In those cases when the regions in the part do not create the desired effect use the set feature in the Merge Phase The surface option applies only to the nodes in the picture This is all of the nodes in the active list of parts and materials Examples cfc first fv 1 2 2 3 3 4 surface 33 001 4 This example creates a fixed velocity boundary condition called first All faces of the mesh with all 4 nodes within 001 distance of surface 33 will be assigned this condition cfc house ob set hsl This example assigns the obstruction boundary condition called house to all of the faces in the hs1 face set cfc 3142 ol 2 34e 08 1b1 4 219 410 435 1b3 3 8 29 34 This command assigns the outlet pressure condition numbered 3142 to face number 1 of the linear brick elements 4 219 and 410 thru 435 It assigns the same condition to face number 3 ofthe linear brick elements 3 thru 8 and 29 thru 34 fbc FLUENT boundary conditions fbc fset face se
195. be viewed in full All other parts are only viewed as a wire frame A list of part numbers can include a sequence of part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon e g aps 2 5 dap display all parts dap no arguments Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as being active The present part will entirely be shown The previously generated parts will be wire frame only dp display one part in the picture dp part number This command will display one and only one part Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 359 dps display a set of parts in the picture dps part list where part list is a blank delimited list of part numbers Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture Part number 0 refers to the present part A part in the display list is referred to as being active If a selection is the present part then it can be viewed in full If it is any other part it can only be viewed as a wire frame A list of part numbers can include a sequence of part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon pinfo part information pinfo no arguments rap remove all parts from the picture rap no arguments Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as bei
196. ble tangent lines is chosen where the same convention is used as in the previous command Ipta The current 2D curve must have at least one point Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 39 There are generally four lines tangent to two circles The line is chosen that ensures that the 2D curve s direction will be continuous as we go from an arc of the first circle to the line and then around the second circle although no arc of the second circle is actually included in the current 2D curve So flag by determining the direction on the first circle selects two possible lines The sign of radius determines a direction on the second circle hence selects one line from those two For radius a negative number chooses counter clockwise and a positive number clockwise The four examples that follow show each of the four cases Examples ld 1 1p2 1 75 875 2 1l ltas 2 5 1 3 r 4 1 9 s second tangency first tangency second tangency Figure 20 r 1 s 5 Figure 21 r 1 s 5 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 40 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual second tangency Second tangency first tangency first tangency Figure 22r 1 s 5 Figure 23r 1 s 5 lep elliptic are lep radius radius x 2 Oregin Ona P where radius is the length of the semi major axis radius is the length of the semi
197. bution with mean mean and standard deviation 1 computed from the given seed norm seed mean sig pseudo random number from a normal distribution with mean mean and standard deviation sig computed from the given seed sig must be positive For the random number functions the default seed is 0 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 450 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual def define a function def function name a b expression Remarks A function can be used in any expression or equation Following the function name is a pair of parenthesis enclosing a list of dummy arguments that are used in the expression which defines the function The dummy arguments unlike parameters do not have a character at the beginning of the use of a dummy argument in the definition of the function Example def len xl yl z1 x2 y2 z2 sqrt x1 x2 2 yl y2 2 z1 z2 2 dc len 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 732051E 00 de sqrt 3 1 732051E 00 include execute commands from batch file include filename Remarks The specified file will be executed as a batch command file The commands you have previously issued will remain in effect Errors will be handled as usually when in batch mode The tsave session file will incorporate all of the commands that you have issued whether interactive from the original batch file or from an included batch file Thus no include commands will a
198. by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 187 Remarks First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or iges command It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces A unique TrueGrid surface number will be assign to each rendered IGES plane beginning with the specified number Everyl requested plane will be rendered even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis for a trimmed surface igessd render a sequence of IGES surfaces igessd surface surface first surface transformations where surface is the first IGES surface number to be selected surface is the last IGES surface number to be selected first surface is the first TrueGrid surface definition number transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations mx x for x translation my y for y translation mz z for z translation v X y z for a general translation rx Ofor rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz 0 for rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryz for reflection about the y z plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point fr
199. c must still be managed by the user The IGES option reads in FEM elements properties and loads from an IGES file Currently entity 134 NODE most element types for entity 136 element type 1 2 3 5 6 12 13 14 15 17 18 27 29 31 32 33 and 35 406 tabular data form 11 property type 12 nodal loads constraint and 418 nodal load constraint are supported The material number may be set for all elements in the IGES file or individually for beams linear shells quadratic shells linear bricks quadratic bricks springs and dampers Setting the material for an element type to zero causes TrueGrid to skip all elements of that type in the file Also the mass for the point mass entity 136 element type 31 may be set a point mass of zero means skip Rigid beams entity 136 element type 32 and nodal loads constraints entity 418 may be skipped using the rigid off and cond off options respectively Nodal load cases may be selected using the ndcons option followed by the list of nodal load cases to be combined Note that cond off will cause all nodal conditions to be ignored even if ndcons is set The maplabel option is used in conjunction with an ANSYS output to reference beam cross sections data from a file that the ANSYS code references If the entity 406 form 11 ptype 5008 is found in the IGES file then the referenced beam elements will be given a beam type of 188 and the appropriate file for the cross section data will be refe
200. c brick labels sd label surfaces Example TrueGrid DISPLAY Defined Surfaces curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 100rt 01 O rt 100 mz 2 curd 2 arc3 segne rt 100 rt 01 O rt 1 0 0 mz 2 curd 3 1p3 1 0 2 1 0 25 curd 4 1p3 1 0 2 1 0 25 curd 5 1p3 2 0 2 2 0 2 curd 6 1p3 3 0 2 3 0 2 curd 7 1p3 3 2 2 3 2 2 curd 8 1p3 10 2 2 0 2 curd 9 1p3 0 2 2 0 253 curd 10 1p3 1 0 2 3 0 2 curd 11 1p3 1 0 2 3 0 2 curd 12 1p3 3 0 2 3 2 2 curd 13 1p3 3 0 2 3 2 25 sd 1 blend4 1 3 2 4 sd 2 blend4 9 5 8 4 Figure 220 labeled surfaces sd 3 blend4 10 3 11 6 sd 4 blend4 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 2585 labels crv label curves Remarks TrueGrid DISPLAY Defined Curves The labels erv command labels curves It displays labels of curves in a non overlapping way To display more details use the zf or zb commands zoom forward zoom back Example Curves and surfaces are defined The curves are labeled in Figure 221 labeled curves labels sdedge label surface edges Remarks TrueGrid DISPLAY Defined Surface edges This command s functionality can be reproduced by using the Labels button in the Environment 1 1 Window The labels sdedge command labels SS edges of surfaces It displays labels of surface 3 3 ON edges in a non overlapping way To display m
201. cal arrieros 477 Local display 214 Spherical u us nod a 478 hee ts A 109 surface local 113 coordinates 2 HS08 e a Dd ens 37 ZD A EVE cea ters ree dk tek 27 labeled points 2i 26 ash rhon 99 modify polar al PAS oa ut eL e du ce ds 36 polat ouo o ec e TS T3 49 5 malestar desa 440 Copy ID CUVE anta 68 Cos expressions scie ee 450 Cos function o 427 432 Cosh expressions oooooooooo o 450 Cosh function 428 433 Cosine Fled option 31 Cp Sd option cz ceca pede ed 106 121 infinite osse d de pex DOE dO 98 Cpcd Curd option 68 70 91 Cpcds Curd option 68 70 92 Cr Sdoption 18 106 122 147 Cracks dS Ey etc ON s se po es 247 Cross product a sco ea anid wae CR 445 Cross section Beams sc xs e MS 285 CIPLOO 03 cos ad Ges 445 CXample oos obe thera es 445 Crule3d Sd option 123 CEVISCE E adobe did ug PROUD bn ed 324 example cioe d AA 324 Crx Sd option 18 106 124 147 Cry Sd option 18 106 125 147 Crz Sd option 18 106 126 147 A uad tires eer S fr 421 C rd pe pm 69 Geir rear edet Cad RN A 414 ju DP 183 A ouo dde A ose n 186 Igespd 2 essere o te ges 187 Jg ssd in t aA 189 IE oes ete oc Da NEL SOS de 412 NEV a da 417 Nurbsd A akt eoe s 190 Sd iS 108 Thickness 2776 383 A a S dox EAM 194 Csp2 Ld optio
202. cal size ctofst atbo args where args can be 1 for Slave nodes in contact and which come into contact will permanently stick Tangential motion is inhibited 2 normal stress shear stress for Tiebreak is active for nodes which are Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 380 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual initially in contact Until failure tangential motion is inhibited 3 normal stress shear stress 4 for Same as 1st option but with failure after sticking for Tiebreak is active for nodes which are initially in contact but tangential motion with frictional sliding is permitted 5 plastic stress load curve for Tiebreak is active for nodes which are initially in contact Damage is defined by a load curve 6 distance Icid1 oad curve Icid2 oad curve isym option ft i2d3d option sldthk thickness sldstf thickness igap option_ ignore option_ edge distance rbrad radius rbstr strength rbshr modulus rbumax strain rbexp exponent Remarks for Tiebreak is active for brick and thick shell nodes which are initially in contact damage is a linear function between points load curve dynamic interface stiffness load curve transient interface stiffness symmetric plane option segment searching option solid element thickness solid element stiffness flag implicit convergence behavior ignore initial penetration in automatic interfaces edge to edge penetration chec
203. cations Inc All Rights Reserved 268 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual dam display all materials in the picture dam no arguments Remarks All materials are added to the materials display list dms display a set of materials in the picture dms material_list Remarks The specified list of materials becomes the list of materials to be displayed dm display one material in the picture dm material number Remarks The material display list is set to the specified material ram remove all materials from the picture ram Remarks No materials displayed Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 269 rm remove one material from the picture rm material number Remarks The specified material is removed from the list of materials to be displayed rms remove a list of materials from the picture rms material list Remarks The specified materials are removed from the list of materials to be displayed 8 Interface Commands iss save interface segments iss fset face set Interface element commands sliding lines and surfaces etc that are available during the Merge Phase si select nodes for the slave side of a nodal sliding interface si type interface t boundary options where type can be one of n node number to select a single node rtxyz to select a node close to a Cartesian point cy rho theta z to select a node close to a cylindrical poi
204. ce xl is the approximate x coordinate of the curve s beginning yl is the approximate y coordinate of the curve s beginning zl is the approximate z coordinate of the curve s beginning xn is the approximate x coordinate of the curve s end yn is the approximate y coordinate of the curve s end zn is the approximate z coordinate of the curve s end and trans is an optional final transformation Remarks This command creates appends the curve at the intersection of two surfaces Initial points are required to determine the endpoints and some intermediate points for surfaces with large curvature greater than 120 degrees These points need only be approximate A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the Ict command TrueGrid display Example A curve is created at the intersection of a torus and a cylinder The initial points are picked by Projection on Surface 1 Figure 72 The points form an oriented curve which is used as a first approximation of intersection The curve is closed by coincident starting and ending initial points Figure 73 The command file follows sd 1 ts 0 0 000110 5 c definition of torus c surface 1 sd 2 cy 9 9 00 0 1 4 s dae ete es Figure 72 First 3 initial points of Curve 1 picked by Projection on Surface 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Ri
205. cement rx for rotation about the x axis ry for rotation about the y axis rz for rotation about the z axis followed by a value of 0 for initialize to no constraint 1 for constrain Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 357 Remarks This command may be issued in any phase If it is issued in the block or cylinder Part Phase this command will end that part and create this new part The implementation of the beam part is not interactive although it is fully functional It is provided to be nearly compatible with the INGRID beam part Please note the differences in the two parts The intent here is to first create a set of nodes one node at a time using either rt cy or sp Each node is assigned a set of nodal constraints as part of the definition of the node No constraints are needed Usually beam nodes are merged to other nodes in the model so that they will then inherit the constraints of the other nodes that they are merged to These nodes are then tied together to form beam elements using the bm command The nodes are referenced by their sequence number within the beam command Some simulation codes such as DYNA3D require a third node in a beam element definition to define the orientation of the beam Use the bsd command to define the cross sectional properties of the beam Use the appropriate material definition command to assign properties to the numbered mate
206. cientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 126 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual csps fit a cubic spline surface through 3D data esps 4 columns rows flag conditions x Yi Zi X Yp Zp rans where 7 columns number of control points in each column of the table of control points 74 rows number of control points in each row of the table of control points flag 4 digits formed using 0 for natural boundary condition 1 for specified boundary derivatives one digit for each of the four edges conditions specifies the derivatives along the edges in order when a flag of 1 is used in the corresponding digit in the flag where each condition is formed by derivatives dx dy dzy derivative triplet one for each control point along the edge Xj Jy Zy list of coordinates for the control points on the surface trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks There are four binary digits forming the flag Each digit corresponds to an edge of the surface The first edge 1s formed by the first column The second edge is formed by the last column Edge 3 is the first row Edge 4 is the last row The theory of cubic splines allows for a derivative to be specified at each end of a spline curve In a cubic spline surface derivatives can be specified at both ends of each row and column Each derivative is specified as a vector with three components dx dy and dz The magnitude of the derivatives can have a significant
207. cknesses th thi thic ssf ssfi mdep momentum deposition mdep sfb constraint surface oriented constraints sfb where constraint can be Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual dx constraint in the local x direction dy constraint in the local y direction dz constraint in the local z direction rx constrain rotation about the local x axis ry constrain rotation about the local y axis rz constrain rotation about the local z axuis tepro load_curve temperature profile tepro sc smoothing constraints sc acc oad curve for prescribed acceleration acc acci accc accci accs accsi vacc vacci vaccs vaccsi vaccc vaccci n for shell element outward normal vectors n resn for radiation enclosure surface numbers re rei grtol grid patch glued interfaces for CFX supblk CFX4 stp st tp p where grid is the assigned part number for a grid patch is the sequence number of the patch associated with that grid The table of grid and patches is written to the screen each time the model is merged with either stp or tp and this option is invoked This is used only for the CFX output option Be sure to merge the model before using this option or writing the output spw spotweld_ numbered spotweld spw spwd spwf material_ Ls dyna material 100 spotweld spwf ffc load curve follower point loads ffc bf number bulk fluid bf bfi bfd frb op load curve prescribed nodal ro
208. constraint at intermediate nodes Idp displacement for the initial longitudinal displacement theta angle for the orientation angle for the cross section warpage first warpage node second warpage node for two nodes used to determine warpage in the beam geom option for the method of determining curvature for the NASTRAN CBEND element where option can be 1 Center of curvature 2 Tangent of Centroid Arc 3 Bend Radius 4 Arc Angle where const can be any of dx to constrain the x displacement dy to constrain the y displacement dz to constrain the z displacement rx to constrain the x axis rotation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 278 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ry to constrain the y axis rotation rZ to constrain the z axis rotation Remarks There are many options to this command However many of the options are specific to a single simulation code There is some overlap but there is little consistency among the simulation codes on beam element properties Care must be taken in selecting the options by knowing the options needed for the target simulation code The dialogue box makes these selections easier This command is functional in the Merge Phase and it is designed to create a general collection of beams or a single beam We recommend that you use the dialogue box for bm You can use an existing node of the mesh for a beam specify coordinates to create a new node for a beam o
209. coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of axis direction vector Yn second component of axis direction vector Zn third component of axis direction vector In 2D curve number Remarks This command forms a surface by rotating the rruecria display rotated 2D curve 2D curve n about an axis given by x y z and X Z As an example the following commands were used to generate the picture below The 2D curve must be defined before it is referenced by this command The numbers in the picture correspond to the points in the 2D curve definition A point projected to this surface should be away from the axis of symmetry xn yn zn Example ld 1 lp 0 2406 0625 2109 125 a LETO e LETS IE 25 1979 2312S 464 1375 125 4 310 sdicr04101 21 Figure 86 2D curve rotated about an axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 122 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual crule3d cylindrical surface between two 3D curves crule3d 3D curve 3D curve trans where 3D curve first boundary 3D curve 3D curve second boundary 3D curve trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This command forms a surface using linear interpolation in cylindrical coordinates between two 3D curves At least one of the two curves must have a positive arc length Both curves must be already defined 3D curves are defined with the curd command or read from
210. ctbo Modify a Polar Cubic Spline ctbo option Aradius Aradius where option can be First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 last with zero 2 derivative 01 last_dx last_dz last derivative First endpoint derivative 10 first dx first dz last with zero 2 derivative 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz last derivative Aradius additive changes to the radii Remarks The spline curve is constructed in the polar coordinate system All interpolation is done in polar coordinates The radial and angular coordinates are initialized prior to using this command using the Itbe ctbe or ftbe option The ctbo option is subsequently used to change the radial coordinates These changes are cumulative Only the direction of the derivative vector is used The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored ftbc Fowler Wilson polar cubic spline ftbc option convergence mxiniter mxouiter 0 where option can be AO scale radii egin First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 last with zero 2 derivative 01 last_dx last_dz last derivative First endpoint derivative 10 first_dx first_dz last with zero 2 derivative 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz last derivative convergence convergence tolerance Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 61 mxiniter maximum of inner iterations mxouiter maximum of outer iterations Obegin first a
211. ction The non canonical symmetry planes are handled with the BOUNDARY SPC SETS and BOUNDARY SPC NODE keywords along with the DEFINE COORDINATE SYSTEM For ABAQUS ANSYS NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN nodes on non canonical symmetry planes are constrainted in local coordinate systems plinfo write information about defined boundary planes plinfo no arguments Remarks This command lists all of the planes defined in the plane command 5 Radiation and Temperatures temp global default constant temperature temp temperature Remarks A temperature is assigned to all parts defined after this command Use the units expected by the target simulation code as TrueGrid does no conversion For the NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN output the last value is used for the TEMPD command For DYNA3D output this produces the temperatures for the temperature option 2 For LS DYNA output this produces the LOAD THERMAL CONSTANT NODE Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 368 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Use the te or tei command to change the default constant temperature for a specific region of the mesh bfd bulk fluid definition bfd id 9 material _ volume where id_ identification number of this definition to be used by the bf command material_ material number associated with the bulk fluid volume total volume of the material Remarks Use bfd to define the material number and total volume of a bulk node
212. curacy 3 1d11p200112 4 1p2 3441 5 0 sd 1 crz 1 sd 2 plan 001001 sd 3 plan 002 75 00 1 sd 4 cy 000001 2 5 sd 5 plan 0 00110 sd 6 plan 000 11 0 sd 7 plan 0 00001 block 1 9 15 21 29 1 9 TS 1 29 T 3 LU 5 1 0 1 5 b L 01 5 024 dei 2 4 2 4 1 2 dei 2 0 4 12 04 5 Figure 200 Boundary conditions from symmetry plane dei 1 2 0 4 5 20 4 dei 2 4 2 4 3 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 1 3 sfi 1 2 4 5 1 2 4 5 1 3 sd 1 Sfi 2 sd 2 sfi 1 0 5 2 4 3 sd sfi 2 4 1 Q5 3 sd sfi 2 0 4 2 4 3 sd sfi 2 4 2 0 4 3 sd DB W W sfi 2 4 5 1 378d 5 Sii 1 2 4 3 sd 5 sti 1 1 2 1 3 sd 5 sfi 4 5 2 3 sd 5 sfi 2 1 2 1 3 sd 6 SES 1 2 2 3 sd 6 sti 4 4 5 1 3 sd 6 sfi 4 5 4 3 sd 6 sfi 1 sd 7 dei 1 3 plane 1000010 001 symm endpart merge grid on Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 243 co ol display outlets Remarks TrueGrid draw inlets The co il command works identically to this command Example sd 1 cyli 2 5 0 11 17 OY OY DOG TrueGrid Manual block 1 5 23 213 L 5 93 15 11 17 23 27 1 2 2 3 3 4 L 3 DF 1 2 2 33 4 dei 1 2 0 5 6 2 3 dei 2 3 1 2 0 5 6 dei 2 3 0 4 5 2 3 2 3
213. d TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 9 b nodal displacement and rotation constraints 302 cfc boundary conditions for the CF3D output option 303 fbc FLUENT boundary conditions oooooooooomo m 304 il identifies an inlet for fluid flow oo oooooooo o 305 infol print nodal information with a specific load condition 305 jt assign nodes to a joint issues ive A 306 lb local nodal displacement and rotation constraints 307 mpc shared nodal multiple point constraints for a nodal set 308 nr non reflecting boundary ooooooooooccco lesen 308 ol identifies a face of the mesh as an outlet for fluid flow 308 rigid create a rigid body from a nodal set o oo oooooo o 308 rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes 309 rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes 310 spotweld interactive selection of spot welds ooo oooooooo o 311 Spw create a single spot weld 2 xa ume A wr mea 312 spwd spot weld property definitions ooooooooomoooo o 313 spwf spot welds for LSDYNA material 100 314 SW select nodes that may impact a stone wall 314 syf assign faces to a numbered symmetry plane with failure 315 trp create tracer particles 4 4 4 oes oce S Rex RE dad 315 15 Radiation and Temperature Commands o oooooococoo else 316 bf bulk fuid 4505 eure A Ud EI eA
214. d Manual March 29 2006 279 Example A simple frame structure composed of MARC beam elements is created At first the basic framework of beam elements is defined in the Part Phase with use of the ibmi jbmi and kbmi commands Then all 4 linear bricks are deleted by the delem command or alternatively you can set the material of bricks to 0 The beams 1 7 8 2 27 26 25 are also deleted to get the desired model Four new beams 27 28 29 30 are created by the bm command using existing nodes Nodes are labeled in Figure 231 Beams are labeled in Figure 232 The simplified command file follows block 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 0 5 10 0 5 10 0 5 c strucured block mesh definition ibmi 1 3 32 c creation of be c j direction and J ms in the i direction 3 columns in the 2 columns in the k direction jbmi 13 32 11i 1 c creation of beams in the j direction 3 columns in the C i direction and 2 columns in the k direction kbmi 13 3 311i 1 c creation of beams in the k direction 3 columns in the c i direction and 3 columns in the j direction merge delem lb 1 2 3 4 c linear bricks 1 2 3 4 are deleted delem lbm 17 8 227 26 25 c linear beams 17 8 2 27 26 25 are deleted bsd 1 marc52 area 1 iyy 053 izz 039 ixx 0444 etsay 100 etsaz 100 c cross section 1 definition c for marc52 beam elastic beam C Cross sectional properties bm n1 4 n2 12 mate 1 cs 1 c beam definition by first no
215. d where s P n coor_id can be X y Z Xy yz XZ XyZ coordinate s identify the surface node which has the form s p n surface number i index or polygon number of the surface j index or node number of the polygon identify the coordinates to be changed change the x coordinate change the y coordinate change the z coordinate change the xy coordinates change the yz coordinates change the xz coordinates change the xyz coordinates list of coordinates corresponding to coor id Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 104 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks This command is used to move polygon surface nodes of types faceset poly intp stl and bstl Polygon surfaces can be crude and error prone approximations to the actual surfaces and as such may produce polygon surfaces that are absurd to mesh This feature can help you smooth the polygon surface to make the problem of meshing practical to solve If you wish you can save the modified polygon surface by using the wrsd command so that the next time you use this polygon surface you do not have to repeat these polygon surface modifications Use the labels command to label the surface nodes on a polygon surface to aid in selecting the point id Alternatively you can use the graphical user interface to move a surface node of a polygon surface There are two basic ways to do this In both cases choose the surface node of the
216. d in TGControls Be sure to issue the write command in the Merge phase to actually create the desired mesh output file ndigits number of digits written for coordinates ndigits n where n is the number of digits Remarks The default is 7 and the minimum is 5 This applies only to the Ale3d and CFX output options npb node print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA npb node selection where node selection can be one of the following n node select a node rtxyz select the node nearest to a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z select the node nearest to a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi select the node nearest to a point in spherical coordinates nset set name select all nodes in a node set save dump buffered data to the tsave file save no arguments Remarks On many systems data is buffered before it is written to a file on disk This command forces the data in the buffer to be written to disk This guarantees that if there is a failure the data will be saved in Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 466 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual the tsave file This is usually not needed because if in the unlikely event TrueGrid should crash the tsave file is properly closed first However this command is most useful if you want to use the data dumped to the tsave file without terminating TrueGrid By issuing the save command you are assured that the tsave file is up t
217. d is obvious The three curves do not need to be specified in any particular order The surface that is fit to the three bounding curves is a result of a transfinite interpolation similar to the transfinite interpolation associated with the tfi command in the part phase This surface is similar to the blend4 option Example curd 1 csp3 00 5 4e 01 3 6e 01 Te ee S 7 5e 01 6 1e 02 4 9e 01 8 6e 01 5 5e 01 3 2e 01 7 6e 01 curd 2 csp3 00 4 3e 01 Curve 1 4 8e 01 7 5e 01 3 6e 01 1 6e 02 9 2e 01 4 1e 0 5 9e 01 6 8e 01 1 1e 01 8 1e 01 5 7e 01 curd 3 csp3 00 2 7e 01 7 9e 01 5 4e 01 2 3e 01 6 2e 01 7 4e 01 4 0e 01 1 8e 01 8 9e 01 2 2e 02 7 8e 01 6 1e 01 sd 1 blend3 2 1 3 Figure 79 blended surface blend4 blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch blend4 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve trans where Jd curve 3D curve number trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates 114 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks The four 3D curves used to form the boundaries of a surface patch are assumed to intersect Care must be taken to insure that the 3D curves almost intersect The algorithm can deal with gaps between the 3D curves but the result can be unsatisfactory if the gaps are very large The curves do not need to end at the desired corner points of t
218. d segments of each 3D curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 95 Example igescd 42 45 3 c evaluate IGES curves 42 45 labels sdedge c show th dge labels to the surfaces curd 1 sdedge 2 2 sdedge 2 4 rmseg sdedge 2 1 sdedge 2 4 cdinfo c write information about the 3D curves The edinfo command writes the following table 3D CURVE INFORMATION curve 1 has 71 points and 3 segments curve 3 has 257 points and 1 segments curve 4 has 2 points and 1 segments curve 5 has 2 points and 1 segments curve 6 has 188 points and 1 segments 7 Delete 3D Curve rmseg remove last segment from 3D curve rmseg lt no arguments Remark Remove the last segment appended to a 3D curve by curd delcd delete a 3D curve from the TrueGrid data base delcd 3d curve amp Remarks The deletion of a 3D curve cannot be undone If you wish to remove a 3D curve from the picture use rcd Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 96 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual delcds delete a list of 3D curves from the TrueGrid data base deleds 3d curve list Remarks The deletion of a 3D curve cannot be undone If you wish to remove a list of 3D curves from the picture use reds 8 Surfaces The following is a full description of all available methods for creating a surface Commands that require a surfac
219. de nl 4 and second node n2 12 c with material 1 and cross section 1 bm n1 12 n2 16 mate 1 cs 1 c beam definition by first node n1 12 and second node n2 16 c with material 1 and cross section 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 280 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual bm n1 3 n2 11 mate 1 cs 1 c beam definition by first node nl 3 and second node n2 11 c with material 1 and cross section 1 bm n1 11 n2 15 mate 1 cs 1 c beam definition by first node nl 11 and second node n2 15 c with material 1 and cross section 1 labels nodes c nodes are labeled labels id c beams are labeled TrueGrid draw of node numbers TrueGrid Display 1D elements Figure 231 Beam Structure Figure 232 Beam Structure Example The circular arc 3d curve is created by the curd command Ten beam elements are generated along the curve by the bm command Figure 233 The first and last node coordinates do not have to be coincident with the first and last point of the 3d curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 281 merge TrueGrid draw 1D elements curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 10 0 0 rt 0 4 0 rt 10 00 3d curve definition Circular arc by sequence of 3 points qa Q o 3 rti 10 0 0 rt2 10 0 0 5 mate 1 cs 1 nbms 10 cur 1 beam definition 10 0 0 and 10 0 0 are coordinates of the fi
220. derivatives In the next example derivatives have been selected The magnitude of the derivatives can be changed to vary the effect of the derivatives para d 10 sd 1 hermite 4 3 1100 d 0 0 d 0 0 Sd 0 d 0 0 d 0 0 d 0 O 20002 0 20 00 2 0 103210211 1031 0 1 1 202022 202 0 22 Figure 104 Edge derivatives Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 141 AY AZ RES T fir d at 17 77 RF Periodic in 1 direction AN IN Bolly BW Y O e Sw E CZ Y P pa LJ WS E E E of ss os Es e i e 4 S OJN 8 OHN a CN c4 CY g CN c4 CY 2 pw sd 5 A g oooo b Nooo o N ie NOAN E Noda N N ooo nd ooo O mM d e 5 NN S QN GN e sc 4d 1 M re a o n SE SRA amp g DAA ua go HANANI o e HNNAN O Z g hos E ns 4000 ui uooo oO gt oO oO SB Goan Rg COJN o O cio B Ad Oo o H 34 3 0 ONAN O ONAN ro e ES 17 m gt n TrueGrid Manual Periodic in both directions Figure 106 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 142 igess import a parametric IGES surface igess seq 7 trans where seq ft surface s sequence number in the IGES file trans list of transformations to be applied to it Remarks TrueGrid display You make these surfaces with a CAD system and write them to a file in IGES format Then you can read the entity directory from th
221. desired sd 1 igesp 1 If you read another IGES file the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers igesfile more surfaces igs The report to the text window and the tsave is c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from 115 to 125 c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 25 to 28 c IGES file contained 4 planes from 5 50 8 sd 2 igesp 6 rx 10 ry 10 In this last example the surface is transformed by rotating about the x axis by 10 degrees and rotating about the y axis 10 degrees before it is rendered Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 146 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual intp interpolate a surface between two surfaces intp sd sd fraction Remarks The two surfaces sd and sd must be defined rruecrid display before they are referenced by this command interpolated surface The first surface 1s offset toward the second surface by projecting the points from the first surface onto the second surface For the offset distance by specifying a fraction of the distance from the first surface to the second surface You also specify the surfaces by giving their surface definition numbers from the sd commands where they were defined for the first two arguments The first surface must be one of the following types a rotated 2D curve cr crx cry or erz a sphere sp a rotated ellipse er a structured mesh mesh a linear interpolation between two cu
222. dex These define the physical locations of every region interface Remarks This command extrudes a set of polygons It is based upon the block command and an understanding of that command is essential to understanding this one This extrusion is done by the construction of a block part with no deleted regions The polygons in the face set are extruded one polygon at a time by following the mesh lines formed by the block part See also the block command The set of polygons is defined using a face set See also the fset command The block part is discarded Its only purpose is to define the flow lines for the extrusion of the polygons Be sure when you are building the block part that one of its 6 outer faces completely covers the face set of polygons This command transitions the code to the Part Phase In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Control Phase use the endpart or control command In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Merge Phase use the merge command In order to abort the part and return to the Control Phase use the abort command This part is difficult to use Its application is to a small class of problems and many conditions must Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 354 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual be near perfect for it to work properly There is no guarantee that it will work for a problem This part is not recommended for the casual user
223. ding interface numbers in a part that is being replicated using the grep command For each replication of a part the sliding interface numbers are increased from the previous replication For example if sliding interface numbers 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the global sliding interface increment is 3 then a replication of this part using grep would be assigned materials 4 and 9 respectively The default is 0 Example gsii 5 lsii sid 1 sv sid 2 sv sid 3 sv sid 4 sv sid 5 sv sid 6 sv sid 7 sv sid 8 sv sid 9 sv sid 10 sv sid 11 sv sid 12 sv sid 13 sv sid 14 sv sid 15 sv sid 16 sv sid 17 sv sid 18 sv sid 19 sv sid 20 sv sid 21 sv sid 22 sv sid 23 sv sid 24 sv sid 25 sv block 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 sit 21122 1 1m Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 425 lct 4 mx 1 repe 4 lrep 0 4 gct 4 my 1l repe 4 grep 0 4 endpart In this example there are 25 replications The first with no transformation applied has a sliding interface numbered 1 Every subsequent replication has a sliding interface that is one greater Isii sliding interface number increment for local replication Isii side increment Remarks This command sets the increment used to change the sliding interface numbers in a part that is being replicated using the Irep command For each replication of a part the sliding
224. distinct faces of the mesh A table of the merged nodes is printed to the screen and to the save file If there are any sliding interfaces then the first merge command will cause a sliding interface report to be written first Example In the example above for the mns command the stp command would cause the following tables to be written stp 002 SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY Surf S nod S lseg S qseg M nod M lseg M qseg 1 121 100 0 121 100 0 MERGED NODES SUMMARY nodes merged between parts 1 and 2 nodes were deleted by tolerancing t set tolerance and merge nodes t tolerance Remarks All nodes of all parts are considered for merging If the sliding interface table has not yet been printed it will be printed at this time Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 439 tp set tolerance and merge nodes with diagnostics tp tolerance Remarks This command performs as t except that the results ofthe merge are reported See the stp command for an example Ifthe sliding interface table has not yet been printed it will be printed at this time ztol minimum non zero absolute coordinate ztol tolerance Remarks This command causes each coordinate of each node whose absolute value is less than tolerance to be set to zero prior to merging and prior to the generation of output Each invocation of ztol causes the original
225. drical point SP rho theta phi node closest to spherical point NSET name of set node set by name type can be ALL oad curve f any type FC load curve f forces FD oad curve f fixed displacements FV load curve f fixed velocity FT oad curve f forced temperature TM Initial temperature SW stone wall s stone wall V electrostatic potential ACC load curve ft acceleration FA fixed angular displacement MP magnetic potential MOM oad curve s moment LB ocal coordinate system t constrain in local coordinate system VE velocity TE temperature SI sliding interface ft nodal sliding interface NPB nodal print blocks Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 337 TEPRO oad curve amp and where temperature profile load curve ft stone wall t local coordinate system t can be 0 for all cases Remarks The rsl command is the complement to the rml command It can be used only after rml is issued You can use the infol command to make sure which loads are turned off Example infol nset force all 1 c information print for the node set force c for all conditions stat is either on or off LOAD TABLE NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE 155 off fa 1 1 30 0 0 0 0 1 0 154 off Fc 0 0 0 0 0 Teg 153 off Fc 0 0 0 0 0 E20 T73 o
226. dt2 Irr2 Irs2 Irt2 Idrlo Idslo Idtlo Irrlo Irslo orient beam axes in the direction of the vector specify the cross section number see bsd thickness in the y direction thickness in the y direction at the first node thickness in the y direction at the last node thickness in the z direction thickness in the z direction at the first node thickness in the z direction at the last node the cross section area shear area inertia moments volume of Discrete Beam lumped inertia local coordinate system id number defined by Isys cable area cable offset for no interior node offset interpolation for x component of offset vector for first node for y component of offset vector for first node for z component of offset vector for first node for x component of offset vector for last node for y component of offset vector for last node for z component of offset vector for last node release the x translation constraint at Ist node release the y translation constraint at 1st node release the z translation constraint at 1st node release the x rotation constraint at 1st node release the y rotation constraint at 1st node release the z rotation constraint at 1st node release the x translation constraint at 2nd node release the y translation constraint at 2nd node release the z translation constraint at 2nd node release the x rotation constraint at 2nd node release the y rotation constraint at 2nd node release the z rotation constra
227. e and you may combine them in almost any order For details see the 2D Curve Segment Dictionary This method of constructing 2D curves is fashioned after the way a draftsman might draw a complex 2D curve These 2D curves can be used to form 3D curves and surfaces For example a 2D curve can be rotated about any axis of symmetry extruded indefinitely in any direction or combined with another 2D curve to produce a ruled surface between the two 2D curves See the sd command Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 18 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example ld 1 1p2 10 7 2 11 4 2 ld 2 1p2 1 0 LELI 0 10 7 2 90 1 lp2 10 7 2 ld 3 1p2 0 002 7 3205 5 75 tp 3 75 74 5 2 55 lp2 3 75 8 75 ltp 2 8 9 9 1 45 p2 011 2 0 14 8 13 9 95 12 755 ld 4 1p2 11 4 2 fil 90 7 3 6 0 1 fil 180 8 4 2 3 90 1 45 lp2 8 4 2 3 ld 5 lep 5 35 6 3525 5 4475 180 90 45 lep 5 8 8 75 2 65 90 180 45 ld 6 1p2 6 5 09393 5 3 5 8 ltp 4 65 7 5 2 6 1p2 4 65 8 7 ltp 6 9 9 95 1 5 1p2 7 45 9 6 1tp 8 8 9 4 2 5 ltp 9 45 10 05 65 1p2 9 45 10 6 9 3 11 05 9 2 11 05 9 05 10 6 9 05 10 2 tp 8 7 I10 15 225 1p2 7 55 10285 Pep 7 55 12 15 87 1p2 8 35 12 75 apld append curve segments apld segments where a segment any one of the curve segments described in the 2D Curve Segments Dictionary Remarks A 2D curve is ini
228. e such as the sf and sfi commands refer to a surface defined using the sd vpsd iges igessd igespd or nurbs commands Of this group of surface definition commands only the sd command can specify the shape of the surface The other surface definition commands import surfaces from a file and use the shape of the surface described in the file Surfaces defined with the sd command have the advantage of in many cases of being simple and in all cases can be formed using parameters and expressions so that you can have any degree of parameterization you desire The disadvantage is that the parametric form of the surfaces can be less intuitive and require a more analytic approach to designing the desired shape Parametric Domain When a surface is defined it must be tessellated to be drawn This tessellation is a set of connected points forming linear polygons as an approximation to the surface It is these polygons that appear in the drawing In many cases they look like a block mesh These tessellation points are assigned labels of the form s i j where s is the surface number i 1s the first index M Positionin of the point in the grid of tessellation and of rerums j is the second index In a more complex Z5 HeEesmined by curvature surface with trimming curves or in a of Surface polygon surface there are usually triangles The same notation is used but with a different meaning The first index is the polygon number The seco
229. e tsave file This procedure can also be used to hunt down a bug in your command file After entering the interactive mode use the History window to help locate the command s in error This is also a good way to understand the topology and techniques used to create a model that you are not familiar with Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 453 intyp set default mesh interpolation intyp option where option can be 1 linear interpolation initial default lin and lini commands 2 transfinite interpolation tf and tfi commands Remarks The linear interpolation is cheap and is good for most problems The transfinite interpolation is better when there is a lot of curvature and when the nodes along the edges are no distributed evenly Example block 1 11 1 11 1 1 3 1 0 sfi 1 1 cy 000001 1 sfi 2 1 cy 0000012 sfi 1 2 2 1 plan 0001 1 0 sfi 1 2 1 1 plan 00 0 10 res 11 122 l1 i 8 Transfinite Interpolation painfo print information about parameters This command gives you information on the currently defined parameters painfo no arguments Remarks This command helps you remember what you did with the para command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 454 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual para define parameters para name value name value name val
230. e IGES file using the igesfile command or less appropriately the iges command The igesfile command assigns a sequence number to each of the parametric surfaces it encounters in the IGES file The argument seq_ in this option is the parametric surface sequence number IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on whether they are a NURBS plane or parametric type This command imports one of the parametric type Figure 107 Imported parametric IGES Surface When this IGES surface is assigned a surface definition number using this option the surface data are read and the surface is rendered The time it takes to render is a function of the curvature of the surface and of the trimming curves because the surface must be evaluated more frequently in the areas of higher curvature When surfaces are trimmed in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed the surface will be counted twice once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface All of the untrimmed surfaces are given sequence numbers first Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces Alternatively you can import all ofthe surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command The iges command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces You can use the igessd command to import a sequence of parametric surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times Copyright O 1992
231. e and assigned point identifiers To find the point identifiers label the points of the surface or curve either issue labels sdpt or labels crvpt or use the Labels button in the Environment Window Then you will see point identifiers of the form s i j on a surface or c i on a curve These points along a 3D curve are numbered sequentially A similar scheme is used in two directions for a set of points on a surface The surface is drawn as a grid of contour lines connecting some of these points on the surfaces see sdint When choosing a contour from a surface the two points point and point should differ only in their i values or only in their j values to extract an existing surface contour or j equal to zero means the maximum value of i or j respectively If both i and j are different in the two points a smooth curve along the surface will be selected to connect the two points All of the coordinates of the contour line are written to the tsave file Example The contour curve is created on the ruled surface ld 1 1p2 1 T L X L 1 1 1 1 1 ld 2 1p2 Ts lad 5 5 360 sd 1 rule2d 1 12 2 c ruled surface definition curd 1 contour 1 4 1 1 4 0 c curve defined by first point 1 4 1 and c last point 1 4 0 on contour 4 of surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 74 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Surface 1 Figure 52
232. e dr ERREUR 272 Spring sore dte d a 274 Pm Co option oooooooooo 233 A A TO 210 O E O 273 P ea a na e rds a Ade 204 Point 3D Curve 0000 69 74 label surface 97 101 104 Point Mass us auc Re EE EY 369 display uuu a A 214 O QE M UD MEE UNS 273 APM ooa ides dace eA Cete dA RES e 271 DP n2 ed aa hosce dott 272 TIMES ie sea DE det 350 Point numbering 3D Curves 5a Pau tiated Ass 70 Contour 69 70 74 Surface ooo o 69 70 74 Poly Sd option 108 158 334 features fetol 100 mvpn modify 102 popu modify oe ua ex 2n 105 Poly Surface button PYP zizesuehosa eek Pad 105 juu erp Tr 471 Polygon surface poly 158 surfaces features 100 Polygon sets RSAC hada aad ieee TAA TRES 334 Polygonal ID CURVE ess vase oa Pe HA 68 ID CURVES uo rau eS ph vw 85 surfacen seere ala 107 Polygonal surface ViewPoint format 193 Postscript o ru o dedo ae RS 263 Pplv example voce rre 217 418 rv vr TP 417 PAOLA 419 J Ea EEE EEE e re ima 301 display dun pedre t Rt y 213 Examples ts MIA A 217 Pr Co option erra e ede eres 217 Pr Sd Options 2 ceo terne 106 159 A Aii 98 Precision double ius vu be deas e 99 Prescribed boundary usate dq axe d 296 PESTS quoe a3 ct Lbs 301 condition display 213 Pri display dido ese eee EE 213 Prod ley veut A p boda bate ded eu kS 416 P
233. e is the greatest permissible angular deviation from 180 degrees Remarks This command will check each defined 2D curve whose number lies in the specified range The angle at each point ofthe polygonal line approximation to the curve is calculated and reported when this angle differs from 180 degrees by more than the specified angular deviation angle Then the specified curves are displayed Example ld 1 1p2 00112120 ck1 1 1 60 The above example will cause the following warning message warning curve 1 at node 3 has an angle of 90 00 degrees gset set 2D Curves window gset xc zc size where xc zc coordinates of the center of the 2D Curves window size length of the square 2D Curves window Remarks The default center and size of the 2D Curves window is based on the 2D curves being drawn This window is made just large enough to contain the selected curves for display while remaining a square In order to return to this default use a size of 0 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 21 mazt intersection tolerance mazt tolerance Remarks The mazt command controls the tolerance for the intersection of the 2D curves The default is 001 This tolerance is used in the Ipil 2D curve segment type Icd load curve definition led d_curve_ options curve where ld curve ft where an option can be sidr type where type can be 0 1 2
234. e levels of part replications one each from level number 4 and global and local coordinate transformations pplv end replicating multiple parts pplv no arguments Remarks See the remarks on pslv Pplv marks the end of the scope of part replications begun by a pslv command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 420 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual csca scale all coordinates of all following parts esca scale Remarks This command scales all parts that follow it xsca scale all x coordinates of all following parts xsca scale Remarks This command scales the x coordinates of all parts that follow it ysca scale all y coordinates of all following parts ysca scale Remarks This command scales the y coordinates of all parts that follow it zsca scale all z coordinates of all following parts zsca scale Remarks This command scales the z coordinates of all parts that follow it xoff translate all x coordinates of all following parts xoff offset Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 421 Remarks This command translates the x coordinates of all parts that follow it yoff translate all y coordinates of all following parts yoff offset Remarks This command translates the y coordinates of all parts that follow it zoff translate all z coordinates of all following parts zoff offset Remarks This comma
235. e load cases to be combined maplabel ist maps used only for IGES to ANSYS translations where a single map is formed by a label file name and material Id Remarks This is a part and it must be ended with the endpart command This command will read in a formatted NASTRAN PATRAN DYNA3D LS DYNA and IGES file The data in any of these files will be added to the TrueGrid internal data base It can be written out in another format Only some of the data is understood at this time The list of features for each format is found below Material models cross sectional properties for beams and shells spring properties and other specialized elements do not convert directly from one format to another For this reason you should redefine these features within TrueGrid The loads boundary conditions etc can be viewed using the condition command in the graphics menu while in the Merge Phase They can be modified as well see the command in the Merge Phase for that specific condition Use the node face and element set features to select objects from Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 350 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual these parts and assign boundary conditions and properties while in the merge phase When a NASTRAN file is imported TrueGrid will report the number of features it translates into the TrueGrid data base That report may look like NASTRAN objects included in the TRUEGRID da
236. e normal option followed by the offset as the first operator in the transformation trans NURBS surfaces are also available through the IGES interface Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 150 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example TrueGrid display Pij x y z w 10 The NURBS surface Figure 112 is defined by er the same control points as the B Spline Surface ZY Figure 81 The weights are specified for each control point Every weight is 1 0 except 4 control points with weights 10 0 Figure 112 The NURBS surface is passing closer to the control points with w 10 sd 1 nrbs 3 3 0000123444 4 0000123444 4 10 1 1 1 Figure 112 NURBS Surface C X y Z coordinates of control points c organized into 7 rows with 7 columns c the same as for BSPS surface nurbs import a NURBS TrueGrid display NURBS surface surface nurbs seq f trans where seq fH NURBS s surface sequence number in the IGES file trans list o f transformations to be applied to it Remarks You make these surfaces with a CAD system and write them to a file in IGES format Then Figure 113 NURBS Surface from an IGES File Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 151 you can read the entity directory from the IGES file using the igesfile command or less appropriately the iges command T
237. e output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection only the options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box Example nastran spd 1 se 1 1 2 block 1 6 1 6 1 6 1 1 1 1 spdp 1 1 2 2 2 2 m block 1 oe 1 O7 1 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 spdp 1112211 Ss Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 371 merge write spinfo write information about springs and dampers spinfo no arguments 7 Interfaces bbinfo block boundary interface information bbinfo Remarks Only the master side of the interface appears in this table Additional information is printed when first entering the merge phase and performing nodal merging Master interfaces defined within a part are not included in the table while in that part generation phase Only after that part is completed will its master block boundary interfaces appear in the table Example The following commands form 7 parts The first part is a simple cylinder formed with a single block Each of the faces of this part forms master side of another block boundary Each of the subsequent parts are glued to this center part using the block boundary interface command sd 1 sp 0 00 c sphere surface block 1 11 1 ANA 1 1 T
238. e set to append the selected nodes to the node set for removal from the node set where the selection can be LS Pi S2 Do o3 for a list of polygons where S surface number Di polygon number of that surface s polygon set name for another polygon set Remarks Associated with this command is an interactive feature to select or modify the polygons in a set with the Sets window from the Environment Window Polygon sets can then be turned into surfaces using see the sd command sd surface poly polygon set trans These features along with the wrsd can be used to sort out complex polygon surfaces and split them into multiple surfaces or remove features This can also be used to create an normal offset by using the normal option as one of the transformation primitives Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 334 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rml remove specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes rml nodes type where nodes can be N node number RT xyz CY rho theta z SP rho theta phi NSET name of set type can be ALL oad curve ft FC load curve amp FD oad curve amp FV load curve amp FT oad curve f node number node closest to Cartesian point node closest to cylindrical point node closest to spherical point node set by name any type forces fixed displacements fixed velocity forced temperature TM initial temperature SW stone wall s stone wall V el
239. e sure that you use the spd command to define each spring property Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 369 spd define the properties of a set of springs or dampers spd spring damper_ option type parameters where option can be dro flag where flag can be 0 for a linear spring damper 1 for a torsional spring damper dmf dynamic factor tv test velocity cl clearance fd failure deflection dle imit compression dit imit tension where type is the spring or damper s material model and parameters is a list of corresponding parameters as in the following le stiffness for linear elastic lv damping for linear viscous iep elastic tangent yield for isotropic elastic ne d curve ft for nonlinear elastic nv d curve f for nonlinear viscous gn oading_ unloading_ hardening tension compression for general nonlinear dhpt for a dashpot mv for a three parameter maxwell viscoelastic itc for a inelastic tension or compression only se elastic value damping stress for scalar elastic mus 0 vmax sv a fmax tl tv fpe Imax ksh for muscle where 10 for initial muscle length vmax for maximum CE shortening velocity sv for scale factor for Vmax vs activs state a for activation level vs time function fmax for peak isometric force tl for active tension vs length function ty for active tension vs velocity function pe for force vs length function Imax for rel
240. e unte deas eae eres 110 OSC ne aded xt Ed RR 193 Save Gebote UL epe Misa 414 Dok so ductae O 413 ley ze ori quce Wowie ala areas PE 417 save tiles ds 466 DAVE IN 264 SOVOIPES E stat ui o aes 191 ADCUEVes Lv sure rv E 71 DIDAEV aee dd aetate aed elec 180 O rudes E 184 USES id eas 192 savepart petbb si ann be ce ad 373 Sc display As Ba etc One aei bases 215 Sce Co OPIO 237 Scale ise ee ere nsum t 410 421 IDC A eg x tea Bde 29 30 CER detis Aa vta dac mh 267 Scope ollevel cygara E 419 SU S he eed 1 eddy Pss 18 67 105 456 A eed iod 18 BEN 113 Blend 4244 04 06 sapiens hebes a 114 TOSS ENDE IE ode 116 Bla eds eed tt 118 182 C2 0 a orc ed au 118 COME vos d P PORA 120 Cela dae Ue ES 121 UE uec tou a E eee 122 SO ee eerte an 123 Oi E PE he weee ees 124 Cy O debet e dto d QURE e 125 OIX UIN n MEE C EA 126 226 CSI aeo cse a RSS ee oaa AC 127 A dedu BA 132 CVS 6 ados euet edes da ce Nn 133 CVIZ does dba exceed daa 134 OVES oe eode Sig vara cde ug 135 display surface numbers 247 255 ISAS o oiu ass ia Ce 178 Bu er sace oa LIED 136 example 222 234 235 243 255 O eda e s 137 E sx dy ed er eR 138 Function 3 23 e o os 139 function example 26 BOHDIGU ea Sepe Cue et xtate nd 140 IGES NURBS 523 Dania 184 IGES plane li BoA 184 IGES surfaces Ceres oce x tts 184 Igestiles 2 eios bn 182 TO 424 sacer ahs Ro RIO A 145 LESS nane Ete Pub CASES A 143 TEGO 4559 a oS bea a ard ves e ics 147 IAMS 2
241. ecria display same as the z axis The radius must be positive cylinder The transformations make it convenient to start with this cylinder and then translate and rotate it to the required position Translations are applied to the point which started at the origin For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts When projecting a point onto this surface be sure that it is initialized somewhere away from the axis of symmetry to make it clear which direction to project The following example produced the picture below See Figure 135 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface 4E 00 1 41 A 1 414E 00 That portion shown in the graphics changes as 2 44 the objects in the picture change rence scal Figure 135 z cylinder on the z axis Example sd 1 zcy sqrt 2 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 173 zxplan to transform an infinite zx plane zxplan trans where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane Remarks This is the infinite plane defined byy 0 The TrueGrid display xz plane transformed transform makes it convenient to start with this plane and then translate or rotate it to the desired position For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts The following e
242. ection c rows and columns c Natural Boundary Conditions 1112112 5113 1141 DB 31 79 des PO 2 2 5 15 5 2 924211 2 5 1 St Zag 2 9 3222 2 4 3 144 AN Uf l o 1 Uf ZUR Y LY M dy Ly Uf Ll Vb gt 29 A LIT Hl Wp No 1141 Ls vy Hd 01 N UN Ny Pw ound AB po wa OI 2 ya 1 L LDL 3 13 H 22 24 N UN f mM C ANS The last example is used with a normal of 1 applied to it to form the next surface Care is needed in using the normal offset The normal distance must not exceed the inverse of the curvature or the resulting surface will be self intersecting ff GS Y 0 FNNA w Ny sd 1 csps 5 5 0000 ara 1 2112 51131141 1 2 L79 GL ES 2 Ai 1 82 392 l49 2 4 2 LI 225 A Le 2 5 2 24 9 2 5 L 3 5 2 5 2 4 2 5 1131 1 79 3 2 2 Z2 Dew 2 Bel Bats 2 4 3l 2412 54134144 1 normal Ls Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 129 In this next example two surfaces are constructed from 3D cubic spline curves All of the control points are from the unit sphere The boundary control points are the same for both surfaces Only the interior control point differs This pair of surfaces is intended to demonstrate the need to select points in the cross section curves so that they correspond to the sa
243. ectrostatic potential ACC load curve ft acceleration FA fixed angular displacement MP magnetic potential MOM oad curve ft moment LB ocal coordinate system t donstraint in local coordinate system VE velocity TE temperature SI sliding interface ft nodal sliding interface NPB nodal print blocks TEPRO oad curve f temperature profile and where load curve ft stone wall t local coordinate system t can be 0 for all cases Remarks The rml command is very useful in conjunction with the readmesh command to alter boundary conditions The rml can be used also to edit the forces To change of boundary condition first remove it and them issue a new boundary condition Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 335 Example block 1 20 1 20 1 0 20 0 20 0 c mesh definition merge nset force 1 155 154 153 173 174 175 node set force initialization load curve definition concentrated force definition for the node set force led 10 11 1 fc nset force 1 11 0 0 c C e c infol nset force all 1 c information print for the node set force c for all conditions stat is either on or off LOAD TABLE NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE 155 on fc 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 154 on te 0 0 0 0 0 0 153 on fc 0 0 0
244. ed by experts who know to use it very sparingly Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 102 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual project project a point to surface s project x y z ist of surface numbers where Xyz coordinates of the initial point list_of_surface_numbers list of surface numbers Remarks Project uses the given 3D point as the initial point for the projection algorithm This point is projected to the closest point in the intersection of the given surfaces This function returns the coordinates of the point of projection and the normal vector to each of the surfaces at that point of projection These values can be used in expressions by referencing the following parameters xprj x coordinate due to the project command yprj y coordinate due to the project command Zprj z coordinate due to the project command xnrm x component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command ynrm y component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command znrm z component of the normal to the 1 surface from the project command This function is of little use in directly generating a mesh Use the sf or the sfi command or click on the Project button to constrain or project a face of a mesh to a surface The project command is intended to be used to demonstrate the projection method without the need to build a part It can also be used to form parameters in creating geomet
245. ed to the plane at the point which originated at 0 0 0 0 5 10 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change 2E 00 1 673E 00 Example Y 1 000E 00 reference scal sd 1 xyplan rx 15 Figure 132 xy plane rotated Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 170 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ycy to transform an infinite y axis cylinder ycy radius trans where radius radius of the cylinder trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks An infinite cylinder starts out with an axis the rruecrid display y cylinder rotated same as the y axis The radius must be positive The transformations make it convenient to start with this cylinder and then translate and rotate it to the required position Translations are applied to the point which started at the origin For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts When projecting a point onto this surface be sure that it is initialized somewhere away from the axis of symmetry to make it clear which direction to project The following example produced the cylinder below See Figure 133 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion ofthe surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the object
246. eek wee tst ies 316 cv boundary convection xu te DE Rae EUR REM 316 cvt convection thermal loads cara sce eta ate d tig 317 fl prescribed boundary flux 44 fick ve eL Ren Se vp 317 ft prescribed temperature i ses a Ne SCR Le S ee RO OS 318 rb prescribed radiation boundary condition 318 re radiation enclosure y 7 daw Levee RR eR Ae ea RR 319 te constant temperature for all nodes o o oooo o 319 tepro nodal temperature profile ss sia vedas ena Sema Tua exe 319 tm initial Temperature AA aay Ral ed een eae Rs 320 vvhg volumetric heat generation w functional amplitude 320 16 Electo Conditions c estiis oo ex PNAS Cen ba tt feat Beng ns ert 321 efl electric flux boundary condition lilius 321 mp constant magnetic potential ooooooooooomooo o 321 V constant nodal electrostatic potential boundary condition 321 I1 SEIS cease euet S rebos taies tix pe PI ui deu ray Sd in ixi 322 adnset add nodes to an ordered node set 02 0 0 momo 322 crvnset order a segment of an ordered node set 3D curve 324 eset add remove elements to from a set of elements 325 fset add remove faces to from a set of faces oooooooooo o 326 10 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual infol information on nodal loads s esses 327 mvnset move a subset of nodes in an ordered
247. el in the Environment Window and F7 to fill the coordinates of a node into a dialogue box Beams of the base numbers 54 through 73 are generated from the pairs of existing nodes consecutively Figure 236 and Figure 237 The command file follows merge curd 1 3dfunc 10 10 u u u 254 4 0 c 2D curve parametric definition parabola bm rti 100 0 rt2 100 0 mate 3 cs 2 nbms 20 cur 1 c 20 beams are generated on the curve 1 parabola bm nl 4 rt2 8 2257433e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 2 bm nl 6 rt2 6 3288207e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 3 bm n1 8 rt2 4 3093190e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 4 bm n1 10 rt2 2 1856163e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 5 bm n1 12 rt2 2 3855813e 07 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 5 bm n1 14 rt2 2 1856163e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 5 bm n1 16 rt2 4 3093190e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 4 bm n1 18 rt2 6 3288207e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs nbms 3 bm nl 20 rt2 8 2257433e 00 0 0 0 0 mate 2 cs 1 nbms 2 c The vertical beams numbers 21 through 53 are generated c from the start node numbers Cod Gr 89 4 LO 12 4 4542 l6 LS 20 sand c last node coordinates c which are derived from the start ones by zeroing c the y coordinate Number of beams is from 2 to 5 bm nl 1 n2 22 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 22 n2 24 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 24 n2 27 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2 bm n1 27 n2 31 mate 2 cs 3 nbms 2
248. ent ETSAY area ETSAZ area Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 399 400 NASTRAN Beams Nonstructural Mass Center of Gravity Neutral Axis Grid Point GA Shear Center xb 0 0 Wb offset Grid Point GB Figure 281 Beam Local Coordinate System for NASTRAN Beam bnal options where t options can be SHSTF y shear z shear SHRLF y shear z shear NSMMI moment NSMMIMI moment NSMMD moment WARP coefficient WARPI coefficient WARP2 coefficient CENGRAV y zl y2z2 NEUAXIS y z y2z2 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual SPCSD position c options where c options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IYZ moment IXX moment MASS mass SDRI y z1 SDR2 y2 22 SDR3 y3 z3 SDR4 y4 z4 DX1 DZ1 RX1 RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 bna2 t options for OFFSET RODS NASTRAN where t options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IYZ moment IXX moment MASS mass CENGRAV yz NEUAXIS yz CSTYPE type c options where type can be 1 for the default elliptic 2 for symmetry about y and z Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 401 3 for symmetry about y 4 for symmetry about z 5 for symmetry about y z 0 6 for arbitrary c options can be CSCRV y1 zl ynzn CSS
249. erged nodes list oooo oooooomomooo o 203 pn place a node at a new location 00 0 0 eee eee 204 2 Diagnostics Commands 24 5 ex ea d quy o OR do Ct ARCU ae RR 205 ajnp find node near point i yb et ette Yat ee tS 205 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 7 cenref restore reference center for moment calculations 205 centroid moments and inertia ceo VeL rA RARO 205 elm highlight elements within a measure interval 205 elmoff turn off highlighting from the elm command 206 info mesh model summary 000 cece ees 206 mass MASS Ta shaw Pak yal ty Mees Bea ee e pra WW ele 207 measure choose a way to measure mesh quality at every element 207 pmass active part Mass noe eder chs quoti d ELE E ete d 210 reference reference point for moments and inertia 210 size dimensions ofthe mesh 20 0 e cece eee ee eee 210 smags detect detached small groups of elements 210 tmass total Miass 4 5 eR Er A aeu e ON edes 211 e 4 curo O A eS Ae aed OORISGS 211 backplane toggles back plane removal o oooooooooomomomomo o 211 dpic dumps all picture parameters ooo oooooooooommmooo 211 rpic reads the picture parameters o ooooooooooooocrroo 212 4 Tokens m the PIDLUEE s So oues Gad Moe ur MA eae Mer eel eM AME t et tA i 212 mlabs multiple l
250. erred method for generating a string of beams If the linear quadratic or partmode command precedes the block cylinder or blude commands it affects the meaning of those commands These three commands cannot be issued within the scope of a part command For that reason they are no discussed in this section They can be found under assembly commands There are commands to display selected parts of your model When you enter the merge phase all parts for graphics are automatically activated When you enter into the part phase only that part will be active in the graphics When a sequence of parts is needed you only need to give the first and last numbers separated by a colon Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 341 block create a brick shaped part block i indices j indices k indices x coordinates y coordinates z coordinates where i indices j indices and k indices are lists of indices not reduced indices Each list of indices takes the form il i2 in where il 1 and il lt i2 lt lt in Normally each of these indices is a positive integer But a negative integer can be used to create a shell surface and a zero is used to separate regions of the mesh x coordinates y coordinates and z coordinates are lists of values of physical coordinates one for each index value an x coordinate for each i index a y coordinate for each j index
251. es xsca scale the x coordinates ysca scale the y coordinates zsca scale the z coordinates Remarks To create a 3D curve begin by selecting the identification number with the curd command Then select the curve type and associated parameters Optionally additional component 3D curve segments can be appended This is done indefinitely until a new curd command is executed When a new segment is appended to a 3D curve definition the data is ordered to best match the endpoint of the last segment appended to the 3D curve definition The following options are used within the curd command at any time to append a segment Use ige to create append an IGES 3D curve by its sequence number Use sdedge or se to create append an edge of a defined surface Each edge is assigned a number The edge number m of surface number n is identified with the symbol n m To view the surface with the numbered edge use the graphics label command with the option sdedge or se Use arc3 to create append a 3D arc of a circle passing through 3 points There are three options An arc can be created passing from the first to the second to the third point The second option is the complement of the first option above That is the other portion of the circle is used The third option creates the entire circle Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 69 c se Ip3 to create append a sequence of poin
252. es or if there are many interior trimming curves TrueGrid tries to trim the surface by first using the domain curves Sometimes these trimming curves are not supplied in the IGES file If they are not supplied or if they fail then TrueGrid attempts to trim the surface with the model space curves You can also try reducing the resolution of the trimming using the getol command Often when this problem occurs the IGES file includes a poorly defined trimmed surface For instance the surface component trimming curves do not meet at their respective end points or the trimming curve has a loop causing the curve to intersect itself These problems violate the IGES standard and sometimes occur in IGES files Most of these problems with trimming curves are automatically fixed by TrueGrid and you are never warned about it The best way to determine if the trimming curves are bad is to use the igescd to render the trimming curves Then inspect the curves for these flaws If you have a large IGES file it will be easier if you first extract the offending surface using the IGESFIND utility that is supplied with each TrueGrid distribution Ifthe trimming curves are bad perhaps you can modify the IGES file using the CAD system which created the trimmed surfaces originally If it appears that there is no problem with the trimming curves and you have tried increasing the size ofthe work space with no results please contact XYZ useiges use saved binary
253. eserved 476 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Cylindrical coordinate system P rho theta z Figure 300 Cylindrical coordinate system x cos 0 p y sin 0 p Z Z where p is radius O is angle in x y plane Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 477 Spherical coordinate system P rho theta phi St rho UPS Figure 301 Spherical coordinate system x cos 8 cos p y sin 8 cos p z sin p where p is radius O is angle in x y plane O is angle from x y plane Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 478 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 479 VI Index Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 480 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual and eq eqv gt Lt ne neqv not Ofr Ro expressions 427 432 expressions i ja ata an 427 432 expressions sag cde es 427 432 expressions 427 432 expressions 427 432 expressions 427 432 expressions 427 432 expressions 427 432 expressions 427 432 display commands 174 index list 344 348 surface trans ove eee ee ws 113 expressions 427 432 express
254. estigation into the cause Many of these problems can be avoided by using the bb command ptol part tolerance specification ptol part number tolerance Remarks The tolerance is used as the absolute tolerance for merging nodes within part part number This command does not initiate the merge procedure The tolerance overrides the default tolerance specified by the t tp st and stp tolerance commands just within this part Use a negative number to avoid merging within the part There is a maximum of 1000 bptol and ptol commands This command can be easily abused Most meshes do not need this command to force the merging If the nodes within a part do not merge with a reasonable tolerance using for example the stp command then perhaps the interfaces within the part were not generated identically This may warrant some investigation into the cause rigbm identify two rigid bodies to be merged rigbm material material where material material must be rigid materials in DYNA3D or LS DYNA Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 441 13 Global Graphics Commands The following commands are available at any time ibzone control the computational window frame ibzone option where the option can be on size turn on the frame and set the size of the index zone off turn off the frame Remarks This command activates or deactivates the drawing of the boundary between part a
255. et O 234 Palrati o lille 470 PATRAN material 473 POS Cd ttiam VA ea AT d 67 Penetrations s o oat rode at OS 376 Periodic hermite s tface sis sre xs 142 Pessure Pikor arenam eia konan a a 301 Pexp oq Cr 265 MXD e MA aded aids 265 266 Phase Fled option 32 PESAR DAI a ir es 456 Pick Or e rbd Ea 138 Pick butto queso xo a te ete 158 DVD aec va la 105 PUO no au sles dence db dosfcidto qM EEAS 360 Pipe Sd option 107 153 Pj joint and Jd iu reos 363 PI2 Sd option seien 106 154 P13 Sd option 106 155 A ee toa T 98 Pl3o Sd option 106 156 MS ire es au pa px ace a ace 98 Plan listingi eins ode EAM EM A 368 symmetry constraint 302 Plan Sd option 105 157 A A o de ba 98 Planar Joint id es 363 BIABe sasos A ooo SM edet ee tees 367 display A RUE 213 214 example oogonia stead ons 228 243 IGES surface lia 145 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 505 MSP hl Loose d ek 368 surfak 5 148 155 157 170 172 174 surface pl uoo a 154 surface pl3o ius Ae oe 156 BW muss Sore hat Tee ee HR 315 Plate red Ibe a vu e e ba 289 A 2e ro of nd Dadian deno A 368 PIOS eue e iS e LE 442 PIOB De i ooo eee un eaten RC Im 471 Pii rias 272 2773 369 display cepacia wie waa ded 214 example x used pute eE 233 INDIE obess
256. etry 179 196 RP a NES 175 AA O 175 CAI EA 447 Capi sr RA 459 A e 457 459 Cartesian coordinate system 476 Cb anm eode ta ed 358 383 PICA A ae Punta hdd 341 Cdinfo eA Ct eam AME cre SA E 95 ente du doter e 205 210 Center triangle esra ey teu Cres 457 Control ua aov sud A 205 Cd est uc edit oes weh bene n 468 O tute Evi Su eR ebd aeos ata 468 DG E al 468 glued interface and co grtol 240 glued interfaces 215 IOUS dau cg dox aee ate ORC 466 CFX4 display an ads 215 ChkfoldS ts 4 ost Mir epo nw c dd 99 Circent eode eda Gib Aw wie trio das eu 444 Circle 2D ares asus ad e 20 SD CUEVE us CES er AES 68 89 Circle center CICNE 2L a Mate oy d dece ayes eats 444 Cj joint and Jd us s cea store 363 OKI roe toad datae texit autant e 21 Cmplt IDAE ue eed RES REID d 89 Cn2p Sd option 106 118 A i ore RR Oe 98 Co ACC Ait INA estis qs 215 217 anslo ieu ke Ru RE CUN 215 lo PPP PEE 215 217 DUE ub oA eau NP 214 229 D Cer Dess 1 tote ro eo a 213 221 OV Rae MEA O Roin 213 221 de E aco etc e e ORG 215 PE canc ads PM AS 213 dy os Coa da ue edes 213 dz en soo a bett 213 ro ECCE 226 OH at ace a tanga ate 214 E 214 231 PN NUT RR TRO RN 213 216 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 486 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual fd ons s ot pe Mb ES RS 213 217 LIE ecd SEL mis res 215 300 M roodo ou c eg uv ba 213 220 Ino eoe d brace
257. etween two lines Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 47 Use this option in order to append a fillet and a tangent extension by specifying the tangent extension between the points X Z begin and x ngs Z ena and the radius of the fillet all tangents It may extend or truncate the last segment of the current 2D curve The tangent extension may also be extended or truncated Notice the difference between this and the previous option This option guarantees a smooth transition The trade off is that the current 2D curve must have at least two points Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 2 2 lat 2 75 1 625 3 1 5 75 lad arc by center and angle lad x5z 0 where X 5 center of the arc 0 subtended angle which defines the arc Remarks Use this option in order to append an arc of a circle with the specified center x z 4 starting at the last point in the current curve and rotating counterclockwise about a circle by the specified positive angle 0 A negative angle rotates in a clockwise direction The current 2D curve must have at least one point The last point in the current 2D curve is used with the arc s center to determine the radius of the arc Example ld 1 1p2 2 1 2 2 lad 0 3 45 Figure 33 Circular arc Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 48 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual I
258. ev define a set of transformations to replicate a set of parts lev evel options level f is a small positive number to uniquely identify the level where an option can be any of grep ist global transform ft a list of global coordinate transformations numbers see the get command add evel_ include all transforms from another numbered lev command prod first level ft second level s to include a product of transforms of two numbered lev commands levct n trans trans trans where trans is one or more of mx x offset to translate in the x direction my y offset to translate in the y direction mz z offset to translate in the z direction v x offset y offsetz offset to translate by a vector rx theta to rotate about the x axis ry theta to rotate about the z axis rz theta to rotate about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy to reflect about the x y plane ryz to reflect about the y z plane rzx to reflect about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information
259. ever axis you like But for some uses of the sf and sfi commands it is more convenient to define your part at its final location in the global coordinate system If you define a part with projections and then transform it to its final location the projection surfaces will have to be transformed from the final location to the place where the part is defined If the cylinder command does not let you define your part at a convenient location then you should use the block command You can project a block part to make the same shape that a cylinder part would make Many computations that apply to the part will use cylindrical coordinates An example of this is interpolations an interpolation that will put points along a line for a block part will put points along an arc for a cylinder part if the angular coordinates at the end nodes are different Some part commands such as fd use physical coordinates in their arguments For simplicity this manual names such command arguments in terms of Cartesian coordinates For example x y z would be arguments defining the physical coordinates of a point However the coordinate system of such arguments is always the same as the coordinate system of the relevant part Thus if the part is set up by a cylinder command you would give the physical coordinates of a point as its r 0 and Z coordinates readmesh read a file containing a mesh readmesh format filename cmds endpart where format can be nastran
260. expression for third 3D coordinate trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks TrueGrid display function surface Function defines a surface with algebraic forms referencing independent variables u and v in the rectangle un SU lt U min max Vv lt V lt V min max Three Fortran like expressions map the rectangle to the coordinates x y and z in the global coordinate system Example sd 2 function 1 1 1 4 u v u u v v Figure 102 Saddle surface using functions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 139 hermite precision 2 order spline surface hermite _columns _rows flag conditions Xi y Zii Xj V j5 Z5 trans where _columns number of control points in each column of the table of control points 74 rows number of control points in each row of the table of control points flag 4 digits formed using 0 for natural boundary condition 1 for specified boundary derivatives 2 for a loop one digit for each of the four edges conditions specifies the derivatives along the edges in order when a flag of 1 is used in the corresponding digit in the flag where each condition is formed by derivatives dx dy dzy derivative triplet one for each control point along the edge Xj Jy Zy list of coordinates for the control points on the surface trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates
261. f production processes The theoretical description of the Wilson Fowler Spline can be found in Cubic Spline a Curve Fitting Routine Fowler Wilson Union Carbide Corp Nuclear Div Oak Ridge Tennessee 1966 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 57 Example Two Fowler Wilson spline curves are defined by sets of points The points are marked and numbered The 11 option is used to specify first and second endpoint derivatives both of the same size 0 001 and 1 Curve number 2 is randomly perturbed with the normal distribution The command file and pictures follow para dx 0 001 mp sqrt 2 2 TrueGrid 2D curves d 0 02 PE C parameters dx mp d c are defined ld 1 fws2 11 dx 1 dx 1 0000014401001 100 1 1 O r curve 1 Fowler wilson spline option 11 Specified endpoint deriv first dx dx first dz 1 second dx dx second dz 1 convergence 0000001 max of inner iterations 4 max of outer iterations 40 x and z coordinates of 5 points Q0 0000 Q0 00 OQS Figure 43 Fowler Wilson Spline Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 58 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ld 2 fws2 11 dx 1 dx 1 _ TrueGrid 2D curves 000001 4 264 UT 10 curve 2 Fowler wilson spline option 11 specified endpoint deriv first dx dx first_dz 1 second dx dx second dz 1 c
262. f 2 oi cue d quaes SEE RO RAE COE 442 plot turn graphics back on js ooo Se rd de ura ed etas 442 14 Miscellaneous Commands Sede e eg ted dox ned eg Syl ate lu Met tet 443 becho echo and beep ad eun deae ep dcus a tee des muta d 443 bulc locate butterfly triple pOlMt o ooooooooooommmo o 443 C beginning ofa comment x tiae o has RHONE 444 circent Center Oh a Circles aut con pcr ESO PETRA OMS 444 crprod Cross product osos exu a C I aded 445 curtyp default attach commiatid Vii toe e S Reden ren 445 dc desk Calculator sees Vw ue ches tete A eed aita tes 447 distance distance between two points lees 447 echo echo SUING e sehen ed oe s od Headline debo udo aa 448 end terminate TrueGrid with no more output 448 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 13 errmod set error handler mode 448 expressions FORTRAN like expressions 00 000 e eee eee 449 def define a function aute ERI AD oa WOO d PN Tm Ede 451 include execute commands from batch file o 451 inprod inner or dot product cua Ver e d ee oem sehe ur re 452 interrupt switch from batch commands to interactive mode 453 intyp set default mesh interpolation 00 0 e eee eee 454 painfo print information about parameters 000 454 para define parameters use detur A Mf a t 455 resume res
263. f precedence matches that of FORTRAN Ifthe preceding associated if statement expression is false and all preceding associated elseif statement expressions are also false then the expression in this elseif statement is evaluated If it is true then all statements and commands found between the elseif and any subsequent associated elseif else or endif statement will be processed The statements and commands found between this elseif statement and the next associated elseif else or endif statement are referred to as the scope of the elseif statement If the expression is false these same statements and commands the commands in the scope of this elseif statement will be ignored When two numbers which may be from the evaluations of expressions are compared possible roundoff errors are estimated and are used to determine equality This command is typically added to a session file and rerun It is more difficult to plan a set of commands such that you can enter the if elseif else endif statement interactively If you use both the while and elseif statements their scopes must obey the containment rule Either the scope of the while statement must be contained in the scope of the elseif statement the scope of the elseif statement must be contained in the scope of the while statement or the two scopes are disjoint else final option in an if statement else Remarks The else statement must be on a line by itself This is like the block else s
264. f the CAD group to be removed Remarks This command will stop displaying the defined surfaces resulting from any CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from any CAD IGES curves defined within the specified group Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 199 II Assembly Commands Merge Phase Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 200 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 1 Merging Parts In the Merge Phase nodes that are close to one another are merged into a single node The merging commands allow you to define how close is close All tolerances are in absolute distances There are commands for specifying tolerances for the general merging of all nodes over all parts or just nodes on the exterior faces of the mesh There are commands for specifying the tolerances for the special merging of nodes between parts or within a part These special tolerances override the general ones If no tolerance commands are specified then no merging is done However the Merge Phase must be entered in order to build the node map which is used to generate the output Invocation of a tolerance command t tp st stp within the Merge Phase causes an immediate merging of nodes These commands can also be invoked within any phase when the Merge Phase is entered those tolerance commands are immediately executed or re executed as the case may
265. f the cross sections respectively These arc length parameters must all be between 0 and 1 inclusive The plane containing the 2D cross section curve will be placed normal to the curve such that the origin in the 2D cross section plane matches the selected point on the base curve If the direction is r for right then the right side of the base curve is the positive direction in the cross section If direction is specified as l for left then the left side of the base curve is the positive direction for the planar cross section The 2D cross section curves must be specified in order along the base curve The surface between the cross sections is constructed by linearly interpolating the specified cross sections The ordering of the points in the 2D cross section curves must match The arc length of all of the 2D curves must be positive Care must be taken when using this surface because it is easy to specify cross sections that cause the surface to overlap itself when the base curve has a lot of curvature All 2D curves must be defined before they are referenced by this command A transformation can be applied to this surface Figure 129 Swept surface with 2 cross sections Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 167 Example In this example the base curve is half of an ellipse The first cross section is a half of a circle The last cross section is a half of a cube The
266. f the surface Check the order of the points in each of the curves by displaying the points with the label command In order to reverse the order of a curve specify the curve definition number with a negative number The surface is constructed by pairing each point on one curve with a point on the other curve These two points are connected by a line segment Points along the two curves are paired by relative arc length The following is an example of three 3D curves which are annotated below and the two surfaces interpolated between pairs of curves TrueGrid Display 3D Ruled Surfaces Figure 123 3D Ruled Surfaces From 3D Curves Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 162 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example curd 1 1p3 2 3 2 5 1 1 5 2 aoe curd 2 lp3 1 5 2 2 75 3 3 5 1 25 3 5 4 5 1 3 75 curd 3 1p3 3 4 5 1 sd 1 rule3d 1 2 sd 2 rule3d 1 3 sds union of surfaces sds 5 5 5 y where s is the number of a surface previously defined Remarks The surfaces that form this union do not need to meet perfectly There can be large gaps and overlappings This is the most important surface type when dealing with CAD models Typically the CAD model is broken into many surfaces for construction purposes No consideration is made in the construction of the surfaces for mesh generation In most cases it is more convenient if not essential to form a
267. face so that the entire surface is covered In most cases you will need to attach the edges of the face to the edges of the surface or to 3D curves that form the shape of the surface boundaries It is typical to import an IGES model with many surfaces that need to be combined for meshing purposes This is done with the sds option ofthe sd command Then a face of the mesh can be projected to this composite surface Once again to cover the entire surface attach the edges of the mesh to the boundary of the composite surface which can be formed using the sdedge option of the curd command or the coedge interactive equivalent When a surface has more than 180 degrees of curvature the projection to that surface must be helped by attaching the edge of the mesh to the boundaries or a 3D curve When there is an interior cusp or feature in the surface that requires a mesh line to follow a 3D curve can be formed Then an interior edge of the mesh can be attached to this curve If two faces with a common edge are projected to two different surfaces then the common edge will be placed along the intersection of the two surfaces You can accomplish a similar affect along the edge of the mesh by attaching it to a 3D curve When two neighboring faces ofthe mesh are projected to the same surface you may wish to control the way the common edge is projected onto the surface by initializing that edge along a 3D curve This is a common procedure when making fine adjus
268. faces are constructed from the faces of the brick elements Free faces are displayed only for active parts and materials in the picture It is advantageous to label free faces only for a small number of parts See pg 201 434 for merging of the nodes After invoking this option you can remove or add parts and materials and the red faces will remain in the picture Example The mesh from the labels parts example is used The common nodes are merged Free faces on the Part 2 are displayed labels fredges display free edges Remarks By definition at least one node is not merged on a free edge Free edges are constructed from the edges of the shell elements Free edges are displayed only for active parts in the picture It is advantageous to label free edges only for a small number of parts See pg 201 434 for the rules which govern the merging of the nodes Only parts in the picture are considered Example The mesh is created The common nodes are merged Parts 7 8 9 10 11 26 are displayed Free edges are displayed TrueGrid view brick free faces Figure 228 displayed free faces on Part 2 TrueGrid view shell free edges SS NS WN WN Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 261 labels cracks 0 display cracks in the mesh Remarks The angle is used to measure between the exterior polygons If the angle is below the specified angle
269. ff fa 0 0 0 0 0 IQ LTA oft Ec 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 175 off Fc 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 55 on mom 2 0 54 on mom 2 0 53 von mom 2 0 73 on mom 2x0 74 on mom 2 0 175 on mom 1 1 2 0 rsl nset force fc 1 c restore load case lfor the node set force infol nset force all 1 c information print for the node set force c for all conditions stat is either on or off LOAD TABLE NODE STAT LOAD CASE X Y Z AMPLITUDE 155 on Le 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 154 on fa 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 153 on fa 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 173 on fa 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 174 on Fc 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 175 on fe 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 155 on mom 2 0 154 on mom 2x0 153 on mom 2 0 173 on mom 2 0 174 on mom 2 0 175 on mom 2 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 338 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rvnset remove a node subset rvnset set name first node last node where set name name of the node set first node first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved last node last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved Example TrueGrid Draw Ordered Node Set slid The node set SLID is defined reordered and displayed Figure 254 The nodes with sequence numbers 2 3 4 5 are removed from the node set SLID The node set SLID is displayed in Figure 255 labels onset SLID 1 0 c display labeled ordered set SLID rvnset SLID 2 5 c remove node sequence position c from 2 to 5 from the set SLID labels onset SLID 1 0 c display labeled ordered
270. first NURBS surface used surface is the IGES file sequence number of the last NURBS surface used first surface is the first TrueGrid surface definition number transformations is an optional list of transformations to be applied to the surfaces mx x for x translation my y for y translation mz z for z translation v X y z for a general translation rx Ofor rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 189 rz Ofor rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryz for reflection about the y z plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin Ist x axis Ist y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present
271. first part is assigned to be the master side of a sliding interface with the faces oriented towards the second part The second part plays the opposite role as the slave side facing the first side Two node sets are created one from the first part along an edge and the second node set along the corresponding edge ofthe second part These nodes along the corresponding edges are allowed to merge sid 1 sv block 1 11 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 0 orpt 0 01 si1112211m nset 1 1 112 1 ifc block 1 1 1 1 orpt 0 0 1 si l LI 232 d us nset 1 1 112 1 ifc2 merge mns 1 ifcl ifc2 stp 0011 pa pa pa pa pa pa o o pa st set tolerance and merge surface nodes st tolerance Remarks Only nodes that lie on the surfaces or exterior faces of parts are considered for merging Exterior faces include faces of the mesh that are physically matching but are logically distinct faces of the mesh No table of results is printed If the sliding interface table has not yet been printed it will be printed at this time Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 438 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual stp set tolerance and merge surface nodes with diagnostics stp tolerance Remarks This command performs as st except that the results of the merge are reported Exterior faces include faces of the mesh that are physically matching but are logically
272. following input produced the table that follows title Spring Example spd 1 le 1 1 spd 2 le 2 2 spd 3 dhpt 3 3 4 4 biock ES E O E DA E 57b 3 53 spdp 1 1 3 2 2 3 1 m 1 dx dy dz Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 206 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual spring 2 vl 3 3 3 dx1 sddn 3 amp 2 12 npm 2000 1 2 inc 2 dx rx lct 1 rz 180 lrep 0 1 block 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 OF 1 3 5 L 3 576 9 103 spdp 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 s dx dy dz spring 2 v2 3 3 1 dx2 lct 1 rz 180 lrep 0 1 merge spring 1 nl 125 n2 335 rx1 ryl rzl rx2 ry2 rz2 sddn 2 amp 1 info 2 parts 502 nodes after merging 256 linear solids 18 bulk springs dampers 3 numbered springs dampers 2 point masses mass mass table mass no arguments Print the masses volumes and center of gravities of each part and material Remarks The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model Be sure to define the material model before using this command Densities are used only for materials defined for the following codes ABAQUS ALE3D ANSYS DYNA3D ENIKE3D ES3D NASTRAN LSDYNA LSNIKE MARC NEUTRAL NIKE3D and TOPAZ3D measure choose a way to measure mesh quality at every element measure option where option can be volume to integrate the volume of each element avolume to integrate the absolute volume jacobian to compute the determinant of the Jacobian orthogon to measure deviatio
273. for One way treatment of sliding impact friction for One way treatment no segmentation orientation for Automatic single surface with beams and arbitrary orientations for Automatic single surface with beams and arbitrary orientations with extra search for airbag contact for Surface to surface eroding contact for Single surface eroding contact for Node to surface eroding contact for Surface to surface symmetric asymmetric constraint method for Node to surface constraint method Taylor and Flanagan 1989 for Rigid body to rigid body contact with arbitrary force deflection curve for Rigid nodes to rigid body contact with arbitrary force deflection curve for Rigid body to rigid body contact with arbitrary force deflection curve one way treatment for Single edge treatment for shell surface edge to edge treatment for Simulated draw bead for Automatic surface to surface tiebreak for Automatic one way surface to surface tiebreak for Automatic general for Automatic general interior for Force transducer constraint for Force transducer penalty for Forming node to surface for Forming one way surface to surface for Forming surface to surface for Discrete nodes impacting surface w interference for One way treatment of sliding impact friction w interference for Spotweld for Spotweld with torsion for Sliding impact friction w interference Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved
274. for SPARS ANSYS where t options can be AREA area INSTR strain ban10 options for TENSION COMPRESSION SPARS ANSYS where t options can be AREA area INSTR strain ban24 t options for THIN WALLED PLASTIC BEAMS ANSYS where t options can be CSCRY yl zl ynzn CSSTH thick thickn RXOFFI x offset RXOFF2 x offset SHEARY constant SHEARZ constant ban33 t options for THERMAL BARS ANSYS where t options can be AREA area ban44 options for TAPPERED UNSYMMETRICAL BEAMS ANSYS where t options can be AREA area AREAI area AREA2 area IXX moment IXX1 moment IXX2 moment IYY moment IYY1 moment IYY2 moment IZZ moment IZZ1 moment IZZ2 moment YB width Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 389 YB1 width YB2 width YA width YA1 width YA2 width ZB height ZB1 height ZB2 height ZA height ZAI height ZA2 height XOFFI1 x component YOFF1 y component ZOFF1 z component XOFF2 x component YOFF2 y component ZOFF2 z component SHEARY constant SHEARZ constant 390 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual DYNA3D beams Figure 278 Beam Local Coordinate System for DYNA3D Parameters where parameters can be Hughes Liu beam constant thickness STHI thickness s thickness at both ends TTHI thickness t thickness at both ends or Hughes Liu beam v
275. for later when you may wish to make modifications to the geometry by extending a 3D curve definition Each 3D curve option appends a curve segment to the 3D curve initialized by the last curd command A segment is appended either to the beginning or ending ofthe existing curve and the direction of the curve may be switched This is done to minimize the distance between the endpoint of the existing curve and the endpoint of the appending segment to form one composite curve The direction of the curve can be checked with the labels crypt command You have to specify curves in the correct order when you are appending or copying curves Figure 48 and Figure 49 TrueGrid Draw TrueGrid Draw spline spline undesirable connection Figure 48 correct order Figure 49 wrong order l segment 2 arc 3 spline l segment 2 spline 3 arc Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 67 curd 3D curve definition curd 3d curve type of curve curve data list where type of curve and curve data list can be igc iges curve f sdedge surface ft edge ft Ip3 x y zl xn yn zn trans contour surface point id 1 surface point id 2 csp3 option xl yl zl xn yn zn trans bsp3 knots xl yl zl xn ynzn nrb3 knots weights x1 yl zl xn ynzn Id2d3d 2d curve ft system coordinate start end trans intcur 3d curve 1 3d curve 2 interpolate trans Ip3pt poi
276. from 2 points and radius cyr2 x y Z X y Z radius where x y zj global coordinates of the first point x5 y z global coordinates of the second point radius radius of the cylinder Remarks The two points are used to establish the axis of rotation They are selected in global Cartesian coordinates Example sd 1 cyr2 1 2 31 5 45 1 Figure 97 2 points form the axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 134 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cyr3 cylinder from 3 points and radius CyI3 x y Z X y5 Z X4 y z radius where x y z X5 Y2 Z2 x Y3 25 radius Remarks Three points are selected on a planar cross section perpendicular to the axis are used to establish the axis The radius ofthe cylinder that passes through these three points is ignored and uses the one specified This makes it easy to create a plug to a hole with a gap between the plug and the hole The points are selected in global global global radius global Cartesian coordinates Example curd 1 arc3 whole rt coordinates of the first point coordinates of the second point coordinates of the third point of the cylinder ri ri ct ct circent 9190374 05553633 1 7810655 Figure 98 3 points from a circle 23211999 1 1207378 1 0815152 2 073 2 403686 35669363 c center 1 01674E 00 1 07451E 00 4 24898E 01 c radius 1 6991307 c norm
277. ft fti vft vfti fv load curve number for prescribed velocity at nodes fv fvi fvc fvci fvs fvsi fvv fvvi fvvc fvvci fvvs fvvsi sw stone wall number for nodes assigned to stone walls plane sw swi nr for nonreflecting boundary faces nr nri jtjoint number for nodes in joints jd it iss for interface save segments iss issi ve initial velocities velocity ve vei efl for electric flux orientation vectors on faces efl efli vhg oad curve volumetric heat generation vhg vhgi vvhg vvhgi Or Sys to display element local coordinate system axis or where sys can be any one of the following r to label the local element r axis s to label the local element s axis t to label the local element t axis rs to label the local element r axis and s axis tr to label the local element r axis and t axis st to label the local element s axis and t axis rst to label the local element r axis s axis and t axis syf plane for nodes assigned to a symmetry plane with failure plane syf syfi where plane number of the symmetry plane with failure bv prescribed boundary velocities bv bvi ol outlets ol oli il inlets il ili npb nodal print blocks npb epb element print block epb sp spring damper_ springs and dampers sp spdp where a spring or damper number can be 0 for all numbered springs n for a numbered spring 1 for all unnumbered springs pm point masses pm npm interfac slide _ ABAQUS interface elements sid si sii bb thic shell thi
278. fy the time and function values f and f Any transformations you specified would change these to the actual time and function values 7 and F The curve is linear between them For each trigonometric curve you specify the number of points N the number of cycles per unit time cps and the time interval At covered For each new i value t is incremented by 6t At N The value of the cosine or sine function gives f In the equations below T0 is the untransformed time variable at the end of the last segment and is initially O Thus after taking into account the other parameters you may specify S tinit tsca toff finit fsca foff and phase Sthe time and function values are For a polygonal line Ip T tsca t TO toff tinit F fsca f foff finit TrueGrid LOAD CURVE For a sine curve sine T tsca t TO toff tinit F fsca sin cps t TO phase foff finit For a cosine curve cosine T tsca ti TO toff tinit F fsca cos cps t TO phase foff finit Example flcd 1 phase 180 cosine 30 5 1 lp l tinit lt L finit _ gt 4 4 4 4 4 fsca 1 foff 1 phase 0 sine 60 1 000E 01 2 200E 01 3 400E 01 60 4 1 800E 01 3 000E 01 d 1 400E 01 2 600E 01 Time Figure 13 Oscillating Load Curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 32 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual edgefi
279. g the dgrp command 2 Use the lasd command to list all the surfaces in the picture 3 Use the sds option of the sd command and cut and paste the list of surfaces into the command alv add a CAD level to the picture alv evel where level is the number of the CAD level to be added Remarks This adds to the picture all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level dlv display a single CAD level in the picture dlv evel where level is the number of the CAD level to be displayed Remarks This will display all defined surfaces resulting from CAD IGES surfaces and all 3D curves resulting from CAD IGES curves defined within the specified level This command will remove all other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture dlvs display several CAD levels in the picture divs level level level where level is the number of one of the CAD levels to be displayed Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 197 Remarks This command will display all defined surfaces resulting from a CAD IGES surface and all 3D curves resulting from a CAD IGES curve defined within any ofthe specified levels This will remove all other surfaces and 3D curves from the picture rlv remove a CAD level from the picture rlv evel where evel is the number of the CAD level to be removed Rem
280. ghts Reserved 316 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation that is how to orient the normal vector A zero load curve number means that the condition is constant in time Ifa curve is specified which has not been defined a warning message will be issued cvt convection thermal loads evt fset face set coefficient temperature where face set name of the face set coefficient film coefficient temperature temperature near convection Remarks First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation that is how to orient the outward normal vector This command is used to create convection thermal loads for ANSYS The first parameter is the film coefficient This is followed by the temperature near convection This command will create the EP cards for the ANSYS input file fl prescribed boundary flux fl fset face set load curve t amplitude where face set name of the face set load curve f a load curve number amplitude amplitude constant Remarks First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation that is how to orient the outward normal vector Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 317 ft prescribed temperature ft nodes load t temperature where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cyl
281. ghts Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 93 c cylinder surface 2 curd 1 twsurf 1 2 5 47e 01 1 06e 00 4 60e 01 4 99e 01 8 72e 0 4 99e 01 7 70e 01 5 31e 0 4 95e 01 1 20e 00 6 59e 0 3 29e 0 m 1 26e 00 7 52e 01 1 74e 01 9 79e 01 4 96e 01 4 90e 01 5 77e 01 6 65e 01 4 85e 01 5 48e 01 1 09e 00 4 47e 01 7 76e 01 28e 00 4 41e 02 5 47e 0 06e 00 4 60e 01 c definition of curve 1 c at the intersection of c surface 1 and 2 with 9 c initial points c coincident starting c and ending initial c point Figure 73 Curve by twsurf 5 Display 3D Curve dcd display a 3D curve ded 34 curve dcds display a set of 3D curves from a list deds 3d curve list dacd display all 3D curves dacd no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 94 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual acd add a 3D curve to the picture acd 3d curve amp acds add a list of 3D curves to the picture acds 3d curve list rcd remove a 3D curve from the picture rcd 3d curve amp rcds remove a list of 3D curves from the picture rcds 3d curve list racd remove all 3D curves from the picture racd no arguments lacd list all of the active 3D curves in the picture lacd no arguments 6 Print 3D Curves cdinfo print information about the 3D curves cdinfo o arguments Remark Prints the number of points an
282. gure 65 Figure 66 is created from Figure 65 by magnification of TrueGrid Draw Tm surface 3 Y X Figure 65 curve2 by pscur the Frame It shows the difference between the pscur and projcur command when applied to the same curve pscur creates the smoother curve curd 2 pscur 1 3 100 01 curve 2 by projection and smoothing of curve 1 onto surface 3 with maximum 100 iterations and with minimum tolerance 1 QO0Q00000 TrueGrid Draw projcur Curve pscur Curve Figure 66 pscur vs projcur curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 88 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual arc3 create append arc of a circle arc3 option system point system point system point where option can be seqnc to specify the arc starting at the first point passing through the second and ending at the third point cmplt to specify the complementary arc of the circle specified in seqnc or whole to specify the entire circle and system and point can be rt x y z for cartesian coordinates sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates pt surface i j for a point off of a surface or pt curve i for a point off of a 3D curve Remarks TrueGrid Draw This command appends a 3D arc ofa circle passing through 3 points There are three options An arc can be created passing from the first to the second to the third point seqne option Figure 67
283. h A zero in the list means there is a gap in the mesh i e the part is not connected The second and third lists have the same meaning applied to the second and third dimensions in the computational mesh respectively The fourth list is a list of radial coordinates one coordinate for each integer in the first list This initializes each partition in the first dimension of the computation mesh The fifth list consists of angular coordinates corresponding in like manner to the second list of partitions in the second dimension ofthe computational mesh The sixth list consists of z coordinates corresponding in like manner to the third list of partitions in the third dimension of the computational mesh The cylindrical coordinates relate to Cartesian coordinates by x rcos 0 y rsin 0 Z Z When the part is completed TrueGrid will apply this transformation to put the part in the global Cartesian coordinate system By default this means that the axis of the part s cylindrical coordinate system will be the same as the z axis of the global coordinate system You can select a local frame of reference by choosing the z axis of this coordinate system to be any vector in the global coordinate Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 348 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual system by issuing the cycorsy command Of course after you finish making the part you can replicate or transform it into another part with what
284. h 29 2006 351 CTRIA6 CTRIAR CTUBE saved as a 2D element cross sectional properties can be changed FORCE FORCEI FORCE2 GRDSET GRID MATI must be redefined if using another output format MAT2 must be redefined if using another output format MAT4 must be redefined if using another output format MATS must be redefined if using another output format MATS must be redefined if using another output format MAT9 must be redefined if using another output format MATIO must be redefined if using another output format MOMENT MOMENTI MOMENT2 PBAR must be redefined if using another output format PBCOMP must be redefined if using another output format PBEAM must be redefined if using another output format PBEND must be redefined if using another output format PCOMP must be redefined if using another output format PELAS must be redefined if using another output format PLOAD PROD must be redefined if using another output format PSHEAR must be redefined if using another output format PSHELL must be redefined if using another output format PSOLID must be redefined if using another output format PTUBE must be redefined if using another output format RBE2 A experimental feature with the readmesh command for NASTRAN files can be used in a limited way to import an existing NASTRAN model and add parts which can be merged to the nodes of the NASTRAN model preserving the original node numbers such that when the model is written out to an LS D
285. h end This is the default After entering the merge phase and merging nodes if an edge or face becomes degenerate forming a different element type such as a wedge or tetrahedron the number of nodes are changed for that element quadratic specify following parts to use quadratic elements quadratic no arguments Remarks For all subsequent parts all brick elements with have 20 nodes one at every corner of the brick and an additional mid edge node for each of the 12 edges of the element Shell elements will have 4 nodes one at every corner and an additional mid edge node for each of the 4 edges of the shell element Beam elements will have 2 nodes one at each end After entering the merge phase and merging nodes if an edge or face becomes degenerate forming a different element type such as a wedge or tetrahedron the number of nodes are changed for that element partmode part command indices format partmode mode where mode can be s for standard default i for interval Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 291 Remarks The standard method is described in the block cylinder and blude command remarks The interval mode uses 3 lists of numbers one for each index direction The difference is that they are the number of elements for each region This implies that there will be one less number in each list if the interval mode is specified An ana
286. he geometric entities are numbered room is left in the sequence for those entities which form the basis for others If you use the iges command then entities which form the basis for other entities are not Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 180 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rendered For example the curves used to trim a surface are not evaluated since the entity will be embedded in the trimmed surface as one of its edges You can use one ofthe other IGES evaluation commands discussed below if you wish to use these basis entities There are two important entities which fall in this category They are composite curves entity type number 102 and trimmed surfaces entity type number 144 You will notice when importing an IGES file using the iges command that the underlying composite and component curves as well as the untrimmed surface are all assigned numbers but they are not rendered There is no loss of data since all of the information about these component entities are built into the trimmed version of the surface The following is a list of the supported IGES entity types The bounded surface entity 143 and its associated bounded entity type 141 which are used to form solids are not supported 3D curves line entity type 108 circular arc entity type 100 conic arc entity type 104 parametric spline entity type 112 NURBS curve entity type 126 composite entity type 102 copious data e
287. he igesfile command assigns a sequence number to each of the NURBS surfaces it encounters in the IGES file The argument seq in this option is the NURBS sequence number IGES surfaces have sequence numbers based on whether they are a NURBS plane or parametric type This option imports one of the NURBS type When a NURBS surface is assigned a surface definition number using this option the surface parameters are read and the surface is rendered The time it takes to render is a function of the curvature of the surface and the curvature of the trimming curves because the surface must be evaluated more frequently in the high curvature areas When surfaces are trimmed in which case all surfaces are usually trimmed the surface will be counted twice once as an untrimmed surface and once as a trimmed surface All of the untrimmed surfaces are given sequence numbers first Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces Alternatively you can import all ofthe surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command The iges command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces You can use the nurbsd command to import a sequence of NURBS surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to import a single surface with the sd command You may wish to do this because yo
288. he nodes that are used in any of these beam commands will be saved along with the beam elements The second method of beam element generation uses the bm command This is fully interactive Beams are strung along a 3D curve The beam and cbeam parts create beams by connecting a pair of nodes with a line of beam elements This is an old method included to be backwards compatible but it is not interactive Beam cross section properties are defined using bsd and bind Shell cross section properties are defined with the sind command Elements and nodes can have their numbers offset using the offset command This makes it easier to glue several models together by concatenating two files Cross sectional properties and in particular thicknesses are not scaled by the xsca ysca zsca and esca commands bsd global beam cross section definition bsd option list where option list consists of some of the following sthi thickness for both thicknesses in s direction sthil thickness for first thickness in s direction sthi2 thickness for second thickness in s direction tthi thickness for both thicknesses in t direction tthil thickness for first thickness in t direction tthi2 thickness for second thickness in t direction Idp distance for NEUTRAL file beams Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 383 ABAQUS beams Figure 276 Beam Local Coordinate System for ABAQUS
289. he parametric coordinates of n knots Remarks The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve The number of multiple knots for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve e g 2 linear 3 quadratic 4 cubic etc The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending point X y Z X YZ are triplets of coordinates of control points where k n multiplicity A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid Draw curd 2 bsp3 0001233 3 c knots 000 Cc control 11 c points 2 201 game c bspline curve definition c 4 knots c 0 0 0 multiple knot c 33 3 multiple knot c 5 control points Blow BS Figure 57 B spline curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 79 nrb3 create append a NURBS curve nrb3 knot knot weight weight x y Zi X y z trans n where knot knot are parametric coordinates of n knots weight weight are weights for each control point Mi Ve E a KN Zy are triplets of coordinates of control points where k n multiplicity Remarks The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve The number of multi
290. he picture those elements will not be searched The SRF option has a number of nodes as a parameter which varies depending on the type of element An element will be selected if the specified number of corner nodes of the element are within tolerance 0 nodes means to use the element centroid infol information on nodal loads infol nodes type where nodes can be N node number node number RT x yz node closest to Cartesian point CY rho theta z node closest to cylindrical point SP rho theta phi node closest to spherical point NSET name of set node set by name Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 327 type can be ALL oad curve f FC load curve f FD oad curve amp FV load curve amp FT oad curve f TM SW stone wall t V ACC load curve f FA MP MOM load curve LB ocal coordinate system 7 VE TE SI sliding interface ft NPB TEPRO oad curve where any type forces fixed displacements fixed velocity forced temperature initial temperature stone wall electrostatic potential acceleration fixed angular displacement magnetic potential moment constraint in local coordinate system velocity temperature nodal sliding interface nodal print blocks temperature profile load curve fi stone wall t local coordinate system ft can be 0 for all cases Remarks Command infol prints information about nodes with a specific load or conditio
291. he ptol or bptol commands 300 parts can be merged under special tolerancing ptol and bptol Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 435 The following is a common error to avoid Suppose you create three parts that meet as shown in the figures below Then define a sliding interface between parts 1 and 2 and also between parts 1 and 3 No nodes will be merged between parts 1 and 2 and between parts 1 and 3 However nodes can be merged between parts 2 and three Sometimes you need to look closely in the graphics or carefully check the Merged Nodes Summary to detect this error To fix this error if indeed it is an error use a dummy sliding interface between parts 2 and 3 to force no merging between those parts Alternatively use the bptol command with a negative number to avoid merging between those parts You should also consider extending both interfaces 1 and 2 across to parts 3 and 2 respectively because they may come in contact This is an ambiguous situation since there are equally plausible situations where parts 2 and 3 should be merged together sid 1 sv sid 2 sv block 1 3 1 3 1 3 t 21212 sii 2 1 5 Sil 7 2 2 5 block 1 3 1 3 1 3 Zo mes 52d sii 1 l m block 1 3 1 3 1 3 122 Seule Sii 1 2 m merge stp 2 Figure 285 Before stp Figure 286 After stp bnstol be
292. he surface patch It is also assumed that the four curves surround only one 4 sided region If due to curvature there is an ambiguity as to which enclosed region will be surfaced the results may be unsatisfactory In such a case we recommend that you break up the 3D curves into smaller 3D curves so that the region to be surfaced is obvious The four curves do not need to be specified in any particular order The surface that is fit to the four bounding curves is a result of a transfinite interpolation similar to the transfinite interpolation associated with the tfi command in the part phase Selecting 3D curves to form a four sided surface patch is an art Ideally opposite curves should be parallel Avoid sharp bends in the curves A kink in a boundary curve usually indicates the need for several surface patches using pieces of the original 3D curves Severe concave boundary curves can also be a problem If this occurs create several more 3D curves to bisect the region and build several surface patches instead of one This surface is similar to the blend3 option TrueGrid DRAW Defined Curves Y WM WHT L GN NS SS SS Curve 1 Figure 80 blended surface Example curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 6 7e 00 5 2e 0 6 1e 0 rt 3 6e 01 5 0e 00 3 1e 0 rt 6 4e 00 2 5e 00 2 6e 01 curd 2 arc3 seqnc rt 5 7e 00 3 1e 00 8 2e 01 rt 4 0e 01 5 1e 00 5 9e 01 rt 6 6e 00 4 0e 01 7 5e 01
293. hen an error in the input is encountered while in batch mode TrueGrid will become interactive as though it had encountered an interrupt command in the batch file Any problems due to the error can then be fixed interactively Then the resume command can be issued to continue the batch command file This is not easy to do sometimes Here are three cases that one should be aware of 1 The command in the batch file is in error and it has many arguments Any arguments that remain after the error is detected must still be processed once the resume command is issued These arguments will also cause an error and a subsequent interrupt Warning do not try to modify the command file at this stage It will only cause more problems since this command file is being buffered Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 448 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 2 Some errors are not detected until the endpart command is encountered in the batch file This will cause the part to be completed with errors Then the interactive mode will be entered in the control phase There will be little that can be done abut the part at this stage but you will be able to proceed with a resume command if you wish 3 When an insprt command is encountered errors in some previously issued commands such as the bb and trbb commands may be detected This is because the insprt command like the endpart command cause the entire mesh to be re calcu
294. heta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Remarks If you need to write your own software to generate polygonal surfaces you can write your output as ViewPoint files These file formats are a good choice because of their simplicity The first file contains the point data for the polygons Each record is a point in three dimensional space There are 4 fields each field separated by a comma The first field is the node number followed by the x y and z coordinates The second file contains the connectivity of the nodes Each record defines a polygon The fields are space delimited The first field is the name of the set containing this polygon This is followed by the ordered list of node numbers defining the polygon The polygons in these surfaces should be almost planar When they are read in they are reduced to triangles unless they are quadrilaterals The shape of the interior of a many sided polygon will be ambiguous if the nodes are not co planar Each unique name in the connectivity file produces a surface in TrueGrid The polygons do not haveto be connected However the edges ofpolygons which are not shared by exactly two polygons are trea
295. ht O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 355 meshscal scale up the mesh density for all parts meshscal scale where scale is a positive integer Remarks This will increase the mesh density uniformly in all 3 directions by an integer scale factor Typically a factor of 2 8 times as many bricks 4 times as many shells 2 times as many embedded beams are the result or 3 is sufficient This should come first before any parts are made This cannot be used if the update command is used The default is 1 beam initialize a beam part in Cartesian coordinates beam options endpart where options are any of the following this may be continued across many lines abort bm node node number of elements material cross section node to create a sequence of beam elements where node and node form the end nodes of the sequence of beams number of elements is the number of beam elements material is the material number cross section is a cross section number and node is the local coordinate system orientation node cy radius angle z coordinate constraints for cylindrical coordinates where dx for x displacement dy for y displacement dz for z displacement rx for rotation about the x axis ry for rotation about the y axis YZ for rotation about the z axis followed by a value of 0 for initialization to no constraint 1 for constraint jt joint_ joint_node_ beam_n
296. i 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 dei 1 20 4 5 1 20 4 5 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 Sfi 1 5 1 5 1 5 sp 0 0 0 5 Sfi 2 4 2 4 2 4 sp 00 0 3 de 222444 de 100300 orpt 0 0 0 rei 3 4 2 4 2 4 0 2 2 no merge Figure 149 Wire frame version CO RE Figure 150 Hidden Line version CO RE Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 219 co fl display Example block 1 13 17 31 35 47 L 5 9 13 25 13 17 31 35 47 l5 9 L37 L 25 dei25 12 0 3 4 mate 1 mti 1 33 12 2 mti 1 3 34 3 mti 4 6 12 4 mti 46 34 5 mbi 2 1 0 4 1 2 x 1 mbi 5 1 0 4 2 X bb22 3221 bi dz 1 fdi 6 1 2 03 4 1 2 100 fdi 1 12 03 4 1 2 10 0 led 1001 1 Figure 151 Wire frame version CO FL orpt 24 7 13 fli 1 205 6 f 4 7 2 L 1 metal drawing process using 1s dyna3d by nist metallurgy div merge TrueGrid display flux co fl co size 2 6 SS Kors i uy i 11 LAT HT Hi f f TTL SS Ji J f jJ f Ju f EN EN X Y AAA AO H f 11 eat Y E a ee A A E a AY MA a Figure 152 Hidden Line version CO FL Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 220 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual g 8 3 El E 3 s E 8 8 E 3 Ei E 3 4 4 1 E E E 3 5 E y 3 E d 3 E El TrueGrid displa
297. ications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 433 This command is typically added to a session file and rerun It is more difficult to plan a set of commands such that you can enter the while statement interactively If you use both the while and one of the if elseif else statements their scopes must obey the containment rule Either the scope ofthe while statement must be contained in the scope of the if elseif else statement the scope of the if elseif else statement must be contained in the scope of the while statement or the two scopes are disjoint Example para n 0 while n 1t 10 block 12 12 12 0 10 10 1 tri v n n n endpart para n n 1 endwhile This example produces 10 unit brick elements along a diagonal 12 Merging Nodes In the Merge phase nodes that are close to one another are merged into a single node Tolerance commands allow you to define how close is close All tolerances are in absolute distances There are commands for specifying tolerances for the general merging of all nodes over all parts or just nodes on the exterior faces of the mesh There are commands for specifying the tolerances for the special merging of nodes between parts or within a part These special tolerances override the general ones If no tolerance commands are specified then no merging is done However the Merge phase must be entered in order to build the node map which is used to generate output fo
298. ify the first endpoint derivatives 0 001 and 1 The command file and pictures follow ld l ttbe 11 2001 1 001 1 MOL 4 72 10 10 DL 2 9 44 45 26 21 9 29 ld 1 ftbo 10 001 1 001 4 72 sl Usd et O 21 0 L rseg import from edge file rseg no arguments gt Remarks Use this option to append the result of reading the next segment of a 2D curve definition in an edge file see the edgefile command It is required that the edgefile command was used first to specified the file containing the curve data This command can be used repeatedly Each time this command is used the next 2D curve segment data found in the edge file will be appended to the present 2D curve When all of the data in this file has been used then the file is automatically closed Example The example edge file in the description on the 3 000E 01 0 000E 00 3 000E 01 1 000E 01 2 000E 01 5 000E 0 2 000E 01 1 000E 01 4 000E 01 x Figure 46 Modified Fowler Wilson polar TrueGrid 2D curves 1 400E 00 1 200E 00 1 000E 00 x 8 000E 01 1 800E 00 1 600E 00 Figure 47 2 segments from edge file edgefile command above can be converted to 2D curve definitions using the rseg command For example ld 1 rseg rseg Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 64 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 3 2D Curve Display Commands These commands control which 2D curves are displayed
299. ilson Fowler polar cubic spline ftbo option convergence mxiniter mxouiter Aradius Aradius where option can be First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 01 ast dx last_dz First endpoint derivative 10 first dx first dz 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz convergence mxiniter mxouiter Aradius Aradius Remarks last with zero 2 derivative last derivative last with zero 2 derivative last derivative convergence tolerance maximum of inner iterations maximum of outer iterations list of changes in the radii The spline curve is constructed in the polar coordinate system All interpolation is done in polar coordinates The radial and angular coordinates are initialized prior to using this command using the Itbe ctbe or ftbe command The ftbo command is subsequently used to change the radial coordinates These changes are cumulative Only the direction of the derivative vector is used The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored The recommended value for convergence is from 10 to 10 The recommended value for mxiniter i 4 The recommended value for mxouiter is 8 times the number of points Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 63 Example The Fowler Wilson polar spline curve created with the ftbe command is modified with the ftbo command The points are marked and numbered The 10 option is used to spec
300. in this interface will not be merged sand options for the Slide Surface with Adaptive New Definitions DYNA3D where options can be sms slave_material_list mms master_material_list auto for automatic contact DYNA3D inter for Interface elements ABAQUS ters thermal_contact_resistance for thermal sliding with thermal contact resistance TOPAZ3D rebar options to define properties of REBAR 1D sliding interface DYNA3D where options can be any of the following rbrad radius rbstr strength rbshr modulus rbumax displacement rbexp exponent rbibond non negative_number pnit penalty_factor for sliding penalty NIKE3D Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 375 fric friction factor for static coefficient of friction DYNA3D NIKE3D ABAQUS kfric kinetic coefficient of friction for kinetic coefficient of friction DYNA3D NIKE3D decay exponential_decay_coefficient for exponential decay coefficient DYNA3D NIKE3D pen for small penetration flag DYNA3D sfif for slave to be printed in force file DYNA3D mfif for master to be printed in force file DYNA3D pnlts s ave penalty factor for slave penalty factor DYNA3D pnltm master penalty factor for master penalty factor DYNA3D bwmrad facets to set the bandwidth minimization radius NIKE3D fric2 friction factor for the anisotropic friction coefficient ABAQUS stif stiffness for stiffness in stick ABAQUS
301. inate Transformations and Part Replication o oooooooomomo oo 410 lct define local coordinate transformations o oo ooo o 412 gct define global coordinate transformations 414 lev define a set of transformations to replicate a set of parts 416 pslv begin replicating multiple parts ooo ooooooomooo 419 pplv end replicating multiple parts o ooooococoooooooo o 420 esca scale all coordinates of all following parts 421 xsca scale all x coordinates of all following parts 421 ysca scale all y coordinates of all following parts 421 zsca scale all z coordinates of all following parts 421 xoff translate all x coordinates of all following parts 421 yoff translate all y coordinates of all following parts 422 zoff translate all z coordinates of all following parts 422 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 12 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual gexch permute the coordinates of all following parts 422 exch permute the coordinates of all following parts 423 nerl rule used to number the nodes and brick elements 423 gmi material number increment for global replication 424 Imi material number increment for local replication 425 gsii sliding interface number increment for global replication
302. indrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set Remarks This specifies a time dependent temperature boundary condition on the nodes It is assumed that the temperature used by the appropriate simulation code will be the product of the temperature and the amplitude of the load curve at the appropriate time in the simulation rb prescribed radiation boundary condition rb fset face set load curve amplitude load curve amplitude where face set name of the face set load curve a load curve number amplitude amplitude constant load curve a load curve number amplitude amplitude constant Remarks First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation that is how to orient the outward normal vector If a load curve number is specified as zero then the condition is constant in time Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 318 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual re radiation enclosure re fset face set 0 temperature obstruction flag where face set name of the face set temperature constant obstruction flag is yes to include surface obstruction calculations no to not include surface obstruction calculations Remarks First use the orpt command to specify the surface orientation that is how to orient the outward normal vector This command generates enclosure radiation data for TOPAZ3D Use the emissivity and rband command
303. ine surface degenerate and all of the edge derivatives are specified In this case the end derivatives of the ASK HAN degenerate edge are zero Figure 91 Spline surface with degenerate edge c The magnitude of the derivatives are parametric para aml 1 am2 1 am3 1 am4 1 3 C All derivatives are specified in this example sd 1 csps 4 4 1111 C X y Z components of the derivatives on edge 1 O Saml 00 Saml 0 0 am1 00 0 0 C x y z components of the derivatives on edge 2 am2 00 am2 0 0 am2 00000 C x y z components of the derivatives on edge 3 0 E O am3 0 0 am3 0 0 Sam3 0 O Sam3 X y Z components of the derivatives on edge 4 am4 0 0 am4 cos 30 am4 sin 30 O am4 cos 60 Sam4 sin 60 0 0 am4 0 C x y z control points for row 1 100 cos 30 sin 30 O cos 60 sin 60 001 0 C x y z control points for row 2 sqrt 3 2 4 5 cos 30 sqrt 3 2 I cos 60 sqrt 3 2 sin 60 sqrt 3 2 sin 30 sqrt 3 2 5 50 sqrt 3 2 5 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 128 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual C x y z control points for row 3 5 0 sqrt 3 2 cos 30 2 sin 30 eos 60 2 sin 601 2 sqrt 3 2 C x y z control points for row 4 001001001001 72 Egqrti3 72 0 5 sqrt 3 2 sd 1 csps 5 5 0000 Truegria display c number of control points c in the i and j dir
304. ined with the title command is the default caption mxp change number of mesh convergence passes mxp passes Remarks This command is used to handle rare cases where inter dependencies in the building of a part are not fully resolved This can occur when there are many interpolations smoothing commands that intersect and cross each other This is the maximum number of passes used in the projection algorithm to resolve dependencies within the block cylinder and blude parts These dependencies occur when a multiple region is interpolated and its boundary is the interior of another multiple region interpolation The default is 4 The minimum is 1 2 handles almost all cases If there are dependencies it will take a longer time to build the part when the maximum number of passes is increased Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 459 trapt transform a point trapt x y z type id where the type can be Ict for a local coordinate transformation gct for a global coordinate transformation where id is the number of the transformation Remarks Trapt will transform a 3D coordinate using a local or global coordinate transformation formed in the let or get commands respectively The results are stored in the parameters xprj yprj and zprj This feature can be used when building a sequence of parts that must start where the previous part ended Each component
305. info list all of the local coordinate systems Isysinfo no arguments Remarks This command lists all of the local coordinate systems defined using the Isys command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 366 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual plane define a boundary plane plane plane_ x y Zo x y Zn tolerance type where type can be symm for symmetry plane syf for symmetry plane with failure ston features for stonewall with optional features where a feature can be stick stick condition limit x y Ze x y move mass initial velocity penalty penalty stiffness dlev velocity ld curve f Remarks The point x Yo Zo is on the plane with a normal vector x Yp Z This command is used to define nodal constraints for nodes on a symmetry plane Some simulation codes also have a symmetry with failure and a stone wall feature which is supported by this command Nodes are automatically selected for the symmetry plane constraint if they are within the specified tolerance of the plane The tolerance is not used for the symmetry plane with failure and the stone wall Use the syf and syfi commands to select nodes on the symmetry plane with failure Use the sw and swi commands to select nodes on the stone wall These planes are numbered so that there can be multiple stone wall and symmetry plane with failure conditions The symmetry feature is complicated depending on the type of plane and the
306. ing ndx ndy ndz nrx nry nrz mdx mdy mdz mrx mry mrz independent translation in x independent translation in y independent translation in z independent rotation in x independent rotation in y independent rotation in z dependent translation in x dependent translation in y dependent translation in z dependent rotation in x dependent rotation in y dependent rotation in z where a node can be selected by it s number or by coordinates node node 7 rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi any exist node new node in Cartesian coordinates new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 289 rbe2 node const list nodes where a constraint const can be formed using mdx mdy mdz mrx mry mrz dependent translation in x dependent translation in y dependent translation in z dependent rotation in x dependent rotation in y dependent rotation in z where a node can be selected by it s number or by coordinates node node 7 rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi any exist node new node in Cartesian coordinates new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates rbe3 node const node const weight list nodes where a constraint const can be formed using mdx mdy mdz mrx mry mrz dependent translation in x dependent translation in y dependent tran
307. ing encountered after the type then the text is assumed to be general and not applied to a specific object The id can be a parameter of an expression in square brackets epb element print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA epb set name where set name name of an element set mof mesh output file name mof path file name where path path to the file optional file name file name including the suffix Remarks This function changes the name of the mesh output file to be written It does not change the name of a mesh output file that has already been written The same thing can be accomplished by placing the o option on the execute line Under WINDOWS the o on the execute line is only possible when you run from a Command Prompt window If you are running the WINDOWS operating system and you use a Command Prompt window to run or if you are running UNIX LINU X OSX then the home directory is the directory specified in the TGControls window If you specify a path it will be relative to the home directory When you double click on a file in WINDOWS whose name includes the tg suffix the same rules Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 465 apply When you start TrueGrid from the desk top in WINDOWS the home directory is determined from the settings in the TGControls window Then the output file named in this command will be found relative to the working directory foun
308. int at 2nd node no release of the x translation constraint at 1st node no release of the y translation constraint at 1st node no release of the z translation constraint at 1st node no release of the x rotation constraint at 1st node no release of the y rotation constraint at 1st node Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 286 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks Irtlo no release of the z rotation constraint at 1st node Idr20 no release of the x translation constraint at 2nd node Ids20 no release of the y translation constraint at 2nd node ldt2o no release of the z translation constraint at 2nd node Irr20 no release of the x rotation constraint at 2nd node Irs20 no release of the y rotation constraint at 2nd node Irt20 no release of the z rotation constraint at 2ns node Idp displacement for the initial longitudinal displacement theta angle for the orientation angle for the cross section warpage first warpage node second warpage node two nodes used to determine warpage in the beam geom option for the method of determining curvature for the NASTRAN CBEND element where option can be 1 Center of curvature 2 Tangent of Centroid Arc 3 Bend Radius 4 Arc Angle where const can be any of dx to constrain the x displacement dy to constrain the y displacement dz to constrain the z displacement rx to constrain the x axis rotation ry to constrain the y axis rotation rz to constrain the z axis r
309. int information about the 3D curves ooo oo ooooo 95 F Delete 3D CUVE eua Seat der cena AER ad eT Tio dette dea RR 96 rmseg remove last segment from 3D curve ooooooooooo o o 96 delcd delete a 3D curve from the TrueGrid data base 96 delcds delete a list of 3D curves from the TrueGrid data base 97 SODULDAGES 3 Oa S etui ERAN 97 accuracy set accuracy of surface projections o oooooooooomomoo 99 chkfolds check Tor folds in surfaces 24 e o trs A ed ERIS 99 delsd delete a Surface xs es ese e Re e a d c Rie RC 99 delsds deleted set af SUPTACES coss c cete mei Sara eed Peter Amb MES 100 fetol feature extraction from polygon surfaces o oo o 100 getol relative tolerance to tessellate curves and surfaces 101 lesd list all composite surfaces with a specified surface 101 mvpn modify a surface node of a polygon surface 101 npll set the quality of the projection to surfaces 102 project project a point to surface s ooooooooooooooromoo 103 pvpn place a surface node of a polygon surface 104 sd s ttace de fraltlon cero te ob daa eel Sade e va ob RE 105 smgap small surface gap tolerance o oooooooomomommmm o 110 trsd transform a surface definition o oooooooomo momo 110 sdinfo ISSUES NEED ERES 112 vd define a Volume Yvette tur aos 112 9 S rface DIGHODBEV year sl e abe deu Wind ee d ORDRE ADR qb da
310. int to the point X ino Z ona it would be tangent to the circle with the slope specified by the angle The picture which accompanies the following example should explain everything The current 2D curve must already have at least one point Figure 27 Fillet Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 lfil 45 1 2 45 25 1p2 1 2 lap arc by center and end point d ye Y p lap x ona Z end X 07 0 where D ub Z un is the end of the line segment which defines the end of the arc and x 5 27 is both the center of the circular arc and the beginning of the line segment which defines the end of the arc Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 44 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks Use this option to create a circular arc passing through the end of the current curve and terminating at the point ofthe circle intersecting with the ray containing the point Xeno Zona The circle s center is xp Z Thus the radius of the i ending point circle is the distance between x z and the end of the current curve The direction clockwise or counter clockwise is determined so as to produce the shortest arc between the two endpoints The current 2D curve must already have at least one point See the picture on the next page starting point Example ia i ipo ri d o 3 Figure 28 Arc of a circle by point and center lar arc by radius and 2 points lar x z ong radius where X uo E s
311. ion 68 70 85 Lpil Ed option siii E rn 37 Mat PP 22 Lpt Ld option i3 cox ace bie 46 Lota Ld option 412v re Eve Se hes 38 Lq Ld option Vii ss Che 37 lrep example 207 224 233 245 lef NEE PS di eS 413 lU Ls oid nar a eR UR 417 INDE La eaa n eds s 272 A E 272 DS EM dA 419 jb UCM 21 Efot aceri tace ote x DEP DIAS 28 LS DYNA GATS id 393 LS DYNA thermal material 474 LS DYNA3D teadmesli i 50 9 4 rece b deelecals 349 MSDS do Nata tt t uae rs S A 407 LSe ncc data AAA 29 o o P DRE REX 29 ESC td cies eae CEU 30 E A ow ea eR AES 376 Lsdyeos Equation of State 474 LSdymats Lean tata 473 ESTA O laa 469 DI SE S air aa 407 verbatim O ase edes 467 DSi Jes pee aM Qu ace Spei oen dus CR 426 example ie 425 ESDIKG ne ety dae SIN E date CBS 469 Lsnkmats material 474 Lsnkopts analysis option 472 Estl Ld option cos uve e anaana 49 A Reuss Pan Maa pr efoed d 365 e oed ortus MAS Gt eut 307 308 ESPA oo sce o Ra ac doe ue Os 366 Ltas Ld option eco ts 4 0 39 Ltbc COO tertie Y ce Nar suf RAUS 61 DE pnl rom etos etn 63 Libe Ld option 103 cres 50 EDO deco aestate ot Pansat od 51 Ltbo Ld option o oooooooooo o 51 DB so sis ero exec ql nem x 50 Etp Ed option seis eR Re ia 46 A ce ade e Ra ra NER RON LAC d 65 Sd ord meu RCRUM OUR 109 A CS pA e Saddle 65 Exc Ld option 1a uta ctm 49 INE dah aah soos Locust salt Radar eA dod 65
312. ion in the Merge Phase in a similar manner as in the Part Phase Figure 213 reduced indices and parts labels locnd locate a node by its number locnd node number TrueGrid display marked node Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels nodes command The node 20 is located The located node is in the center of the picture by default Figure 214 located node Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 252 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels loc1d locate a 1D beam element by its number loc1d element_number TrueGrid display marked 1D element Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 1d command The beam 5 is located The located beam is in the center of the picture by default Figure 215 located beam labels loc2d locate a 2D shell element by its number loc2d element_number Remarks TrueGrid display marked 2D element The diagonals of a shell are displayed to help check distorted elements Example This example uses the mesh from the example for the labels 2d command The shell number 10 is located The located shell is in the center of the picture by default Figure 216 located linear shell Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 253 labels loc2dq locate a 2D quadratic shell
313. ions 427 432 deb scie aa eX ere 451 E insu ee Se ge 444 expressions 426 431 449 node set 00 330 334 element set gates Cian yeas 323 expressions 426 431 449 face SOU o ose ado das ed 326 node SOt o oooo o 330 334 expressions 427 431 expressions 427 431 expressions 427 431 A expressions 427 431 lt expressions ideo 427 432 lt expressions 427 432 element set uos ese xs 325 HACC SE ers 326 node set 00 330 334 expressions 427 432 gt expressions 427 432 gt expressions 427 432 def enti ek oy ada aA 451 Dale 4 uci A E 455 amp expressions 427 432 amp amp expressions 427 432 O cootditiate iaa dE 345 2D CUIVES or idas 18 36 3D Qutves ri e ENS 25 closed io Se ERE Prost 53 56 Composite bits Vetus 36 coordinates eu etes ot Bawa 27 ESPZ aee as 53 CM is 60 CIBO rete Laco Oa 61 CUBIC splite ai 53 CUATES rossa I Dod ERA 21 A eo bete 65 extruded lofted 1 2 ere 121 from a Mead ap Rex Ue 33 ED ri vd Data 61 EDO a VI 63 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 481 FEWS2 oe Shes d RRE 56 TES E TERM 68 89 ijr PUTET 26 atia Eo cecus ciu tA rr Dres 445 intersection aec eoo Coo dc 22 b
314. irst of other curve 03 last curve amp last match last of other curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 53 First endpoint derivative 10 first dx first dz last with zero 2 derivative 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz last derivative 12 first dx first dz last_curve_ last match first of other curve 13 first dx first dz last curve last match last of other curve First endpoint match first endpoint of another curve 20 first curve f last with zero 2 derivative 21 first curve f last dx last dz last derivative 22 first curve ft last curve ft last match first of other curve 23 first curve ft last curve ft last match last of other curve First endpoint match last endpoint of another curve 30 first curve t last with zero 2 derivative 31 first curve f last dx last dz last derivative 32 first curve ft last curve f last match first of other curve 33 first curve fi last curve ft last match last of other curve RODS ee ea pairs of control points Example The polygonal 2D curve number 1 and the spline curve number 2 with natural end derivatives are defined The spline curve number 3 with loop condition is defined The loop condition is based on equal coordinates and first derivatives of the start and the end point Therefore the curve number 3 is smoother than the curve number 2 The start and end point coordinates are 1 1 The
315. is composed of all nodes within a distance of 2 units from the cylinder Figure 252 The result of the nset command is on the Figure 253 nset RADI srf 6 2 labels nodeset RAD1 TrueGrid display ra AV AT IN Tl He SOS Figure 252 Cylinder and mesh Figure 253 Node Set Radl onset order a segment of a nodal set onset set_name first_node last_node where set_name name of the node set first_node first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved last_node last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved Remarks This command is useful when building a 1D slide line for example where the nodes must be in a certain order The nodes can be included in the node set as each part in generated using the nset Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 333 command Additional nodes can be included in a set using the nset command in the Merge Phase Use the labels command under graphics to view the order ofthe nodes in the set Use this command to reorder a segment of the nodes Select the beginning and ending nodes of the sequence to be reordered Use the sequence numbers which are in white See also mvnset command pset create or modify a polygon set pset set name operator selection where set name is the name of the polygon set where operator can be for initial assignment AND for intersection with node set OR for union with the nod
316. is the TrueGrid surface number to be assigned to the first surface read from the file nodal file is the ViewPoint nodal file connectivity file is the ViewPoint connectivity file and transformations is a list of coordinate transformations to be applied to all the curves and surfaces Choose them from among mx x offset for translation in the x direction my y offset for translation in the y direction mzz offset for translation in the z direction v x offset y offset z offset for a general translation along a vector rx 0 for rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz 0 for rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryx for reflection about the y x plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rt x yz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 193 ftf st origin Ist x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each ofthe arguments consist of a coordinate type and coordinate data rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho t
317. isses dro 450 Sinh function 428 433 SIZe A S CORRI TEES 210 labels4 issue deer oP UR 246 Sj joint and Jd ea edm E es 363 SIG NES dcinde rte oed potes 375 Sliding interface ss soe uu eA 375 condition display 213 dummy interface 382 increment 425 426 e A ea aria hah Tata 382 MELIA nu ce ote dtu va Deaf e 435 SE ag quete eto el ea dure 270 Tables a4 6nd eet i aia 435 SIUS A II rud cce SIT 210 readmesli zia DARA 353 jur PE 110 Smoothing SD CUVE 0 rer biete itus 88 Smoothing constraint display a ea eate bed eut 215 AA th bp ees cid 179 Sp display enini eo Et 214 UI Lo ooo ers LI oat ER E 147 Sp Co option cde exe RE au wed 232 Sp Sd option suss 106 pr 370 examples ua eae Eu 206 Spdp display e Cesta aaa A 214 example sdb ee 207 SDG X 53 a RU s 371 Sphere occa du qa o op PES ada a 165 surface slo ee 106 165 volume definition vd 112 Spherical coordinate systeM 478 Spherical Joint ici cee hee Ir ea 363 SPINO ous i vete Vaf na 372 Spline B Spline surface 116 cubic surface osse eh 140 NURBS surface 150 SUS OO 151 surface cubic 127 SpotWweld ars NE ci 311 o us ius unb dae sus tei bd 377 displaya deika reie 215 JOINT 2a e o ack OE N 363 MEL a arb as 435 SPW qo cese e e Re CARS 312 spwd properties 313 spwf LS DYNA 314 PUNO os cava ar
318. ist of radii which will be scaled Remarks Use this option to append points defined in polar coordinates Radii is a list of their radial coordinates The angular coordinate of the first point is 6 and the angular coordinate increases by A0 for each successive point Each radii is scaled by scale Use the Itbo to modify these TrueGrid 2D curves radii E E NC egin Example The picture which corresponds to the following command file excerpt is shown on the next page ld 1 itbe 0 1 00000 1 02161 1 04201 1 06119 1 07916 1 09592 1 11148 1 12585 13904 1 15106 1 16191 1 17163 18021 1 18768 1 19406 1 19936 20360 1 20682 1 20902 1 21023 T 21049 1 20981 1 20823 1 20577 0 000E 00 6 000E 01 20246 1 19834 1 19344 1 18779 2 nu TM 18142 1 17436 1 16667 1 15836 x 14948 1 14007 1 13016 1 11980 Figure 36 Curve by radial coordinates Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 50 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 10902 1 09786 1 08637 1 07458 1 06254 1 05028 1 03786 1 02531 01268 999999 987322 974687 962138 949715 937462 925421 913633 902140 890982 880201 869837 859929 850517 841639 833332 825635 818584 812214 806560 801656 797535 794230 791770 790188 789510 789766 790982 793184 796396 800640 805941 812
319. ith failure condition display 214 definition s gd A tes ERA 367 Symmetry planes condition display 213 detmitionmu A dux xy ud 367 O Wop ara 4 2 creole Bases 439 display rect cre date s dtu b De ques 215 dummy interface evi cxx 382 NPM uds a Te oie te doit a 272 JU MEN E E E es 440 WILD pe aes qo ace e adu ace d 308 Tables load curves 9 25 se awe RA 22 Tan expressions o oo ooooooooo 450 Tan function 428 432 Tangent DID Aare notae fro zer eh anche 46 47 2D curve 0000 38 39 composite surfaces 164 SULIACES oa ec xac og dr 176 Tascflow output ooooooooo o 471 DE utet tatibus RR T 319 369 information 328 A seeks uo e uut DC 330 TEMOVE Ut uoce pei bea 335 IeStORS aL o A NC eue d 337 jh PD EET 320 JOD non ee p E OEC NEC OCC Bee steals 369 Jie er oa Nos be OP EN 320 Temp Aire deos da ds 368 JURE 9 uen t Aumento Abe ga 320 Temperature CONSIANE Fon sae cod wr te da 368 constant te o oo o o 319 initial display 213 AA ton oe che 320 prescribed cerneret ce tz ern 214 prescribed ft 1 2 ss cr d s 318 profile display 215 profile tepro 319 TEDIU a ed erre un EQ eta er feto 319 display 4 etre test det t t 215 Examples ceo d ee MN 236 itifomation 024 ee ed ees 328 NSE sowie eed dec mt 330 TEMOVE ud dir dS 335 TESTOTO ga tieu we da toda 337 Tepro Cooption
320. k Sliding interfaces or contact surfaces are constructed in 3 steps These steps can be done in any order 1 define the properties 2 select the slave side 3 select the master side if applicable Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 381 The sid command is used to define the properties The si and sii commands are used in the part phase or the merge phase to select the nodes or faces that form the master and slave sides of the interface The options for LS DYNA are large and unique so they have been singled out and fall under the Isdsi option of the sid command Some of these sliding interfaces require nodes on the slave side while others require only a set of faces on the slave side This definition is required so that the proper data can be written to the output file With some simulation code formats one can construct a node set or a face set This will be written to the output file as a set Then itis a simple matter to add the keyword command to the output file using a text editor to transform that set into a contact surface or sliding interface This approach has the problem that nodes may be merged across the two sides because they are not defined as sliding interfaces When nodes are merged nodes across a sliding interface will not be merged When a merge command is first issued in the merge phase a table is written listing the number of nodes and face
321. k 135 7 135 7 1 15 2 3 Figure 164 Hidden Line version CO NR Sou ES BF sd 1 cyli 2 5 2 5 2 5 0012 deil20 3 4 1 20 3 4 sfi 1 4 1 4 sd 1 ve 1124 42 1 1 1 Figure 165 Hidden Line CO VE merge stp 0001 co ve co size 5 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 225 display electric flux co efl Example EFS S TREES ATA MHT E MINARE S NS NESS WA LATO WSs Figure 168 Wire frame version CO EFL o E 4 LO on e Y N Y OY o MMM e mM TE 00 LO o HAN de st E lt N N ONNAN H D o N N O aN o N c ea ON OO Y N en YAN INN D A wH ci Mu Y wad e on HO n LO CN r wO N ST N H e H U Q Hug ANY ded 0D A H OH AN amp 00 HOH Am Q0 O0 ar rd on on o n CO Hw a O gt Y4WH4WHHWHEOXAO r4 vn U 00000 amp amp H0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 226 co vhg display volumetric heat generation Example anode anode TrueGrid draw volumetric heat generation 1 TrueGrid display volumetric heat generation 1 Figure 169 Wire frame version CO VHG Figure 170 Hidden Line version CO VHG This example is based on the anode tg batch file in the EXAMPLES directory co sfb display surface boundary conditions Remarks devudstd 1ocki y displacusit csnstzaine The co or options works in a similar fashion
322. l Lines TrueGrid 2D curves 2 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 28 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Isca scale Isca 2D curve scale where 2D curve number of the 2D curve scale scale factor Remarks TrueGrid 2D curves 10E 00 1 Each coordinate of the curve are multiplied by the value of scale O0E 01 00E 01 Example 00E 01 ld 1 1p2 1 5 0 lfil 0 2 1 75 2 lfil 75 cos 30 sin 30 30 1608501 2 1fil 30 cos 15 sin 15 105 2 7 LE1L 105 1 5 0 0 2192 1 5 05 ld 2 lstl 1 1 525 30591504 2 45 00E 01 00E 01 Iscx scale first coordinate Iscx 2D curve x scale where 2D curve number of the 2D curve and x scale scale factor Remarks Each first coordinate on the curve is multiplied by x scale Example ld 1 l1p2 0 Opled 1 0 360 5 ld 7 1p2 0 O lad 1 0 360 18cx 2 3 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 29 Iscz scale second coordinate Iscz 2D curve z scale where 2D curve number of the 2D curve z scale scale factor Remarks TrueGrid 2D curves Each second coordinate on the curve is multiplied by z scale Example ld 1 1p2 00 14 14 28 28 42 AL 56 53 7 64 84 74 OUS Ba Lele 29 1 25 499 LT 298 1 54 1 1 68 99 1 82 O9 1 95493 2 09 087 2 423
323. l be filled with a line segment c surface 1 A c surface 2 c curve 1 definition from 2 edges Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved Example sd 1 function 0 10 0 10 u u u v v v sd 2 function 2 10 10 15 u u u v v v curd 1 sdedge 1 2 sdedge 2 2 Curve 1 Surface 2 Figure 50 sdedge example 72 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 1p3 create append polygon of segments Ip3 x y zl xn yn zn trans where xl ylzl xnynzn are triplets of coordinates of points forming a polygon and trans is a transformation Remarks Use the Ip3 option to create append a 3D curve by defining a series of points which are used to define line segments A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example curd Lips 0 00110310500 6 00 P2 x y z P3 x y z P5 x y z P1 x y z PA x y z Figure 51 1p3 example Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 73 contour create append a contour line to a 3D curve contour point point where point and point identify points of a surface or 3D curve Remarks The term contour is used to refer to a curve connecting two points of a surface or 3D curve These are points used in the tessellation of the surface or curv
324. l zl xn yn zn trans where n is the block boundary interface number _rows is the number of rows in the table of coordinates _columns is the number of columns in the table of coordinates xi yi zi are the coordinate triples for each node point trans is a coordinate transformation Remarks This creates a master block boundary from a table of coordinates This feature is useful when a mesh is imported with the readmesh command A master block boundary can be extracted from this part by picking nodes and using the F7 function key to print out the coordinates Care must be taken to select a block region and to pick the nodes in the correct order Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 374 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example mbb 10 3 3 eS On ES E ES 3 0 DOLL 2s Doe AC 25 35 M2 X25 L 2 9 220 3 Te A sid sliding interface definition sid slide_ option list where option list consists of tied for tied sliding surface DYNA3D NIKE3D sl for sliding only DYNA3D NIKE3D sv for sliding with voids DYNA3D NIKE3D single for single sided slide surface DYNA3D NIKE3D dni for discrete nodes impacting surface DYNA3D dnt for discrete nodes tied to surface DYNA3D sets for shell element edge tied to shell element surface DYNA3D nsw for nodes spot welded DYNA3D break for tie break interface DYNA3D OWSV for one way sliding with voids DYNA3D dummy is only used to insure that nodes
325. lanning since it applies to multiple parts Typically a set of parts are generated and the commands saved in a batch command file for regeneration Then this command is inserted in the batch command file to produce the desired replications Before using the pslv and the related pplv commands define a numbered set oftransformations with the lev command The pslv and pplv commands will replicate a set of parts Each use of the pslv command is paired with the use of a pplv command The pslv marks the beginning and pplv marks the ending All parts in between these two commands are replicated one replication for each transformation found in the corresponding lev command Neither the pslv nor the pplv command can be issued in the part phase For each pslv command there must follow somewhere a pplv command The pslv and pplv pair of commands can be nested When you nest one pslv pplv pair within another the effect is that of taking the product of the transformations in the two corresponding levels of transformations A stacking technique is used to handle the products of replications Each nesting of replications adds another level to the replication stack The command pslv stands for push a level onto the stack and the command pplv stands for pop the top level off of the stack If there are nested pslv pplv commands care is needed to determine the pairing of the pslv command with its corresponding pplv commands This pairing is necessary to determi
326. largest diagonal to the smallest diagonal of an element A brick element has 12 diagonals along the faces and 2 interior diagonals A shell element has 2 diagonals Ifthe largest diagonal is zero then the ratio is setto zero Ifthe smallest diagonal is zero the ratio is set to a very large constant Illegal elements are flagged as 1 The triangles option measures the 3 angles of all triangles in an element It then graphs the deviation from 60 degrees Illegal elements are flagged as 91 degrees With the elm and elmoff commands you can see the locations in the mesh of the most interesting elements e g you can use measure to measure volume and then elm to highlight the biggest elements Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 209 pmass active part mass pmass no arguments Remarks The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model Be sure to define the material model before using this command Densities are used only for materials defined for the following codes ABAQUS ALE3D ANSYS DYNA3D ENIKE3D ES3D NASTRAN LSDYNA LSNIKE MARC NEUTRAL NIKE3D and TOPAZ3D reference reference point for moments and inertia reference x y Zo where Xo oZ o is the reference point Remarks This command changes the center reference point used in moment calculations If you like you can later issue the cenref command to restore this refe
327. lated expressions FORTRAN like expressions This FORTRAN like expression interpreter is not a command but is a general feature that can be used anyplace in any command that requires a number You do this by enclosing the expression in square brackets For example you may wish to make the number of elements within a single region of the mesh be a function of a density parameter block 1 14 2 7 Sd 1 1 3 2 d 1 1 4 9 d 0 2 7 1 4 2 1 3 9 You could calculate the distance between two points with sqrt a a Sb Sb For more information on the use of parameters see the para command Such an expression can be continued across multiple lines The closing square bracket terminates the expression There is a limit of 240 symbols in an expression Expressions are also used to define a function a function curve a function surface and some loads The square brackets are not used in this case and to continue a long expression to another line end the line with a space and ampersand amp You can enter numbers in the usual FORTRAN formats for integer floating point and exponential numbers The expressions feature can interpret the arithmetic operators and and the binary arithmetic operators and All calculations are done in floating point All trigonometric functions are for angles in degrees This feature also interprets the following FORTRAN like functions int x truncates x to an integer Copyright O 1992
328. le identify file used for edge data edgefile fije name Remarks The rin rins and rseg commands retrieve data from this file in order to define 2D curves This feature is archaic but may still be useful The file format consists of curve segment data in sets of coordinates as follows Each set of coordinates begins with a header record with a fixed format The first field 15 is the number of coordinate pairs to follow The second field I5 is the coordinate system flag 0 for Cartesian coordinates 1 for the x and z coordinates to be switched and 2 for polar coordinates The third field 15 is the reflection flag 0 for no reflection 1 to reflect the 2D curve or 2 to reflect the 2D curve and also keep the unreflected 2D curve The fourth field E10 0 is the Cartesian coordinate scale factor The fifth field E10 0 is the Cartesian coordinate translation in the second coordinate The sixth field E10 0 is the constant second Cartesian coordinate to be used to reflect the 2D curve The seventh field E10 0 is the Cartesian coordinate translation in the first coordinate Thereafter are two fields 2E10 0 per record giving each coordinate pair For Cartesian coordinates they are interpreted as x and z coordinates in the x z plane In polar they are the angle in degrees and radius respectively Translations scaling and reflections are all done in Cartesian coordinates The E10 0 fields may be in either floating point
329. lement local rst axis bm rt1 0 000 dx dy dz rZ 100 y re 49 45 0 End Node mate 1 cs 2 nbms 10 indc dz beam definition 000and 10 0 are coordinates of the first and last node Orientation Node 5 5 0 are coordinates o of the orientation node material 1 and cross section 2 are assigned to all 10 beams the intermediate nodes have Start Node constrained displacements dz rel X 0 H rt2 1 1 dx dy dz E oe ee 10 Figure 235 orientation of beams indc dz s beam definition 00 and 1 1 0 are coordinates of the E C C C c first and last node C C e Q00000000000 Start Node log 3 U O O 5 5 0 are coordinates of the orientation node material 1 and cross Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 283 C Section 2 are assigned c to all 10 beams c the intermediate nodes have c constrained displacements c dz Example A beam structure is created by the bm command A parametric 3d curve representing a parabola is created by the curd command Twenty beams are generated along the 3d curve The vertical beams numbers 21 through 53 are generated from the start nodes numbered 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 and 20 respectively The coordinates of the last node in each vertical string of beams are formed from the coordinates of the first node respectively by zeroing the y coordinate Itis useful to use Pick by Lab
330. lend 3 surface 43 2d edd Es 113 Iunii Aes rd ba eR a usen de ede 30 blend 4 surface 114 Ladi eoi a Mercer Soter rir 48 BSP rbd tos 68 79 E A host ettet rm PR OS 44 Closed yu ttu Mea as 93 Y E E E tee 45 CODtOUE eii 68 74 T 47 C Bed docu ostia ata 68 91 NEMORE IA E Lo 41 CBOdso ud E gf 68 92 Ill aca ar IRURE 44 PO AS ou ad asina 68 75 bg 52 csp3 Example ostia 114 E soe A C 43 Daci Sis va ehe eed 175 E O 42 Ded nue Rias disk 175 EDZ nou eet Paw aha Per es 36 lp rr 175 EP eG hehe gk IE UM 37 38 display mco eg ota mea 174 EDU uer Doct art mie unt due des 46 element set s RAR 325 Lg quos ute etu Goethe ONE 37 186 A tet a 68 71 184 TS oet tc sob oe oae dot A 49 IGES Li eros de tois qd etes 181 38 n Re as nk atacand P 39 ntC E 2o eC 68 84 DE eA ved e ad 50 labeled points 4 ia 247 EDO s teu d o fee t ees 51 LED2D3D 1221 52 euer rco 68 82 A toda teda vb Parens 46 EPI beue zy Dae mda 68 73 LG 2S as Cui rae et Rat aeu 49 A 68 85 pan window 4 21 NES Liceo ddcpateiuto vd Dated 68 80 revolved surface 122 124 126 fiSebuder ame corde EA eure Rd cet 330 RSE ada ts 64 o A o xa 181 ruled surface AAA 161 pipe surface ey ee eR ee 45 4 153 segments 2 di 18 19 36 Point numbering 69 70 74 SUIS ooo Ged deta a 106 113 PEU Leer a CASES 68 87 swept surface yuca ss eh 167 PSCUE As oasis ihr ae acd Eh 68 87 tO 3D CUrve cia pug ce e Gus 68 RACE Ud ds 175 volume definition vd
331. les are 0 50 80 120 160 200 240 280 310 360 degrees Indices in the z direction k dir are 1 3 5 7 9 Z coordinates are 10 0 10 20 30 units qaaaqaaa cylinder 13 5 7 11 15 913 17 21 25 29 33 37 13 5 7 9 6 9 12 15 18 0 50 80 120 160 200 240 280 310 360 10 0 10 20 30 TrueGrid display Figure 262 i partitions and radiuses Figure 263 i partitions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 346 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual TrueGrid display Figure 264 j partitions and angles Figure 265 j partitions V A it L NN NR A VENUE a 1 me 085 9597 sae Q yy VD QUA c2 Ine y TAS nats JAS SN L RXR EEN Hl I N NE HE Figure 266 k partitions and z coordinates Figure 267 k partitions Remarks Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 347 When this command is issued the present part is ended as if the endpart command was issued Then this new part is immediately initialized Like block this command transitions the code to the Part Phase This is the standard way to generate a part In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Control Phase use the endpart or control command In order to complete the Part Phase and return to the Merge Phase use the merge command In order to abort the part and return to the Control
332. ll mode image viewl view2 are the view numbers of views saved with sv and frames is the number of frames to interpolate between views numbered view and view Remarks Linear interpolation is used to form the specified number of intermediate pictures This means that all of the parameters controlling the orientation of the picture are interpolated equally to produce a constant change in the orientation from one frame to another You can sequence up to 30 saved views There is no limit on the number of frames interpolated between them Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 263 avc animate views cosine interpolation ave graphics views view frames view frames where graphics can be poor for a wireframe image disp for a hidden line image or tvv for a fill mode image viewl view2 are the view numbers of views saved with sv and Hframes is the number of frames to interpolate between views numbered view and view Remarks Cosine interpolation is used to form the specified number of intermediate pictures This means that all ofthe parameters controlling the orientation of the picture are interpolated in a manner that gives more frames near the saved views than midway between saved views You can sequence up to 30 saved keyframess There is no limit on the number of frames interpo lated between them shv show a saved view shv view
333. load curve or zero ampl for the amplitude where options can be any of exclude exclude normal directions for Lsdyna birth time specify starting time for Lsdyna death time specify ending time for Lsdyna where Xyz are the x y and z components of the displacement fv prescribed velocities fv nodes load curve ampl options x y z where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set load curve for a load curve number or zero ampl for the amplitude where options can be any of exclude exclude normal directions for Lsdyna birth time specify starting time for Lsdyna death time specify ending time for Lsdyna where xyz for the x y and z components of the velocity Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 295 frb prescribed rotational boundary frb nodes load t amplitude options condition direction where nodes can be nzazode number rtxyz cy p Oz spp 0o nset set_name where options can be any of the following birth time death time offset offset offset where condition must be one of the following v a d dofv dofa dofd velocities accelerations displacements nodal dof velocities nodal dof accelerations nodal dof displacements where direction mu
334. logy is a fence The standard method indicates the position of each fence post from the start of the fence while the interval mode specifies gaps between the fence posts This command only applies to the block cylinder and blude commands The default is s The standard mode is more complex but has the advantage of creating both solids and shells It also has the same format as the index progressions in the part phase commands The interval mode is preferred because if the number of elements in one region is to be modified only one number in the part command needs to be modified Examples In these two examples the result is the same parameters 111 i2 il 2 13 9612 4 311 32 j1 4 k1 1 k2 k1 1 k3 k2 2 partmode s c default block il 9612 i3 j1 j2 k1 k2 k3 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 5 partmode i block 2 4 4 1 2 0 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 5 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 292 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 12 Displacements Velocities and Accelerations These commands specify displacements velocities and accelerations usually for initial or boundary conditions In most of them the arguments take the form load curve amplitude x y z The displacement velocity etc is applied in the direction given by the vector x y z which might be in Cartesian cylindrical or spherical coordinates For some simulation codes like DYNA3D the magnitude of the condi
335. ly consider those elements that are in the display set If a part or material is removed from the picture those elements will not be searched SRF and CRV options have a number of nodes as a parameter which varies depending on the type of element An element will be selected if the specified number of corner nodes of the element are within tolerance 0 nodes means to use the element centroid Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 325 fset add remove faces to from a set of faces fset set name operator faces where set name is the name of the face set where operator can be for initial assignment AND for intersection with face set OR for union with the face set for removal from the face set where faces can be srf surface id tolerance t nodes specified number of nodes fall within the specified distance from the surface setset name set operation with this previously defined face set enumerations each type of face must be in a separate list where an enumeration can be ls ist elements list linear shell elements Ib1 ist elements list linear bricks 1b2 ist elements list linear bricks 1b3 ist elements list linear bricks 1b4 ist elements list linear bricks 1b5 ist elements list linear bricks Ib6 ist elements list linear bricks qs ist elements quadratic shell elements qb1 ist elements list quadratic bricks qb2 ist elements list quadra
336. mag 1 21 curve 1 derivative mag 1 last dx last dy last dz 22 t curve l derivative mag 1 ft curve 2 derivative mag 2 23 4 curve l derivative mag 1 ft curve 2 derivative mag 2 First Endpoint Match Last Endpoint of Another Curve 30 curve 1l derivative mag 1 31 curve 1 derivative mag 1 last dx last dy last dz 32 5 curve derivative mag 1 ft curve 2 derivative mag 2 33 4 curve derivative mag 1 ft curve 2 derivative mag 2 xl yl zl xn yn zn triplets of coordinates of Control Points Theory A cubic spline curve is composed from segments Figure 54 Segment i is described by parametric algebraic equations where is an independent variable and a b c d e f g h j k lm are unknown constants There are 12 x 1 af b1 cf d y e ft grt h 443 2 z f jt kt lt m unknown constants for segment i Suppose there are n segments in the cubic spline This produces 12n unknowns There are 6n constraints since the endpoints of each section pass through the control points There are 6n 6 additional constraints imposed so that the curve has equal left and right first Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 76 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual derivatives at the interior control points You can choose the derivatives at the end points to impose the remaining 6 constraints You have 2 possible choices first derivatives at the Endpoints natural derivati
337. mat e beber Shed MENS aci n 468 dyna3d DYNASD output format 1459 nora rw ehe to o 468 es3d ESS output format es si vecue e p EE RENZO UR MEE 468 exodusii Exodus II output format oooooooooooocoooonor oo 468 fidap FIDAP output format 20480 44 A epe US 468 fluent FLUENT output format e uas er xt ee Aaa 468 gemini GEMINI output format 0 0 eee eee 469 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 14 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual gridgen3d GRIDGEN output option 0 0 0 eee ee 469 iri IRI output A an BES eS 469 Isdyna LS DYNA output format sirio ede ews depre RS 469 Isnike3d LS NIKE3D output format 0 000 ce ee eee 469 marc MARC output format oaoa s Crear d reds erbe ri ra 469 nastran NASTRAN output format scott ee eles 469 nike3d NIKE3D output format 2c Cerere cd 470 nekton2d NEKTONOD output format 00 0 0 002 cee eee 470 nekton3d NEKTON3D output format 0 0 00 00 eee ee eee 470 ne nastran NE NASTRAN output format 0 0000000000 ue 470 neutral Neutral output Format 24 ue exa dee erm eee eeu 470 refleqs REFLEQS output format o oooooomomororoo monos 470 starcd STARCD output format 0 0 0 0 ccc cee eee 470 plot3d PLOT3D output format 15 eor be Par RH eens 471 poly3d Generic output fotmal iou E a Eel 471 tascflow TASCflow output format oooooooooooonommmm o 471 topaz3d TOPAZ3D output
338. mats material 473 Dynaopts analysis option 472 Dynaopts analysis 472 A VLC Ee baute 443 448 Examples eode s s irre 429 Edge AD CUPTVES us a hoe end Cares eer En 71 example 24s cd a toes 235 surface interior 100 Edge file A mane haan ete eile 64 Edge numbers display deed ON SE En 247 Edgefile a casera tae ian as ats hae 33 LIB 2c de wer dete este 35 T AS aan 35 Edges degenerate surface 110 A ved eta rumes 321 display 244 us Petia der a4 met Y 214 Example csse A 226 Efl Co option 00 226 Efli display 2 5935 uy ad ES 214 Electric flux condition display 214 Element detached veria aes 210 display sd oU ter da 246 253 print block display 214 print block epb 465 set labeled 247 Element quality Aspect TADO vpo is a 209 Avolume option 208 Jacobian option 209 Orthogonal option 209 Pointvolume option 208 Smallest option 209 Volume option 208 Element set delete ciei ceee arde 408 modify See as 325 teadmeslius a ster a 351 Electric flux Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 491 pilos oie Au sb E baa 321 Ellipsoid SUrface o o o ooooo o 136 BEIlIDUCOtG oou o ue E SERIES
339. me features But this example also demonstrates the absurdity of trying to approximate a sphere with a cubic spline surface with only 9 control points It also shows that the boundary edges do not follow the 3D cubic spline curves that pass through the same control points HH R R HHH Ty EET IUDAS curd 1 csp3 00 DUI Q 5 2497667e 01 2 9622331e 07 8 5111660e a Figure 94 Cubic spline surface from curves 1 0000000e 00 5 6425995e 07 2 2724271e 07 5 2497709e 01 2 9622353e 07 8 5111636e 01 curd 2 csp3 00 2 6248786e 01 4 5464340e 01 8 5111660e 01 4 9999908e 01 8 6602592e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 6248807e 01 4 5464376e 01 8 5111636e 01 curd 3 csp3 00 2 4999917e 01 4 3301326e 01 8 6602539e 01 4 9999827e 01 8 6602640e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 8678745e 01 4 9673271e 01 8 1915170e 01 sd 1 csps 3 3 0000 5 2497667e 01 2 9622331e 07 8 5111660e 01 1 0000000e 00 5 6425995e 07 2 2724271e 07 5 2497709e 01 2 9622353e 07 8 5111636e 01 2 6248786e 01 4 5464340e 01 8 5111660e 01 4 9999908e 01 8 6602592e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 6248807e 01 4 5464376e 01 8 5111636e 01 2 4999917e 01 4 3301326e 01 8 6602539e 01 4 9999827e 01 8 6602640e 01 2 2724271e 07 2 8678745e 01 4 9673271e 01 8 1915170e 01 curd 4 csp3 00 5 2497667e 01 2 9622331e 07 8 5111660e 01 1 0000000e 00 5 6425995e 07 2 2724271e 07 5 2497709e 01 2 9622353e 07 8 5111636e 01
340. mension less Examples The following example assigns initial velocities which rotate the shell cylinder mesh about its axis of symmetry The velocity magnitude is 0 2 because the radius of the cylinder is 2 Sd wey 2 2 1d rotation 02 2 1 0 block 1 11 1 ds SL ae Td SB 2243 Sfi 5 2 sd 1 endpart 2 0 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 361 velocity global initial velocities as a rigid body translation velocity x velocity y velocity z velocity where x velocity y velocity z velocity is a velocity vector Remarks An initial rigid body velocity is assigned to all parts defined after this command Use the units expected by the target simulation code as TrueGrid does no conversions 4 Boundary Conditions and Constraints The detp command defines detonation points or lines The jd command defines joint The jtinfo command writes information about joints The Isys command defines a local coordinate system for the Ib command The Isysinfo command lists all of the local coordinate systems The plane command defines a boundary plane The plinfo command writes information about defined boundary planes The multiple point constraint mpc and tracer point trp commands are discussed in the part and assembly sections of this manual because they function differently in each phase of the model generation detp deton
341. ment set element set name assumed to contain rods or bars where sid set identification number where deformation magnitude of deformation Remarks This command defines rod and bar element deformations for NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN It does not check to see if the beam element cross section type bsd is a rod or bar dis initial nodal displacement dis nodes option x y z where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set option can be sid id for a set identification number r to flag this command for rotational conditions Xyz for the x y and z components of the displacement Remarks When a node is assigned several displacements the last one specified is the one that is used The r flag converts this command to mean nodal rotational velocities The sid is used by several output options to indicate a load case or step Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 294 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual fd displacement boundary condition fd nodes load curve ampl options x y z where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set load curve for a
342. minor axis XZY is the center of the ellipse Obegin is the beginning angle of the elliptical arc Ona is the ending angle of the elliptical arc and is the angle between the major axis and the positive x axis Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 41 Remarks The ellipse is centered at x z The first radius is measured along the axis forming an angle of degrees with the x axis of the 2 dimensional local coordinate system and is referred to as the major axis The second radius is measured along the axis orthogonal to the first axis and is referred to as the minor axis Oso and are the beginning and ending angles of the arc Ogn is the angle between the major axis and the line from the beginning point to the center of the ellipse 0 is the angle between the major axis and the line from the ending point to the center of the ellipse The same side of the major axis is used for all three angles See the example on the following page Example ld 2 lep 3 1 1 1 45 30 30 lod normal offset lod curve offset where curve is the ID of a previously defined 2D curve and offset is the distance that this curve is offset in a normal direction Remarks Use this option to take a previously defined 2D curve and offset it in a normal direction Posi tive normals are on the left side of the curve as you move from the beginning to the end The
343. mum where Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 205 minimum is the lower property limit and maximum is the upper limit on the values of the property Remarks This command is designed to be used after you have determined the quality level of your mesh using the measure command First you measure some property orthogonality aspect ratio Jacobian etc using the measure command Then select a range of values for this property The elements in that range will be highlighted For example measure orthogon elm 90 45 highlights elements which contain angles less than 45 degrees Notice that the orthogonality option of the measure reports the deviation from 90 degrees not the absolute angles If after merging nodes an element is collapsed to form an illegal element e g a 7 noded brick many of the options in the measure command from the volume jacobian stiffn and pointvol options only will report elements with a measure of 1 E10 To view these illegal elements set the minimum value in the elm command to the illegal element value The orthogon warp and triangle option use 91 to indicate illegal elements are present The avolume smallest and aspect options use 1 to flag illegal elements elmoff turn off highlighting from the elm command elmoff no arguments info mesh model summary info no argument Example The info command for the
344. n The results on the infol are printed to the dialog window and to the session file See the rml command for example of use mvnset move a subset of nodes in an ordered node set mvnset set name first node last node insertion node before after where set name first node last node insertion node is the name of the node set is the first node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved is the last node sequence number of the group of nodes to be moved is the sequence number of the node for the insertion point Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 328 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual before after is either TrueGrid Draw Ordered Node Set slid 0 for before the insertion node 1 for after the insertion node Figure 246 before mvnset Remarks Command mvnset moves a subset of nodes in an ordered nodal set This can be used with onset to get the proper ordering of nodes Ifthe first sequence number is greater than the second sequence number then the interval of nodes will have their order reversed before they are inserted back into the ordered set Example The node set SLID is initialized by the list of nodes Figure 246 The node set is reordered by mvnset Figure 247 command Figure 247 after mvnset block 1 10 1 10 1 1 10 1 10 0 merge nset SLI
345. n eek EXTA 53 Csp3 Curd option 68 70 75 example toad eae ena 114 Csps Sd option 107 127 boundary conditions 98 Ctbc CIBO a ys ss 61 DO od ea a Oran es 63 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 488 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Ctbc Ld option o oooooooo 60 Ctbo Ld option o ooooo 61 Cubic spline 2D CURVE ri e s 53 56 2D polar reri oco ees 60 ID UEVO os esos este Sono E Rd 68 derivati yes qose e animh 77 PO raid 61 polar modify 61 SOT ii aute cito adi s 76 CUE daban 67 attaching ia a 445 CUYO actas Ces EYES 445 example se ts Pesce os 446 Curd socie orav xU ups 18 68 456 IDC sta vrs 86 ATOS MEE 89 BSP AA 79 DN A Wa Cons Aud 74 Oped asd edi a o a 9 PCOS el d mata 92 Cr le 3d eros Dee 123 Capos ax ohn cae o ir me 75 example iua cad eese dd 160 248 O Cent ard n cse n M ide 71 IGES curye iacet A nae 184 A re tee Rene 84 LD2D3EB 3255 401 ada 82 IP AS GINA ET E 73 Ep3 pieces dekiu nee er eh 85 INEDS caca dete bs 80 PEO CUA oaa cep es athens 87 PSeur A O on EOS 87 TICS as morta eco 162 BUCO OG uma es e ENS d eu 71 DE e HMM ET S 71 A S arcere 113 OSU avis ae ebook hatin rio P gud 93 MOS dou cux RS t eneee aeiaai 194 CU doli adt qoe ir 67 attaching 24 Sie eae cea 445 GUI TVDu o a eh qos CARAS EN 445 examples ooo ke s RO RR 446 C SAS 67 attaching suse de 2 xe 445 CU
346. n fa for Fixed nodal angular acceleration mp for Magnetic potential Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 309 mom oad f Ib ocal system s ve te si interface _ S for Nodal moment about an axis for Local coordinate nodal constraints for Velocity for Temperature for Nodal sliding interface tepro oad curve f scale base temp for Temperature where load curve stone wall 7 interface 7 or local system Remarks can be 0 for all cases There is no undo command for the Merge Phase However you can remove a condition placed on a node set using the rml command The rml command is more general than an undo because it can be used to remove conditions from any node set whether or not the condition was applied directly to the node set in the first place rsl restore specific loads or conditions on a set of nodes rsl nodes type where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi nset name of set type can be all Joad curve f fc load_ fd load curve amp fv load curve t ft load curve ft tm sw stone wall ft M acc oad curve fa mp mom oad_ a node number a Cartesian coordinate a cylindrical coordinate a spherical coordinate a node set for all conditions for a load case curve for Nodal force by load for Nodal displacement for Nodal velocity for Nodal velocity for Initial temperature for Nodes im
347. n the TrueGrid Output Manual comment pass a comment to the DYNA3D output file comment option id text where the option can be no for the beginning of the output file mt for a material np for the nodes he for the hexahedron elements be for the beam elements se for the shell elements ts for the thick shell elements sp for a slide planes nh for the node history hh for the hexahedron element history bh for the beam element history sh for the shell element history th for the thick shell element history br for the brode lc for a load curve nl for the nodal loads pr for the pressure ve for the velocity sw for a stone wall nc for the nodal constraints in for the initial conditions si for a sliding interface ti for the tied nodes with failure ex for extra nodes w rigid body jt for a joint xa for the x acceleration ya for the y acceleration za for the z acceleration XV for the x velocity yv for the y velocity ZV for the z velocity dt for a detonator Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 464 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual sd for the springs and dampers nr for the non reflecting boundaries md for momentum deposition in solid elements 1d for 1D slide line where id can be a number to identify the number of the type object being commented on Remarks Up to 100 comments can be saved Not all types have an id associated with it and if a number is not the first th
348. na 26 element offset eos ata teres 383 A oie O Sud 112 integration rules 383 sdint Tedesco uo ras wd oa 350 COBLQOUI asi 74 Bpaled eee unde om sre a 383 Sds Ship example aaa roa 355 SI soc CR ea PURI TO 66 SHV S od ees 263 264 Sds Sd option 105 163 179 197 BH Ler Ge e o eau Wet MR Roe STRE S 270 ALIS e iesu ME a toe 176 display ovs eae xu RU Ged 213 214 IASC vea iste as edita Bs 178 information 328 A we A 109 A tio e uites ehh mid 330 Se Curd option o o o 68 71 EME T aes ad 335 Segments TOO an 337 AZDVCBWIVSS ura ts 36 O 382 Seqnc O uiuo dt eodd Cr 438 ADI tori aiia e e Sk Oe A 89 BIG natin ay NE eR eae Ks 375 Session TIG eite ire S Retrait da 451 display ads ie erf ra 213 214 IBEOTEHDEOA v os debo rotat Baad aa e 453 dummy type ies sey ts 437 Set ID example vsec en cb sa t 234 382 load curves o o ooo 23 set identification constraints 303 Set identification 303 MIS QS eL ue MEE Er aia RAS 438 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 511 with si and sii 382 Sign expressions oasis 450 Sign function ti ce CRX 427 432 Sii display crees tens t 213 214 vivo MEE CS 382 Sin expressions vous vue ene 450 Sin function o o ooo 427 432 Ss iud ete ta Es ets UL t cina LE 408 Sine Fled option 31 Sinh expressions
349. nal option measures the 4 angles of all quadrilaterals in an element It then graphs the deviation from 90 degrees Illegal elements are flagged as 91 degrees Jacobian measures the shape of each element by sampling the Jacobian matrix of the map from the unit cube to the brick element at 27 Gauss points In order to graph this data the Jacobian matrix is reduced to a single number by first determining the eigenvalues of the matrix The eigenvalue whose modulus is found between the other two is used to scale the Jacobian matrix The matrix is divided by the cube of this modulus The determinant of the resulting matrix is graphed This is done to keep TrueGrid dimensionless Shell elements are given thickness to make this measurement If an element is illegal it will be assigned a measure of 1 E10 The stiffn options measures the stiffness or condition number of the Jacobian at 27 Gauss points Shell elements are given thickness to make this measurement If an element is illegal it will be assigned a measure of 1 E10 The smallest option determines the smallest dimension of an element as the measurement A brick element has 12 edges 12 diagonals along the faces and 4 interior diagonals A shell element has 4 edges and 2 diagonals Illegal elements are flagged as 1 The warp option measures the angle between the normals at opposing nodes of each face Illegal elements are flagged as 91 degrees The aspect ratio is defined as the ratio ofthe
350. nd Also select the appropriate spot weld property definition number see the spwd command Then click on nodes to be tied as a spotweld Typically only two are needed but NASTRAN allows for many nodes to be tied as a rigid body so you can click on more than 2 nodes for NASTRAN Then click on the Save amp Next button Repeat this for every spot weld An existing spot weld can be changed Select the spot weld number by typing it into the Spotweld window and entry The node numbers can be changed Deselect the Insert Mode check mark Click on the node number in the Node List that you wish to change and then select a new node in the picture of the mesh in the physical window Nodes can be deleted use the Delete button or a node can be inserted use the Insert button after a node already in the Node List Be sure to Save this new spot weld You can scroll through the existing spot welds by clicking on the Next or Previous button The nodes in the physical window will be marked Use the co spw feature to view each spot weld spw create a single spot weld spw id option nodes where id positive integer identifying the spot weld where an option can be spwd spwd id see spwd for the property number where a node can be ann node f which can be any literal node number node node f which must be an existing node number loc x0 y0 z0 material s to locate closest node loce x0 y0 z0 material _ to locate closest node and change its location
351. nd index is the sequence number of the point used Figure 74 Tessellation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 97 to define the polygon In some surface types csps bsps nrbs and hermite you can specify boundary conditions i e the derivatives along the edges The easiest thing to do is to select the natural boundary condition This means that the 2 derivatives are set to zero If you choose to specify the derivatives along an edge of the surface you must specify the derivative for each control point along that edge For example suppose you choose to build a cubic spline surface with 6 control points in each row u direction and 3 control Parametric Domain points in each column v direction of the pig sid table of control points The edges are ho pd tee numbered The edge corresponding to the boundary conditions minimum u is edge 1 maximum u is 2 minimum v is 3 and maximum v is 4 If you chose to specify derivatives along edge 1 or 2 you will need 3 derivatives If you chose to specify derivatives along Figure 75 Numbered edges edge 3 or 4 you must specify 6 derivatives Each derivative is a vector with three components forming the direction vector for the derivative A flag formed by 4 digits are used to flag the type of boundary condition for each of the corresponding edges 0 means a natural derivative along the edge and 1 mean
352. nd index bar on the computational window The outer part of the window is the zone of influence of the index bar This is where the mouse can move to cause highlighting of the mesh in both the physical and computational window This is also the area where a mouse click or a click and drag can make selections in the mesh The inner box ofthe zone becomes the area where the computational window can be seen and where a click and drag can select a region directly from the picture instead of from the index bar One can also change the size of the zone The default is on 1 0 noplot turn all graphics off noplot no arguments Remarks This command is useful when you have a batch file with some graphics commands When running this batch file you may wish to suppress the graphics It will speed the process If you wish to avoid all graphics including the creation ofthe graphics windows use the nogui option on the execute line If you use the nogui option the noplot command is not needed to suppress the graphics plot turn graphics back on plot no arguments Remarks This command re activates the graphics after issuing the noplot command Graphics are active by default Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 442 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 14 Miscellaneous Commands becho echo and beep becho text Remarks A string of up to 80 characters is printed in the text window and the computer beeps b
353. nd the worst results occur along segment tangent to the generated arc To improve results add a point to the generatrix near to the tangent points The geometry tolerance set with getol may need to be reduced so that the line thinning algorithm does not remove new points begin angle Example curd 1 1p3 6 01 0 3 35 6 1 3 5603 560 5 1000 110 Led llb 0 2 5 ll 2 Q3 1l 0 o eee 12 05 0 5 5 11 995 0 91255 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 160 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual sd 1 r3dc 0000011 0 60 curd 2 cpcd 1 my 10 mz 1 sd 2 rule3d 1 2 curd 3 cpcd 1 rz 600 curd 4 cpcd 3 mx 8 66 my 5 mz 1 sd 3 rule3d 3 4 rule2d ruled surface between two 2D curves rule2d y n y In trans where y y coordinate of the plane for the first 2D curve In 2D curve ID which will form one edge of the surface y y coordinate of the plane for the second 2D curve In 2D curve ID which will form the opposite edge trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This surface is formed by a linear interpolation rruecria display 2D Ruled Surface between two 2D curves Prior to using this command you must have defined the 2D curves numbered n and n using commands like Id These 2D curves would originally lie in the plane y 0 the xz plane but rule2d will translate them in the y direction to the y y1 and y y2 planes respecti
354. nd translates the z coordinates of all parts that follow it gexch permute the coordinates of all following parts gexch new_x_ new y ff where new x id identifies the old coordinate which will become x 1 for x 2 for y 3 forz new y f identifies the old coordinate which will become y 1 for x 2 for y 3 for z Remarks See the remarks on exch below Gexch is the same as exch If both the exch and gexch are issued exch is performed first Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 422 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual exch permute the coordinates of all following parts exch new x f new y f where new_x_ identifies the old coordinate which will become x 1 for x 2 for y 3 for z new_y_ identifies the old coordinate which will become y 1 for x 2 for y 3 for z Remarks This command permutes the x y and z coordinates It applies to all parts defined after this command is issued A permutation of 1 2 3 is normally denoted by three numbers e g 3 2 1 There are only two arguments to this command with the third number implied There is no way to undo this command except by issuing another exch command that applies the inverse permutation This permutation is applied before any permutations from gexch Examples exch 2 1 For every part after this command is issued the x and y coordinates will be interchanged exch 1 3 For every part after this command is issued the y and z coordina
355. nder a NURBS surface use the sd command using the nurbs option or with the nurbsd command For a plane evaluate it with the sd command using the igesp option or with the igespd command For any other type of IGES surface evaluate it with the sd command using the igess option or with the igessd command This command should only be used by an experienced user It requires prior knowledge of the geometry in the specified file This command has the advantage over the iges command of selecting out a subset of the geometric entities for rendering It is advantageous only when the subset is relatively small Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 184 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual The number of NURBS planes other surface and curves found in an IGES file is reported in the text window and the tsave file igescd render a sequence of IGES curves igescd curve curve first curve transformations where curve is the sequence number in the IGES file of the first curve to be evaluated curve is the sequence number in the IGES file of the last curve to be evaluated first curve is the TrueGrid curve number to be assigned to the first IGES curve transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations mx x for x translation my y for y translation mz z for z translation v X y z for a general translation rx Ofor rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz
356. ndition Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 55 TrueGrid 2D curves TrueGrid 2D curves Figure 41 spline with end derivatives Figure 42 spline with various end derivatives fws2 Fowler Wilson cubic spline fws2 option convergence mxiniter mxouiter x z X z 3 where option can be loop close curve into a smooth loop First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 last with zero 2 derivative 01 ast dx last dz last derivative 02 last curve amp last match first of other curve 03 last curve amp last match last of other curve First endpoint derivative 10 first dx first dz last with zero 2 derivative 11 first dx first dz last dx last dz last derivative 12 first dx first dz last_curve_ last match first of other curve 13 first dx first dz last curve last match last of other curve First endpoint match first endpoint of another curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 56 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 20 first curve f last with zero 2 derivative 21 first curve f last dx last dz last derivative 22 first curve ft last curve ft last match first of other curve 23 first curve f last curve ft last match last of other curve First endpoint match last endpoint of another curve 30 first curve t last with zero 2 derivative 31 first curve ft las
357. ne the scope of each pslv command i e the parts that are replicated The best way to determine which pplv is paired to which pslv command is to use a stacking technique As you inspect the sequence of parts being generated mentally place each pslv command encountered onto a stack For each pplv that is encountered pop the top pslv off of the stack which is then paired with the pplv command Pslv pplvs pairs can be nested up to 20 deep Local or global replication commands Irep or grep are also pushed onto and later popped off of the replication stack as a part is replicated So when either of these commands are used the total number of possible nested pslv pplvs that can be used is reduced Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 419 Examples pslv 1 pslv 2 C part number 1 block endpart pplv E this pplv is paired with the pslv 2 command above pslv 3 C part number 2 block endpart pplv this pplv is paired with the pslv 3 command above pplv c this pplv is paired with the pslv 1 command above pslv 4 C part number 3 block grep 0 23456 lrep 012 34 5 endpart pplv this pplv is paired with the pslv 1 command above In this example the first part has two nested levels of part replications from levels numbered 1 and 2 The second part has two nested levels of part replications from levels numbered 1 and 3 The third part has thre
358. ng active rp remove one part from the picture rp part number where part number is a part number Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as being active Part number 0 means the present part Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 360 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rps remove a set of parts from the picture rps part list Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as being active Part number 0 refers to the present part A list of part numbers can include a sequence of part numbers with only the first and last numbers separated by a colon 3 Motion These commands apply initial velocities to all parts The rotation or velocity commands in the Part Phase can override these commands for just one part The ve or vei commands in the Part Phase can override these commands for selected regions of the part rotation global initial velocities as a rigid body rotation rotation x y Zo x rotation y rotation z rotation where Xo yo Z9 is any point on the axis of rotation and x rotation y rotation z rotation is the rotation vector in radians per unit time Remarks By default an initial body rotation is assigned to all parts defined after this command Use the units expected by the simulation code as TrueGrid does no conversions TrueGrid is di
359. ngular coordinate 40 angular increment scale radial multiplier radii list of radii Remarks This option is similar to the fws2 option The difference is that the spline is calculated in polar coordinates Points are defined in polar coordinates Radii is a list of their radial coordinates The angular coordinate of the first point is 6 and the angular coordinate increases by 40 for each successive point Each radius is scaled by scale The derivatives first dx first dz second dx second dz must be specified in the Cartesian not polar coordinate space Only the direction of the derivative vector is used The magnitude of the derivative vector is ignored The recommended value for convergence is from 10 to 10 The recommended value for mxiniter 1 4 The recommended value for mxouiter is 8 times the number of points Example A Fowler Wilson polar spline curve is defined by sets of points see 45 The points are marked and numbered The 11 option is used to specify first and second endpoint derivatives both of the same components 0 001 and 1 The command file and pictures follow ld 1 tbo ll 001 1 001 1 001 4 72 10 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 Lu 8 v9 2 500E 01 5 000E 02 3 500E 01 5 000E 02 2 500E 01 1 500E 01 1 500E 01 4 500E 0 x Figure 45 Polar Fowler Wilson cubic spline Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 62 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ftbo modify W
360. normals at the endpoints are calculated Figure 24 Elliptic Arc TrueGrid 2D curves O0E 00 6 000E 01 4 000E 01 2 000E 01 x 0 000E 00 8 000E 01 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 42 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual independently If an endpoint of the previously defined 2D curve meets the z axis then the z axis is used as the normal direction at that endpoint causing the offset curve to meet the z axis as well The offset is used with the normal directions to determine the endpoints of the new segment The central difference is used for the normal direction for the interior points See the next page for an example In this example the first curve is on the z axis causing the offset curve 2 to also be on the z axis Since curve 3 is not on the z axis the offset curve 4 is treated differently than curve 2 at the endpoints Example Id lp2 0 2268 0625 2109 leo Leto 19875 1719 25 19792 42125 1641 375 125 0 4 0 ltas 6 025 1 1 0 15 ld 2 lod 1 1 ld 2 19b 1 22 43 ld 4 lod 3 1 Inof normal averaging offset Inof curve offset where curve is a the ID number of a previously defined 2D curve and offset is the offset distance Remarks curve 2 offset from curve 1 normal averaging method Use this option to take a previously defined 2D curve and offset in a direction using the normal averaging method
361. ns from orthogonality 90 degrees in quadrilaterals faces of elements smallest for the smallest dimension of each element pointvol to calculate the volume with a one point integration formula Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 207 aspect to calculate the aspect ratio for each element triangle to measure deviations from optimum 60 degrees in triangular faces of elements warp to measure the angle between opposite corners of each element face stiffn stiffness or the condition number of the Jacobian dvi compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the i direction only for structured meshes dvj compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the j direction only for structured meshes dvk compare the volumes of neighboring elements in the k direction only for structured meshes dli compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the i direction only for structured meshes dlj compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the j direction only for structured meshes and dik compare the lengths of neighboring edges in the k direction only for structured meshes Remarks A histogram is draw to show the profile of the mesh according to the selected measure The abscissa is the measure and the ordinate is the number of elements when there is one measurement per element or element segments when there are several measurements per element The range of
362. ns is decreased Decrease getol to increase the number of points polygons This will also affect the amount of memory consumed for graphics and in some cases affect the accuracy of the projection when the accuracy parameter is set below 2 lesd list all composite surfaces with a specified surface lesd surface f where surface ft is a valid surface number Remarks This function helps identify a specific composite surface when there are many mvpn modify a surface node of a polygon surface mvpn point id coor id change s where point id identify the surface node which has the form s p n where s surface number Dp i index or polygon number of the surface n j index or node number of the polygon coor id identify the coordinates to be changed can be X change the x coordinate y change the y coordinate Z change the z coordinate Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 101 Xy change the xy coordinates yz change the yz coordinates XZ change the xz coordinates XyZ change the xyz coordinates change s list of coordinate changes corresponding to coor id Remarks This command is used to move polygon surface nodes of types faceset poly intp stl and bstl Polygon surfaces can be crude and error prone approximations to the actual surfaces and as such may produce polygon surfaces that are absurd to mesh This feature can help you smooth the polygon surface
363. nt for constraint in local coordinate system for velocity for temperature for nodal sliding interface for Temperature where load curve stone wall 7 interface 7 or local system can be 0 for all cases This command will print a table of nodes with specific loads and conditions to the Text Window The set of nodes can be selected by node number location or by containment in a set The b command is not included since the conditions command can graphically display the nodes of a specific constraint Some of the types of loads include a load case or load curve number If 0 is used then all cases will be used in the command it assign nodes to a joint jt joint_ local node ft options where ocal node depends on the type of joint see jd where an option can be n dx dy dz rx node number pxvzrigid body material ft c rho theta z rigid body material s rho theta phi rigid body material f v x offset y offset z offset use an existing node new node in Cartesian coordinates new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates offset the new node x displacement constraint on new node y displacement constraint on new node z displacement constraint on new node x rotation constraint on new node 306 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ry y rotation constraint on new node rZ z rotation constraint on new n
364. nt sp rho theta phi to select a node close to a spherical point nset name of set to select an entire node set fset face set to select a face set boundary can be one of Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 270 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual m master side of the interface s slave side of the interface options can be fail norm failure force shear failure force exp norm failure exp shear failure exp fsf coulomb friction scale viscous friction scale Remarks The global properties ofa sliding interface are defined using the sid command Some interface types allow for nodes on the slave side Most require face sets for both the master and slave sides The dummy sliding interface type which is used to control the merging without the side effect of causing a sliding interface definition in the output allows for nodes on both the master and slave side 9 Springs Dampers and Point Masses npm creates a new node and assigns a point mass to it npm mp node ftx y z mass options where an option can be dx no nodal displacement in the x direction dy no nodal displacement in the y direction dz no nodal displacement in the z direction rx no nodal rotations about the x axis ry no nodal rotations about the y axis rz no nodal rotations about the z axis mdx no mass displacement in the x direction mdy no mass displacement in the y direction mdz no mass displacement in the z direction mrx no mass
365. nt id 1 point id n trans 3dfunc min u max u x expres y expres z expres trans projcur 3d curve f surface f trans pscur 3d curve f surface iterations tol trans arc3 option system point system point system point twsurf surface 1 surface 2 x1 yl zl xn yn zn trans cped curve 5 trans epeds ist curve trans rmseg and trans is a product from left to right of the following operators mx x offset my y offset mzz offset v x offset y offset z offset rx theta ry theta rz theta raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn rxy ryz YZX tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 68 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual information rtxyz cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface inv to invert the present transformation esca scale all coordinat
366. ntity type 106 Surfaces plane including bounded plane entity type 108 ruled surface entity type 118 surface of revolution entity type 120 tabulated cylinder entity type 122 parametric spline entity type 114 NURBS surface entity type 128 trimmed surface entity types 144 amp 142 offset surface entity type 140 Others transformation entity type 124 level N A associativity entity type 302 subfigure entity type 308 NURBS Non Uniform Rational B Spline surfaces are a type of surface that has become in most CAD systems the preferred type of surface because of their versatility Planar surfaces can also be found in an IGES file There are other types of surfaces such as ruled parametric spline revolved and tabulated These three basic types of surfaces NURBS planes and others are each assigned an IGES sequence number according to their type so that they can be referenced for rendering purposes These IGES sequence numbers are different from the number you assign a surface For example the first NURBS IGES surface may be assigned to be surface number 2 in TrueGrid Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 181 because you may already have a surface number 1 The untrimmed NURBS surfaces are assigned sequence numbers first followed by the trimmed versions of these surfaces As is noted above the untrimmed version ofa NURBS surface will not be automatically rendered if
367. nts options have a similar display co pr display pressure Remarks The co bf display bulk fluid is displayed in a similar fashion Example gct 1 mx 4 my 4 rz 15 lev 1 grep 0 levct 11 rz 30 repe 11 lev 2 grep 0 1 pslv 1 pslv 2 block 1 sfi 1 led 1 0 I pr 2 11222 endpart pplv pplv merge co pr 1 co size 3 2 71 14 5 7 5 7 5 7 a Za 2 sp 6661 ON SA Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 217 co si display sliding interfaces Examples co rb display radiation boundary condition Remarks To assign this condition see the rb rbi vrb and vrbi commands in the part phase and the rb command in the merge phase Example block 1 3 5 7 9 1 3 58 7 83 3 5 10 0 q 0 1 il EE 0 q 1 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 2 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 dei 1 2 0 4 5 1 2 0 4 5 ati 1 57 1 5 1 5 5p 0 0 0 5 Sfi 2 4 2 4 2 4 sp 0003 ruetrid display radiation boundary de 22244 4 de 100300 orpt 000 rbi 3 5 1 5 1 5 1 1 2 1 merge co rb co size 3 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 218 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual co re display radiation enclosures Example block 135 7 9 l3 89 7 9 13579 1 0 1 1 0 1 c 0 7 de
368. o date verbatim write verbatim to the output file verbatim text endverbatim The text can be any number of lines of text Anything on the same line and following the verbatim command is ignored This text is saved When the write command is issued this text is written to the output file if the output file format is keyword driven so that the text can be in any order This is needed because text is always placed near the beginning of the output file Some of the formats supported by this feature are Abaqus Ansys LSdyna Marc and Nastran abaqus ABAQUS output format abaqus no arguments ale3d ALE3D output format ale3d no arguments ansys ANSYS output format ansys no arguments autodyn AUTODYN 3D output format autodyn no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 467 cf3d Convective Flow output format cf3d no arguments cfd ace CFD ACE output format cfd ace no arguments cfx CFX output format cfx no arguments dyna3d DYNA3D output format dyna3d no arguments es3d ES3D output format es3d no arguments exodusii Exodus II output format exodusii no arguments fidap FIDAP output format fidap no arguments fluent FLUENT output format fluent no argument Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 468 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual gemini GEMINI output format
369. o longer be parametric If you go back and make a change to the mesh you may have to redefine the set since the element and node numbers have changed The name of the set can be up to 8 alphanumeric characters long Each name of the set must be unique In some of the set commands the logical or Boolean set operators AND and OR are used to create new sets from existing sets The AND operator between two sets means to take their intersection This should not be confused with the common usage of and which might be interpreted to mean the addition of two sets The OR operator does this function delset delete a set delset type set_name where type is the type of set which can be one of the following node node set Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 408 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual face face set element element set where set name is the name of the set Remarks If a node set was constructed but is no longer needed then it is best to delete it with this command This can be important if an output file is going to be written which automatically writes all sets When deleted the set will not be written to the output file In addition it will not be using memory This deletion has no affect on the nodes and elements of the mesh All that is deleted is the list of nodes faces or elements that formed the set esetc element set comment esetc set name text where set name is the name of
370. o surfaces form a rruecria display concatenated surfaces composite surface The sds option is a natural way to combine tangent surfaces so that you can avoid intersecting tangent surfaces sd 1 function 0 90 0 360 cos u cos v cos u sin v 3 sin u sd 2 function 90 0 0 360 cos u cos v cos u sin v 5 sin u sd 3 sds 1 2 SOT sp sphere Figure 126 Two surfaces concatenated Sp Xp Vo Zo radius where x first coordinate of the center of the sphere Y second coordinate of the center of the sphere Zo third coordinate of the center of the weSrid display sphere sphere radius radius of the sphere Remarks This command defines a sphere with center XoYoZo and radius radius as shown in the following picture The radius must be positive When projecting a point onto the sphere be sure S gt e C f Le that the point is away from the center of sphere VOS K Projections are made along rays emanating from the N center of the sphere NEA O NOS Example l sd 10 sp 10 19 Figure 127 Sphere specified by center and radius Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 165 stl read the standard ASCII STL file stl file trans where file path and file name case sensitive in UNIX LINUX trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks TrueGrid display This command permits yo
371. o translate by a vector rx theta to rotate about the x axis ry theta to rotate about the y axis rz theta to rotate about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy to reflect about the x y plane ryz to reflect about the y z plane rzx to reflect about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s ij label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate repe repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation save transform to apply a previous transformation last to use the last transformation Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 414 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manu
372. ocal coordinate system is almost always a matter of convenience The global coordinate system refers to the frame of reference used to create the complete model In Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 410 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual many cases a part is generated in the global coordinate system so there is no need to transform it When you take advantage of symmetry by generating a section of the model you will need some of the commands in this section to replicate the part The Ict local coordinate system command should not be confused with the notion of a local coordinate system and the gct global coordinate transformation command should not be confused with the notion of a global coordinate system This unfortunate naming cannot be repaired because such a change would cause many old input files to fail to generate the expected models In some cases a component is duplicated many times Each duplicate component must be transformed or placed into its proper location within the global coordinate system The part duplication commands depend on the coordinate system transformations Coordinate transformations can be defined in the Ict get and lev commands Parts can be replicated with the lrep grep and pslv commands which refer back to the transformations defined in the Ict get and lev commands respectively The Irep and grep commands are discussed in the part phase section Properties a
373. ode Remarks This command assigns a node to a numbered joint defined by jd Each node in a joint is assigned a node sequence number which is referred to as its local node number Each type of joint requires a different number of nodes and the role a node plays in the joint depends on the joint type and the node local node number The simplest example of a joint is when a set of nodes share constraints In this case the ordering of the nodes are not important Up to 16 nodes can be included in a shared constraint joint The nodal constraints available in this command apply to new nodes defined using the p c or s options Ib local nodal displacement and rotation constraints Ib nodes system_ option list where a system is defined using the command Isys where an option is dx flag for x displacement dy flag for y displacement dz flag for z displacement rx flag for rotation about the x axis ry flag for rotation about the y axis rz flag for rotation about the z axis where the flag can be 0 for initialize to no constraint 1 for constrain where nodes must be one of n node for an existing node rtxyz for a new node in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a new node in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a new node in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set Remarks Use this command to set constraints on nodes that cannot be set using the b or bi commands because they are restricted to the global coordinate system Ca
374. ode_ t joint increment for joint nodes joint 7 for the TrueGrid joint definition number Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 356 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual joint node each joint type consists of a certain number of nodes which are numbered in a specified way for TrueGrid consult the user s manual You must specify which node ofthe joint this beam node must become beam node this is the TrueGrid beam node number for the current beam part joint incrementthis is used when there are replications and indicates how the joint no should be adjusted for replications let amp transforms first transforms last transforms transformations lrep ist local transformation for replication of the beams rt x coordinate y coordinate z coordinate constraints for Cartesian coord s where the constraint list is composed of dx for x displacement dy for y displacement dz for z displacement rx for rotation about the x axis ry for rotation about the y axis rz for rotation about the z axis followed by a value of 0 for initialize to no constraint 1 for constrain si interface _ option list for sliding interface nodes where an option can be ffn normal force ffs shear force enf e normal force esf e shear force sp radius angle 1 angle 2 constraints for spherical coordinates where the constraint list is composed of dx for x displacement dy for y displacement dz for z displa
375. of a defined 2D curve Remarks The x and Z coordinates forming the polygonal approximation to a 2D curve are printed to the tsave file and when the command is issued interactively to the text window Example ldprnt 30 2D Curve Definition 30 2 812500E 00 3 843750E 00 2 812500E 00 3 875000E 00 2 937500E 00 3 875000E 00 2 937500E 00 3 843750E 00 Irl rays Y Wl x enter Z center length angle angle angle where AMO sna is the point that the rays emanate from length is the length of each ray and angle is the angle formed by the i th ray and the x axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 27 Remarks The 2D rays are numbered sequentially beginning with one more than the number ofthe last 2D curve that was defined Example lri 1 2 3 0 5 15 30 50 70 85 95 100 lrot rotate Irot 2D curve angle where 2D curve is the number of the 2D curve and angle is the amount of rotation in degrees Remarks This function rotates an existing 2D curve where a positive angle is counter clockwise See the following page for an example Example ld 1 i 5 iso ld 2 exo S les 4 1j Lrot 2 45 C co y CO 1p2 1 1p2 5 NW N lp2 5 o a Op w No 1p2 N w TrueGrid 2D curves Figure 7 Radia
376. of being parametric If any parts are changed and the session file rerun these beam commands will automatically adjust to the changes The ibm and ibmi commands create beams along i lines of the mesh the jbm and jbmi along j lines and the kbm and kbmi along k lines This is a way to embed beam elements within a shell of a brick structure Alternatively the material of the parent shell of brick part can be set to 0 so that the part can be generated as usual but so that the shell or brick elements will not be saved The nodes that are used in any of these beam commands will be saved along with the beam elements The denigrated beam and cbeam commands create beams by connecting a pair of nodes with a string of beam elements Intermediate nodes along the string are linearly interpolated This is the INGRID method It is not interactive It is easy to change an INGRID beam part into this part Beam properties are defined using bsd and bind Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 275 Cross sectional properties and in particular thicknesses are not scaled by the xsca ysca zsca and esca commands bm create a string of beam elements bm options where option can be Selection of the first node nl node f to make an existing node the first node of the beams pml point mass f to make a point mass node the first node of the beams rtl x y z const to create the fi
377. of circle CE AA 444 Raixs Gr PM A 414 A dente ont datis 412 Rams excl EE 175 269 Rand expressions 450 Rand function 428 433 RIP RERO Ob Qr cas 175 360 Rad ota e Vus 175 179 sdi Cus qf P os aAA s 109 Raxis CUE Seat rto teta us 68 O Ce sexos ieu 183 IBeSCQ iride rato e parate 185 Lg pid deceat vL Rte ex 187 Igessd qx see D i oe x Ra 188 les iced ieee eae tea E 416 INuUtbsd p22 sch care eas NS 190 A eae Rees OO 108 DSL is etu Geib BAM ah te yea o ad 110 vpid aie moon es ea ee mo 193 RAYS ds ene vo PN He br m d ds 27 RB ocu eM eve ai A ahr 318 displays eod ce ed s 213 Rb Co Option arpas nois 218 ROD assa ERO tad HD ay Rae 175 RDBS 34 amp 3 4 ured Sites abet 175 RDG Piette Petia o a ea 288 Rbi display ico yeah ted a toten d 213 example A b etui es 218 RO gonads Aa 95 175 A tentes 95 175 PS AA RES 319 display aaa Ged 213 215 Re Co opton 25455 cde Vue uae ee 219 Readmesh 341 349 block boundary 374 detached elements 210 Example ii ERROR 355 Materials sos eer 341 part type sines iep dvds 291 E ced imecet 335 A eE atit ES 275 Rebar SIE o ee d aos y NICA TR 375 Reduced indices Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 507 ISDEM 0 6 36 ga EE RES 246 Referente Soo d o e EO ROCA 210 COME oso us eI o SEP 205 Reflect ue etx aa cen ds 410 E
378. om a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin Ist x axis Ist y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 188 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Remarks First specify the IGES file with the igesfile or iges command It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces A unique TrueGrid surface number will be assign to each rendered IGES surface beginning with the specified number Each specified surface will be rendered even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis for a trimmed surface To evaluate NURBS surfaces use the nurbsd command In order to evaluate planes use the igespd command This command is for all other IGES surfaces that TrueGrid supports nurbsd render a sequence of IGES NURBS surfaces nurbsd surface surface first surface transformations where surface is the IGES file sequence number of the
379. on point CUD aoo ee CIN Een 362 display eus E Ru RE CORONA 215 Detb 24 4 sS elas Pe ek Sade S 362 display A ine cea ot ats 215 e A iu au usb 1 niodo utrd ees 175 198 DSrisud utes aolum Dea cuba 175 199 Dialogue box DSC ost A cr roS 405 OFSET c ha euh cent 408 SIC ond e s ict edente 382 jor M E E 371 Dis Sta ar wait art a Des 294 Displacement display A eae ese 213 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 490 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual a n Ni 205 Itb yeas ed Sap EXE O 296 AA c Ca EEX 294 Display Commands Ls bos de IX a 174 conditions and labels 212 list button curia cte ere 174 saving and restoring 264 Distan oo s op ute de requi 84 447 JO SP eode equ A oae PRA 175 197 DIYS arenie a dd dub rece 175 197 a eret 109 DE o EE ee E P E 175 269 DMS v o dies 175 269 Dom examples vedete Pod 245 Dot product ous ee Ee hs 452 175 359 DPIC ces stag ae Reng ROS e EP 211 IDIC Hat a ced 212 A io esu Seb ih 175 360 DSd tn AU HR IR 175 178 Igestile oco cues ee etr e que gee 182 n MV A 109 Ip SEEN 175 178 SQ soe adus oos Qut sos 109 Dummy arguments def dr RARE SU 451 Dummy interface 254 43 Goes eR 382 Dyna D diria IS 468 DeqHs vao cosas dne de ee es 301 teadmesh ili s eoe sis 349 Dynaeos Equation of State 473 Dynain detached elements 210 readmesh 349 353 Dyna
380. onvergence 0000001 max of inner iterations 4 max of outer iterations 264 x and z coordinates of 33 points Q0000000000 Figure 44 Fowler Wilson Spline 1 0 I of 0 0 9772311 d norm 0 2138127652 0 2121777 d norm 9238796 d norm 0 3826835 d norm 8216469 d norm 7071068 d norm 5699968 5 d norm 3826835 5 d norm 9238796 d norm 2121777 d norm 9772311 4 d norm 0 0 d norm 1 0 Sd norm 5699968 d norm 7071068 d norm 8216469 d norm C C2 C9 C9 CO OO C C2 C C9 C2 0 2121777 d norm 0 9772311 3d norm 0 3826835 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 8216469 d norm 0 7071068 d norm 0 7071068 d norm 0 8216469 Sd norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 3826835 d norm 0 9772311 4 d norm 0 2121777 d norm 1 0 d norm I 0 0 Sd norm 0 9772311 d norm 0 21217774 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 3826835 d norm 0 8216469 d norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 7071068 d norm 0 7071068 d norm 0 5699968 d norm 0 8216469 d norm 0 3826835 d norm 0 9238796 d norm 0 2121777 5d norm 0 9772311 d norm 0 0 d norm 1 0 d norm Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 59 0 21217774 d norm 0 9772311 d norm
381. oomooooo 474 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 15 V Appendix VI Index 16 Isdyeos LS DYNA3D equation of state 62 eee eee eee 474 nikemats NIKESD materials osos P ee eae Ree PRO BAO 474 Isnkmats LS NIKB3D materials ut e e ea ee ah es 474 marcmats MARC materials 444a d Leo ees ea IN REA 474 patsmats PATRAN materials us cedro Dt rera EI 474 tz3dmats TOPAZ SD materials 34 34 p tutte Sed bs DOR ern EA 474 epee aa ea He alio Fete vb ree o aR EE Es 475 Cartesian coordinate systems 1222 Curve A e P Ra a Hag ARS 476 Cylindrical coordinate system ceci ci n bad Oen eR RA ERE CO a 477 Spherical coordinate system bee Fade re ere e hr ade tra EH ds 478 NO 480 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual I Geometry Commands Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 17 1 2D Curves These commands define and modify 2D curves All 2D curves use a 2 dimensional local coordinate system where x is the abscissa horizontal axis and z is the ordinate A 2D curve can be rotated around the z axis of the curve s local coordinate system to form a surface of rotation You can choose how to orient this local z axis in the global coordinate system see the
382. oooo o o 167 OPUS s Sos A tu Mt Sa E UN EE 168 to transform an infinite x axis cylinder 169 transform an infinite xy plane 0 000000 e eee eee 170 to transform an infinite y axis cylinder 171 to transform an infinite yz plane 00000 e eee 172 to transform an infinite z axis cylinder 173 to transform an infinite zx plane 0 0 0 0 000 174 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 10 Surface Display Commands 0 cc ccc ccc cence ence een en anes 174 asd add a surface to the picture o oooooooooomommmooo 175 asds add surfaces to the picture cotes e tS aah PAIRS 175 ansd add neighboring surfaces to the picture ooo oo ooooo 176 dasd display all surfaces in the picture ooooooooooo o 178 dsd display d surface in the picture scie se re Rete rho coge 178 dsds display several surfaces in the picture o ooooo o 178 lasd list the surfaces in the Piette as eacus obs ted 178 rasd remove all surfaces from the picture o oo oooooo o 179 rsd remove a surface from the picture o o oooooooooo o 179 11 Importing Geometry from CAD Programs sese 179 iges render geometry inan IGES file 004 183 igesfile openan IGES fle ih ee Vo AU ese E TECH E ODER S 184 igescd render a sequence
383. op Curve 2 1 5 0 5 Oo C 010101 ww O OO ODO C52 r r curd 2 cpcd 1 mz 5 csca 5 c definition of curve 2 c by copy from curve c and moved in the z direction Purses 1 c and scaled to the half size Figure 70 curve 2 by eped from curve 1 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 91 cpcds create append a copy of previously defined 3D curves cpeds ist curve f trans where list curve s is an ordered list of 3D curve ID numbers and trans is an optional final transformation Remarks The ist curve ftis ordered Figure 71 A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid DRAW Defined Curves Curve 3 curd 5 cpcds 1 2 3 4 rzx c symetry zx plane my 1 c translation y mz 5 c translation z rz 10 c rotation ar z Curve 4 c definition of curve 5 Cc by copy of curves 1 2 3 4 5 Figure 71 curve 5 by cpds Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 92 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual twsurf create append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces twsurf surface 1 surface 2 xl yl zl xn yn zn trans where surface 1 is the ID number of the first surface surface_2 isthe ID number of the second surfa
384. option 106 135 ID THEE e nest aad dece dE ERAN E 98 A on ke er uode er E 175 Damaris eee ass 94 175 Jgesfil S aini poetine Pe 182 Dad a o E Bs 175 269 Dampers proDenies dra 369 readmesh rs eo ex UU 350 DP aa mea ud Phe iid 175 359 Dash encinas 175 178 composite surfaces 163 A A 182 O REO 109 Data experimental surface 149 A Gaede eames He NS 175 DS Lies pU PATCR 175 A eR ia th Ete 447 example saevus 447 451 452 A RC Mm 94 175 gesfiles ti Ios a i A 182 Deds 4 eee e te tots 94 175 Igestiles s s oet ei CaaS MTS 182 De gxatliple i ees SCRI 4 bee 221 WEE EM 451 Example erc eeru sedes eam 451 Default interpolation 454 Defeaturing sco eus pa NO osse 179 Deform rods bars usus 294 Dei example 24x22 218 220 225 243 B Y 27 UMM aet td 96 1 7 er e tt ds 97 Deleni sse nra wit ee ath te Secs 287 readimiesh z cive teg enews 353 Delete e II LA uta og 408 PACE SOL oh dase donee rei us LCS 408 Materials sso fond ed oer a 341 DOO Set arnes 408 DEHN atte eraut rd eke eek Cosi 341 Dels sad ei OAM Sie ee aan cine 99 Dels stc RS 100 Deseo ed Di ai 408 Delspds ew thew EN REN 215 Derivatives 2D cubic spline 53 61 boundary conditions 98 cubic spline surface 127 cubic surface x2 eat ot sc rater 140 O Sawa nel 98 polar cubic spline 60 Desk calculator aras laa 447 ELON AON ua eos ERE RC ns 362 Detonati
385. ordinate pairs r f and r f must satisfy the following conditions Ires x10 15 Ire and Figure 83 Cone by an axis and two points ti t x107 8 lt r A point projected to this surface should not start out on the axis of symmetry See the example in Figure 83 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Example sd 2 cn2p 0 0 0 1 1 11 11222 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 119 cone infinite cone defined by radius and angle cone x y Zo X y Zn r O where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of axis direction vector Yn second component of axis direction vector Za third component of axis direction vector r radius of the cross section along axis at the point x y Zo 0 angle of the cone Remarks This command defines a cone by specifying its fuecria display radius and angle The two points x y z and X Y 7 define the axis of symmetry The plane orthogonal to the axis at the point x YpZp slices through the cone to form a circle of radius r r must be non negative Note that if r 0 then the point xy z is at the apex ofthe cone The cone forms an
386. ordinate pit cn oan Chay ae wee ah ae It translates cessas Pole ee eee ee dus Need a flcd piece wise trigonometric load curve ooooooo momo edgefile identify file used for edge data ooooooooomommom oo rin import an edge file 2D curve oue e rins import all edge file 2D curves llle 2 2D Curve Segment Dictionary cese ed esce A Re Bear ovo CN oe D Eee Ip2 polygonal line pairs 5 ed oe x are ara oe one ees Iq polygonal line Usted lpil intersect a COLVOS AA Aa Neg dea lpta tangent to d circle a exe vua uS Coss i pce Gees s Itas tangent to 2 CITCIES oso be Oe eye Pee go o PU they aa ada lep eIUDUC AIG os uet Su exa utm A e ex dm lod rmal offset 2245 14 us Pan sre eoe Med d ang eal D Inof normal averaging offset oooooooooomomomommmo ooo Ifil Ma aus sat Bora oae MS n od ges lap arc by center and end point smc mee lar arc by radius and 2 points 0 0 cece eee Itp tangent arc by radius and end point 005 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 Ipt arc by radius and end tangent line 0 000 46 lat fillet by radius and end tangent line 04 47 lad arc by center and angles ce oe eto er CE Ce A ao es 48 Ive point in polar eoordinates 2524 usui LAG dE 49 Ist translate ous ee ed iid e Pls ESTA Monee eredi s 49 Itbc list of radial coordinates 00 AR ERR res es 50 Itbo ch
387. ore MN S gt details use zf or zb command zoom The label has the notation surface edge 1 Example Curves and surfaces are defined The surface edges are labeled in 222 Figure 222 surface edges are labeled Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 256 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels sdpt label surface points Remarks The labels sdpt command labels surface definition points It displays labels of surface definition points in a non overlapping way To display more details use zf or zb command zoom The label has notation surface fti contour ij contour t for most surfaces except for triangles from the IGES VPOINT and STL files For triangles the notation is surface_ triangle_ point_ where point_ can be 1 2 or 3 See pg for a discussion on tessellation labels crvpt label curve points Remarks The labels crvpt command labels curve definition points It displays labels of curve definition points in anon overlapping way To display more details use the zf or zb commands zoom The label has notation curve i j Example Curves and surfaces are defined The curve definition points are labeled in Figure 224 TrueGrid Defined Surfaces Points Figure 223 labeled surface definition points TrueGrid DISPLAY Defined Curve Points Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006
388. ore than one way to define geometry In our experience most CAD systems default to creating an IGES file consisting of solids This is not acceptable to TrueGrid TrueGrid s methods were developed for trimmed surfaces and curves not solids Also in our experience most CAD operators who create the IGES files are not aware of the options for writing an IGES file In most cases you need to insist that the IGES file be produced using trimmed surfaces not solids Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 179 You can import this IGES geometry created with a CAD program using the iges command This interface is a little different from the interfaces of most CAD systems in that the TrueGrid internal data base is complex and may require significant computations For this reason you can save this data base once generated in a binary IGES file In the first instance you use the iges command to import the geometry followed by the saveiges command to save the binary IGES data base Subsequently you use the useiges command to import the binary IGES data base prior to using the same iges command that you used in the first instance If you take these extra steps you can save yourself considerable time First usage iges file igs 1 1 saveiges file bin All subsequent usage useiges file bin iges file igs 1 1 Although IGES is an international standard there
389. orming the linear combinations of the basis functions and can form a crude caricature of the surface The multiple knots have to be specified for the starting and ending point of the curve The number of multiple knots is called multiplicity The multiplicity for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve 2 linear 3 quadratic 4 cubic multiplicity degree 1 The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending points B spline surfaces are also available through the IGES interface Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 116 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example The B Spline surface shown in Figure 81 is defined by the same control points as the NURBS Surface Figure 112 TrueGrid display sd 1 bsps 3 3 0000123 44 4 4 0000123 4 4 4 4 2 17 4 90e 03 1 80 1 45 1 59e 02 1 85 8 54e 01 1 96e 02 AS 4 35e 02 2 05e 02 1 98 8 01e 01 4 66e 03 2 12 65e 00 5 72e 03 2 19 2 49e 00 37e 03 2 31 2 14e 00 1 05e 02 1 32 1 35e 00 2 16e 02 1 37 6 19e 01 1 52e 02 1 38 4 05e
390. otation Refer to the bm command for more details on the meaning of these cross sectional properties delem delete a set of elements delem option list of elements where an option must be one of the following Ib for 3D linear 8 node brick elements Is for 2D linear 4 node shell elements Ibm for 1D linear 2 node beam elements qb for 3D quadratic 8 node brick elements Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 287 qs for 2D quadratic 4 node shell elements eset set name to delete all elements in an element set Remarks All boundary constraints and conditions associated with these deleted elements are removed from the TrueGrid internal database Any nodes used to define these elements which are not used in the definition of other elements are removed The sorting and data rearrangement due to element deletion can be extensive and time consuming For this reason it is recommended that a group of elements be deleted instead of one at a time This command cannot be undone When elements are deleted they cannot be retrieved etd specify the element types to be displayed in the graphics etd options where an option can be any of the following 1dl switch for quadratic 1D elements 2dl switch for quadratic 2D elements 3dl switch for quadratic 3D elements 2dq switch for quadratic 2D elements 3dq switch for quadratic 3D elements where switch can be on off rbe
391. pacting a stone wall for Electrostatic temperature for Nodal acceleration for Fixed nodal angular acceleration for Magnetic potential for Nodal moment about an axis Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 310 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Ib ocal system for Local coordinate nodal constraints ve for Velocity te for Temperature si interface _ S for Nodal sliding interface tepro oad curve f scale base temp for Temperature where load curve stone wall 7 interface 7 or local system can be 0 for all cases Remarks This command is the inverse of rml spotweld interactive selection of spot welds spotweld no arguments Insert after 4J Insert Mode Delete from to Clear Node List Spotweld Definition Save amp Next Previous Figure 238 Spotweld dialogue box Figure 239 Selection of nodes with mouse Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 311 Remarks This feature is an easy and interactive way to create multiple spot welds using the mouse to click on the nodes It is only available in the merge phase It creates spw commands and writes them to the tsave session file The Spotweld window should be set to the first spot weld number to be generated see the spw comma
392. play 214 Durs x CEU M dia 308 INGPIO neste ac a ord a oe yat aye iu 442 Norm expressions 450 Norm function 428 433 Normal circle circent 444 Normal offset 2D CUNE 2 5 5 6 22 i za 42 43 bb example i eoe les etta 333 CSDS fuses Berson eh ecto wales 128 Csps example is cce el 129 AA 140 EOS RE NA 150 polygon set ae 334 Normal to surface 103 Normal vectors displaya ex E Quei A 215 INBDO eri ca Ee Do cea ak Seni e duh 466 display oce exa uod mess 214 A cad xe io A 230 information 328 ASET e Yo enc oes e teats 330 fenmoV tii a pem cse 335 TESTO Sse EL RS verus 337 Npb Co option o o oooooooo 230 Nylon titan 102 PI uou utut etcetera Rc UL 271 369 displdy 429 date ge ona 214 example vous 207 233 2773 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 503 Pinos coti Mato es ERA 272 SPINE saut med a a eed 274 NE uos go DP und aha oe ate oy d ous 308 display io o e de 214 Nr Co option iu cues he vr RESI 225 Nrb3 Curd option 68 70 80 Nrbs Sd option 107 150 boundary conditions 98 Nri display oen Wale la RD CS 214 example s be ees hob vec ene 225 INSEL I AN se ee 330 example x gud dys 224 230 324 329 331 332 438 Mpo nau ds ig te d Ras 308 ONSET pia ud Pret us PR 333 remove sub
393. ple knots for the starting and ending point determines the order of the curve e g 2 linear 3 quadratic 4 cubic etc The multiplicity has to be the same for the starting and ending point This command creates appends a NURBS curve formed from an explicit list of knots weights and control points You can shape the curve by changing the weights Figure 58 You can specify discontinuity at the control point by multiple internal knots Figure 59 A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the Ict command TrueGrid Draw Example curd 2 nrb3 00012455 5 c knots LOL X 9 1 1 c weights 010 c control 100 c points 210 340 420 5 3 055 c curve definition 2 c nurbs a e T a Figure 58 2 NURBS curves with various weights Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 80 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual c 6 control points c Pl P6 c weight 5 for P4 x y z curd 3 nrb3 0 00 12 45 5 5 c knots edie d ER X E c weights 010 Cc control 1 9 0 c points 210 340 420 5 3 0 c curve definition 3 c nurbs c 000 multiple knot c 5 5 5 multiple knot c 6 control points PI sis PO c weight 1 for P4 c weight 5 for P4 Example TrueGrid Draw curd 4 nrb3 0001124555 c knots 1 11011 c weights 1
394. polygon surface to be moved by selecting the Poly Surface button in the Move Pts panel of the environment window Then move the mouse close to the surface node that you wish to move and click on the F5 function key If you choose a surface node using the Pick panel you must then click on the Attach button to cause the surface node to move This will produce a pvpn command that will be written to the text window and the tsave file If you choose the Move Pts panel you can then move the surface node with a click and drag of the left mouse button When you release the mouse button a pvpn command is generated sd surface definition sd name surface surface type surface parameters where name optional name for the surface surface ft positive integer to identify the surface surface type and surface parameter can be any of Derivatives of other surfaces see also trsd sds sd sd sd combine several numbered surfaces into one intp sd sd fraction interpolate a surface between two surfaces Planes plan x Yo Zo x y Zn infinite planar surface by a normal vector Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 105 xyplan trans transform an infinite x y plane yzplan trans transform an infinite y z plane zxplan trans transform an infinite z x plane pl2 system point system point plane specified by two points pl3 system point system point system point
395. ppear in the tsave file The include statements can be nested up to 19 statements deep There is no limit on the number of non nested include commands If you forget to select an input file type or use the include dialogue to initiate the execution of a command file Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 451 Example Suppose there is a file named ring inc with the following contents cylinder 1 3 1 91 1 rl r2 0 360 0 lct 1 xsca xs ysca ys lrep endpart Then the following commands will produce the set of rings shown below para rl 7 r2 9 xs 6 ys 1 include ring inc para r1 1 r2 1 2 xs 8 ys 1 include ring in para rl 1 3 r2 1 5 xs 1 ys 1 2 1 include ring inc para rl 2 r2 2 2 xs 1 ys 8 3 C include ring in para rl 3 2 r2 include ring in merge Concentric rings w parameters amp include inprod inner or dot product This command computes the inner or dot product of two vectors inprod x y Z X3 y z Example inprod cos 20 sin 20 O cos 30 sin 30 O dot product 9 84808E 01 dc cos 10 9 848077E 01 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 452 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual interrupt switch from batch commands to interactive mode When TrueGrid is executing batch commands this command halts batch execution and begins in
396. pplications Inc All Rights Reserved 404 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual where t options can be OD diameter WTH thickness MASS mass OD2 diameter DX1 DY1 DZ1 RXI RY1 RZ1 DX2 DY2 DZ2 RX2 RY2 RZ2 NE NASTRAN Beams in addition to all of the beam cross sections for NASTRAN bna8 options for CABLE NE NASTRAN where t options can be islack slack itens tension area area iyz moment ats stress Remarks For detailed information on definition of the cross section see the manual of the specific simulation code If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection only the options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 405 bsinfo write information about defined beam cross sections bsinfo bsd_ where bsd ft is the one assigned to the definition in the bsd command bind Hughes Liu beam user defined integration points bind rule s t w 5s t ws t W3 where rule ft can be any positive integer used to refer to this rule followed by a list of local coordinates of integration points s and t and corresponding weights w Remarks This command is used to define the integration points for the Hughes Liu beam in DYNA3D and LS DYNA The coordinates s and f are parametric coordinates of integration points from interval lt 1 1 gt
397. pplications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 513 faceset ecrire Ree 138 fald 5 by doch eu Re Cu ERR 99 folding rt er o SEXE 102 FUNCHON urraca des 139 BIDS 23 5 oe ue b ree rti S aes 110 paps Detweellz secs Aaa 163 IGES B6B oco su za 143 importing cue Vara ed acsi go 179 infinite oe hes Eee 98 109 O o tale io 112 interpolated intp 147 intersection 66 103 label points cajon 97 labeled points yu ri Eris 247 list button Lea 174 MESH ARS Pre 149 modify polygons 101 multiple ts 176 178 NAME cesi evs 109 175 186 neighboring 176 neighbors aio d oe xS 176 normal atic che tu vao De Rus 103 DSeL z nae nd 330 numbered 4 2 vere deba 109 MMB SES 4 oes m Oise Sa 181 NURBS nurbs 151 A her Benes 163 paraboloid pr 159 part face face ios 137 A Sexe de Ah 75 Pipers A eed end 153 plane A 145 plane ipl n 25 eel 148 planes PBI Rda 155 plano pl30 2s Res 156 plane play isa 157 plane xyplan i ita ez 170 plane yzplan eodera 172 plane zxplan aseo aces 174 Point numbering 69 70 74 polygon oL EL ete Ek 97 properties u s cdd Ann ga eres 97 OSO O 175 revolved cr 122 revolved crx o o 124 revolved Cry it tia 125 revolved crz 126 revolved r3dc 160 A ad unate 175 j 5 0 MN A EN 175 ruled rule2d 161
398. pports there are two supports modeled with one part The second command also moved parts 1 and 5 up four units Part 1 is the primary hull and part 5 is the power units there are two power units modeled with one part Part 4 the secondary hull was not moved exp reactivate exploded views Display an exploded view that you had previously turned off with an expoff command exp no arguments Remarks The exploded view will be based on the translations you specified in the pexp and mexp commands expoff turn off exploded views expoff no arguments Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 265 iniexp initialize explode offset to zero Restore every part and material to an offset of zero iniexp no argument mexp offset each subset of materials past the previous subset mexp x y z list of material t list of material 3 where x y z is the first vector offset Remarks Elements with material numbers are in the N th list will be offset in the picture by N times the specified vector There may be up to 50 different lists of material numbers If you issue both a mexp and a pexp command the offsets you specify will be added to each other For a 3 D exploded view use more than one mexp or pexp command to translate different sets of parts in different directions pexp offset each subset of parts past the previous subset pexp x y z list of part t
399. pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 412 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate repe repetitions to repeat powers of the current transformation save transform to apply a previous transformation last to use the last transformation Remarks This command defines a sequence of n local coordinate transformations once you issue an let command the results of any previous let commands are no longer available Each transformation is a product of primitive operators The product is formed from the left to the right One copy of the part is created and transformed for each transformation defined in the let command and referenced in the Irep command You may wish to build a part in a convenient local coordinate system and then transform the
400. ptol sist walt a s ecd cenis 201 435 440 DBStOL is oto ewe eel tme 3 437 INDIA manus ene CR RS COURS 272 Break uer md Sasso tas aet ac a ERA 433 Bricks display 252 2f tete d 246 ordering 4 5 vu ma 423 teddmesli ioco dee Bae oaks 350 BSG A ii 275 383 A iu od us ror a NR 279 deform rods bars 294 Bs hte hit ate lot ee eo 405 A pec Rehd 407 Bsp3 Curd option 68 79 Bsps Sd option 107 116 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 485 boundary conditions 98 Bstl Sd option 108 118 182 features fetol 100 mypn modify Ad 102 PVP modify een ez 105 BUE os qe eae tale Roo Maus 443 example ccu oe anenee eate antt 444 Bulk fluid iv osa nu peo ha 369 3 eRe es soU ram A 316 bfd properties 369 display 1 siete tb er ene 215 BUOY AAA E LASER 267 Butterfly ID CUIVES sentada PA sado 84 Butterfly topology 443 457 Dia ia BIA ds panied 294 Co option oo ooooooo o 229 DISPO dea 214 exampl eceu roc eee p 229 Bvi display Y ool e MORES ds 214 E 444 CAD rcu O og qaad 179 ACTON YUN 34 0 cd A 196 DEBE sth AE hh mb aca MES 175 AA Seren ee ee ee ee eee 175 DO nates S stet he ndo 175 DPS aa n s e e edere ep qued 175 display isasi ius dme etd 197 199 DIV woes sa Rye ast ode os 175 IUS 234 aure tal ote t Stra 175 importing geom
401. r 0 for the insertion before the insertion node or 1 for the insertion after the insertion node list of nodes is the list of nodes which will be inserted to the ordered node set Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 322 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks TrueGrid Display an Ordered Node Set RGU TrueGrid Display an Ordered Node Set RGU Figure 240 after adnset Figure 241 before adnset This command adds or inserts a list of nodes into an ordered node set Example Part 1 is created and a region is deleted The node set named RGU is created using the index progression 1 2 1 3 The index progression 2 1 2 3 is used to enhance the RGU node set by union Part 2 is defined Ordered node set RGU is labeled Figure 241 Then the nodes 633 642 651 are added to the ordered node set RGU after sequence node number 5 The result is displayed on Figure 240 The command file follows block 1 dei 2 3 1 5 nseti 1 1 3 RGU nseti 2 2 3 OR RGU block 1 5 1 3 1 3 5 3 7 3 5 3 5 7 merge dap nset RGU OR L 456 454 452 458 464 labels onset RGU 1 0 adnset RGU 5 1 633 642 651 labels onset RGU 1 0 97 d 305 1 9pl SoS T 9 1 23 f OF L 239 Bf 97 1 315 FOF 1 5 2 1 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 323 crvnset order a
402. r a simulation code Invocation of a tolerance command t tp st stp within the Merge phase causes an immediate merging of nodes These commands can also be invoked any time when the Merge phase is entered those tolerance commands are immediately executed or re executed as the case may be The merge process is always performed on the nodes in their original prior to any merging state Merging is not cumulative If you leave the Merge phase and reenter it all merging is recalculated with what ever new parts that have been added This lets you interactively experiment with merging and tolerances Setting a tolerance to a negative value is an easy way to restore the nodes to their original states Graphical displays ofthe mesh in the Merge phase always reflect the results of any merging Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 434 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Nodes are merged depending on the distance between them If a node lies within a tolerance distance of more than one other node then it is merged with the closest one When merging several nodes into one node the first defined node survives This can be overridden by the bptol command Nodes within a joint spring or weld spot and across the two sides of a sliding surface are not merged When the first merging of nodes occurs a sliding interface table is calculated which is used in the merging process This table is written to the screen and to
403. r diameter at both ends TTH inner diameter 1nner diameter at both ends or Belytschko Schwer Tubular Beam Variable Diameter STHII first outer diameter outer diameter at beginning STHI2 ast outer diameter outer diameter at ending TTHII first inner diameter inner diameter at beginning TTHI2 ast inner diameter innter diameter at ending Or Discrete 3D Beam vold volume cabarea cable area lump inertia lumped geometric inertia cablcid ocal_coordinate_system_ defined by the Isys command caboff cable_offset or Spot Weld Beam Standart Sections lsd 1 lange width flange thickness depth web_thickness W section lsd 2 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness C section lsd 3 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness angle lsd 4 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness T section lsd 5 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness rectangular lsd 6 flange width flange thickness depth web thickness Z section lsd 7 flange width depth web thickness trapezoidal Or Spot Weld Beam Constant Thickness STHI thickness s thickness at both ends TTHI thickness t thickness at both ends or Spot Weld Beam Variable Thicknesses STHII thickness s thickness at beginning STHI2 thickness s thickness at ending TTHII thickness t thickness at beginning TTHI2 thickness t thickness at ending Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 396 March 29 2006 T
404. r ente OR E eta 267 Toff Fled option o o o 32 Tolerance 2D Curves intersection 22 bBstol 223 eec de o CSS 436 Bptol Sa cod A CREAR dud 440 geometry cie p ree reti S eae 101 MELIA eres eo tt ao Pad et 434 Ptol Peetu es redo PES 441 SE ara gd dtu Ideen duos eto 438 Stc ot tus pitta M are MALA 439 ee LM Ed rebua tee ME 439 pius qucd db Ltd t Mies 440 AOL ces INTA RM E a 440 TOPAZ3D boundary conditions 316 317 UPUT na LI ao etus 471 Reene e pe ea 318 RE 2t anae ETE EEN 319 TOPAZ3D material 474 Topaz3d2 OU PUE e ari 471 Topology Surfaces audaces dansk 196 torus surface o oooooo o o 106 168 A dacead 4 era T 440 b stolu eco Ske ges OP 437 displaye e RS 215 dummy interface 382 NDI td ets aaa es 272 with TPO eid Y as rales Frater 308 T DOE sg A oem uoa Ae Rud atte e Rs 457 Tr example 22d ads 222 234 461 jui vro ede ae esl O NN DE ES 147 Tracer particles displays semeni tide mh ey Yu AS 215 FE c ed er ce pa fcc des 315 Trans Surtace aun listo bo ss 113 Transform A redeo ds sd 68 Transformation POINT ts a e Ite RON 460 Transformations oooooooo oo 410 JOBS Saag a 183 IGES GUEVE ici a 185 IGES NURBS 424 e rS 189 IGES plans ave tae are eee 187 IGES surfaces sg one td 188 IL Ree eee EUN UN 416 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 516 March 29 2006 T
405. r first node soffl so f1 for y component of offset vector for first node toffl toffl for z component of offset vector for first node roff2 roff2 for x component of offset vector for last node soff2 soff2 for y component of offset vector for last node Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 277 toff2 10 2 for z component of offset vector for last node Selection of the pin flags Idr1 release the x translation constraint at first node Ids1 release the y translation constraint at first node ldt1 release the z translation constraint at first node Irri release the x rotation constraint at first node Irs1 release the y rotation constraint at first node Irt1 release the z rotation constraint at first node Idr2 release the x translation constraint at last node Ids2 release the y translation constraint at last node 1dt2 release the z translation constraint at last node Irr2 release the x rotation constraint at last node Irs2 release the y rotation constraint at last node Irt2 release the z rotation constraint at last node Idr3 release the x translation constraint at intermediate nodes Ids3 release the y translation constraint at intermediate nodes 1dt3 release the z translation constraint at intermediate nodes Irr3 release the x rotation constraint at intermediate nodes Irs3 release the y rotation constraint at intermediate nodes Irt3 release the z rotation
406. r which is referred to by 3D curve The 3D curve must be defined first before it is referenced by the sd command In some surface definitions you make the surface in a convenient coordinate system and then immediately rotate or translate it to where you need it This is indicated by the trans option in the surface description below If you don t want any transformations then you should simply omit any transformations and end the command with a semicolon blend3 blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch blend3 3d curve 3d curve 3d curve trans where Jd curve 3D curve number trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks The three 3D curves used to form the boundaries of a surface patch are assumed to intersect Care must be taken to insure that the 3D curves almost intersect The algorithm can deal with gaps between the 3D curves but the result can be unsatisfactory if the gaps are very large The curves do not need to end at the desired corner points of the surface patch Itis also assumed that the three curves surround only one 3 sided region If due to curvature there Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 113 is an ambiguity as to which enclosed region will be surfaced the results may be unsatisfactory In such a case we recommend that you break up the 3D curves into smaller 3D curves so that the region to become a surface
407. r you can use a point mass as a node for a beam Coordinates can be specified in Cartesian cylindrical or spherical coordinates Beam orientation can be defined using a third node using a point mass or by creating another node in Cartesian cylindrical or spherical coordinates Use the output code specific options in the MATERIAL Menu of the Control Phase to define materials for the beams Use the bsd to define a beam cross section type Nodes are automatically created if the number of beams specified is greater than 1 You can define beam elements that follow a 3D curve and specify the number of such elements along with a spacing rule for the intermediate nodes Optional thickness parameters may be specified for the first and last beams when creating multiple beams Intermediate beams will have thicknesses that are interpolated from the end beams You may specify offsets for the first and last nodes and optionally interpolate these offsets to intermediate nodes Constraints which couple the beams to the existing mesh can be eliminated This may be done separately for the first last and intermediate nodes An initial longitudinal displacement can be specified An optional orientation angle can be specified Warpage nodes can be defined for codes which support such options Bend geometry options can be specified for codes which support such options Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGri
408. radius marc31 options for ELASTIC CURVED PIPE MARC where t options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IXX moment ETSAY area ETSAZ area THICK thickness RADIUS radius BEND radius marc52 t_options for ELASTIC BEAMS MARC where t_options can be Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 398 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IXX moment ETSAY area ETSAZ area marc76 t options for THIN WALLED BEAMS W O WARPING MARC where t options can be CSCRV y 1 z 1 y n 1 z n 1 CSSTH thick 1 thickn VCSSTH first thick 1 last thick 1 first thick n last thick n CSSLEN length 1 length n CSSSLP first_dy 1 first_dz 1 last dy 1 last dz 1 first dy n first dz n last dy n last dz n CSDIV _divisions 1 _divisions n THICK thickness RADIUS radius marc79 options for THIN WALLED BEAMS WITH WARPING MARC where t_options can be CSCRV y 1 z 1 y n 1 z n 1 CSSTH thick 1 thickn VCSSTH first thick 1 last thick 1 first thick n last thick n CSSLEN length 1 length n CSSSLP first dy 1 first_dz 1 last dy 1 last dz 1 first dy n first dz n last dy n last dz n CSDIV _divisions 1 _divisions n marc98 options for ELASTIC BEAMS WITH TRANSVERSE SHEAR where MARC t_options can be AREA area IYY moment IZZ moment IXX mom
409. raphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Figure 118 Plane by a point and a normal vector Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 157 poly poly polygon set trans where polygon set trans Remarks You can create a polygon surface using the pset command and the interactive feature to select or modify the polygons in a set with the Sets window The Sets window can be activated in the merge phase from the Pick panel in the Environment Window These features along with the wrsd command can be used to sort out complex polygon surfaces and split them into multiple surfaces or remove features This can also be used to create a normal offset by using the normal option as one of the transformation primitives Use the fetol command before this command to extract interior features as edges Example convert a polygon set into a surface named set of polygons sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Figure 119 Surface from a polygon set It is assumed in this example that a polygon set was formed using the Sets window in the Pick panel of the Environment window This polygon set was named p1 Then the command to create a surface form this set is sd 2 poly pl Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved
410. rce scoef coefficient static coefficient of friction dcoef coefficient dynamic coefficient of friction Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 379 decay coefficient dynamic decay coefficient incslv include slave side in printed and binary force interface file incmst include master side in printed and binary force interface file sfsps factor scale factor on default slave penalty stiffness sfmps factor scale factor on default master penalty stiffness vfcoef coefficient coefficient for viscous friction thss thickness optional thickness for slave surface thms thickness optional thickness for master surface sthss factor scale factor for slave surface thickness sthms factor scale factor for master surface thickness btime time birth time dtime time death time softe flag soft constraint option where flag can be 0 for penalty formulation 1 for soft constraint formulation ssoftc factor scale factor for constraint forces of soft constraint option maxpess coordinate maximum parametric coordinate in segment search srchdp depth search depth in automatic contact ncybs cycles number of cycles between bucket sorts ncyup cycles number of cycles between contact force updates for penalty formulations diskoc disable logic in thickness offset contact to avoid shooting nodes concon conductance contact conductance radcon conductance radiation conductance gapcs size gap criti
411. rdinate system 410 example codon DET C 415 Gluing display atta te cuori ee 215 C RUE tera Ri a ALIE aaa as oe 438 SD 4 ne Mie ande IN 439 qM D Ae teh Ss wih Al Lites aD 439 TP ascetur eed EROR RA 440 ounce c POT 424 example Leda nta ds 424 Graphics Commands O d ae ak 442 Gred le ood Lite Bate ad Peor ded og cos 416 icc eae Acte et d EOS e cata IM eue aA 415 I qM DELE 417 INDIA Loos da oa ES 272 PI uve dens deco ee 272 SI oe pU S eiut are estore vies 419 DEO e CE 98 243 Gidsen Da is a aep 469 Group boundary display 174 Grtol condition display 215 MO da DAS 240 Grtol Co option o o oo o 240 GSE sudare Rr ETE rie da 21 A oec Cue ou EAD mL 425 example orra Mili oy teet 425 Heat generation MSP as de x rrr od ORE 214 VV o os og Dates ace d A 320 Hermite Sd option 107 140 boundary conditions 98 History AA Sue a e RYMER 451 MEP eo oh deals cite Dana 453 Home directory 00 465 coordinate s ead atc x RR aces 342 Ipartitol 1 53 244 4er Yontack exo Rees 342 Ibi 2283 eed eA RR ce e 275 383 WOM 255 2 5 desi en ul CEDE RRA 275 element commands 383 IbzoHe da vafe SUR me 442 I eiue dius des de ure S 426 example vox A etn 242 429 IUD Le 4d red a EAE ba Cute Sack us AN 71 Igc Curd option 68 71 IUES Led FER O TH 67 179 183 SD CUEVe Loris eed ta sd Sotto es 68 dCDUFACy nosci m eed eeu s 182 d
412. re is needed not to over specify the constraints on a node No warnings are given if a node is over constrained Use the Isys command to define the local coordinate system Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 307 mpc shared nodal multiple point constraints for a nodal set mpc node set name constraints where a constraint can be dx for constrained displacement in the x direction dy for constrained displacement in the y direction dz for constrained displacement in the z direction rx for constrained rotations about the x axis ry for constrained rotations about the y axis rz for constrained rotations about the z axis Remarks The mpe command assigns constraints to be shared by a set of nodes This set of nodes is defined by the nset command The nodes in the set share a specified degree of freedom The first node is the master node for those codes requiring a master node When a merge command such as t tp or stp is issued those nodes in a mpc are not merged together nr non reflecting boundary nr fset face set ol identifies a face of the mesh as an outlet for fluid flow ol fset face set rigid create a rigid body from a nodal set rigid node set name options where options can be cid ocal sys id rgm rigid body material number for NIKE3D com x center y center z center trm franslational mass Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications
413. re replicated along with the parts such as material numbers and sliding interfaces contact surface Some of these properties are numbered and the number can be increased for each replication These are replication increment commands found in this section In all cases a coordinate transformation in TrueGrid is composed ofa sequence of basic operations Each basic operation is given by a keyword possibly followed by some parameters Each basic operation is performed in order from left to right This ordering ofthe basic operations is sometimes referred to as a product or composition of basic operations The composition of the basic operations is referred to as a single coordinate transformation It can be difficult to think of a complex transformation in three dimensions You can simplify this by thinking ofthe object already in the global coordinate system Then build the transformation one operation at a time until you have moved rotated reflected and scaled it to the proper position orientation and size Some coordinate transformations are applied to all parts such as esca xesa yesa zesa xoff yoff Zoff exch and gexch These transformations are referred to as final transformations because they are the last transformations that are applied to the parts These commands are usually issued at the beginning of a command file to change dimensions There are four types of transformations that can be applied to a part They are local Ic
414. rence point to its default value the origin of the coordinate system size dimensions of the mesh size no arguments smags detect detached small groups of elements smags element set maximum Remarks This command detects small detached groups of elements These elements are put into a set A cut off is specified and any detached group of elements with that or fewer elements will be placed into the garbage element set This command is useful after reading a mesh with the dynain option ofthe readmesh command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 210 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual tmass total mass tmass no arguments Remarks The density of the material in this calculation is based on the material model Be sure to define the material model before using this command Densities are used only for materials defined for the following codes ABAQUS ALE3D ANSYS DYNA3D ENIKE3D ES3D NASTRAN LSDYNA LSNIKE MARC NEUTRAL NIKE3D and TOPAZ3D 3 Graphics Commands backplane toggles back plane removal backplane on or backplane off Remarks This affects the efficiency of the hidden line display graphics and the number of polygons in the draw Specifically it instructs the drawing algorithm to ignore all of those polygons which are facing towards the back of the image thus greatly reducing re draw time This command is especially useful when re drawing large complicated model
415. renced The maplabel option can be repeated any number of times Related to the dynain option in the readmesh command is the dynain output format One will usually read a dynain file using the readmesh command modify the data using the smags and delem commands and write the results back to a file using the dynain and write commands Node and element numbers are preserved blude extrude a set of polygons Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 353 blude direction face set name i indices j indices k indices x coordinates y coordinates z coordinates where direction is the face of the block where the extrusion begins and can be one of 1 for the minimum i face 2 for the maximum i face 3 for the minimum j face 4 for the maximum j face 5 for the minimum k face 6 for the maximum k face face set name is the name of the face set to be extruded i indices j indices and k indices are lists of indices not reduced indices Each list of indices takes the form il i2 in where il 1 and i1 lt i2 lt lt lin Normally each of these indices is a positive integer But a negative integer can be used to create a shell surface and a zero to separate parts of the mesh Xx yz coordinates are lists of values of physical coordinates one for each index value an x coordinate for each 1 index a y coordinate for each j index and a z coordinate for each k in
416. ression algebraic expression with independent variable u Remarks The load curve number is used for identification and is unique for each load curve Load curves are usually for dynamic simulations variable properties or tables They are used differently by different simulation codes Sometimes a load command such as fc will require a load curve for completeness Depending on your output selection the load curve number you select in these types of commands will be used as a set id and will not require that you define a corresponding load curve with led The easiest way to make a load curve is led 1 00 001 1 which defines load curve 1 with two points At time 0 the amplitude of the associated load will be 0 Then the amplitude is ramped up linearly to full amplitude at time 001 This is equivalent to led 1 lp 0 0 001 1 for backward compatibility The options sidr sfa sfo offa offo and dettyp are for LS DYNA load curves Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 23 The options s1 st rnd1 g crit q d1 d2 d3 d3 m1 m2 m3 and m4 are for NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN tables Example led 3 00 1 1 2 1 2 00001 0 3 0 Example led 2 sidr 0 func 100 O 001 sin u 180000 TrueGrid LOAD CURVE TrueGrid LOAD CURVE OOE 00 0 000E 00 6 000E 04 4 000E 04 2 000E 04 8 000E 04 Time Figure 4 Function load curve
417. rfaces defined by the sd command are the only surfaces which you can see displayed this way Besides dsd the relevant commands are asd rsd dsds asds rsds dasd and rasd When a surface is defined the surface is evaluated at many points so that the surface can be rendered graphically Areas ofthe surface which have greater curvature will be evaluated at more points Thisis done once when the surface is defined Some surfaces such as a plane cylinder rotated parabola cone or extruded 2D curve are infinite and can not be completely rendered They are cut off in order to fit into the picture with the rest of the surfaces When such a surface is added to the picture it may extend a little further than desired A restore ofthe picture Rest will re evaluate the infinite surfaces so that they are extended uniformly You can import surfaces from a CAD CAM system These surfaces are assigned surface numbers using the iges igessd nurbsd and igespd commands or with the igess nurbs or igesp options of the sd command Surfaces can also be selected by their level number inherited from the IGES interface for viewing using the Iv alv rlv and dlvs commands Associativity groups may also be used through definitions found in the IGES file to view these surfaces using the dgrp agrp rgrp and dgrps commands Defined surfaces can also be used to construct 3D curves by extracting an edge or contour of a surface using the sdedge and contour options of the
418. rial referenced in the bm command Coordinates are referenced in their respective systems but all interpolation is done in Cartesian coordinates See the jd and jt command within the block part to understand the beam jt command Joints require at least two nodes The jd command is used to define joint properties The nodes of a joint are numbered in a set way You can flag nodes created in a beam part for use in a joint using the jt command cbeam initialize a beam part in cylindrical coordinates cbeam options endpart where options are the same as in beam except that the interpolation of node points in the bm option is done in a cylindrical coordinate system Remarks See the beam command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 358 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ap add a part to the picture ap part number Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as being active Part number 0 refers to the present part If the selection is the present part then it can be viewed in full If it is any other part it can only be viewed as a wire frame aps add a list of parts to the picture aps part list Remarks The display list determines what objects are in the picture A part in the display list is referred to as being active Part number 0 refers to the present part If one of the active parts is the present part then it can
419. rial specifications refer to the manuals ofthe appropriate simulation code It is not practical to reproduce those manuals here For the sake of completeness the currently available material definition commands are listed in the TrueGrid Output Manual To use these commands use TrueGrid s graphical user interface XYZ Scientific Applications is actively adding support of more simulation codes We welcome your requests for even more simulation codes abaqmats ABAQUS materials ansymats ANSYS materials dynaeos DYNA3D equation of state dynamats DYNA3D materials fluemats FLUENT materials nastmats NASTRAN materials nenstmats NE NASTRAN materials Isdymats LS DYNA materials Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 473 Isdythmt Isdyeos nikemats Isnkmats marcmats patsmats tz3dmats LS DYNA thermal materials LS DYNA3D equation of state NIKE3D materials LS NIKE3D materials MARC materials PATRAN materials TOPAZ23D materials 474 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual V Appendix Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 475 Cartesian coordinate system P x y z Figure 299 Cartesian coordinate system Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights R
420. rigid body elements rbe element f type parameters where the parameters vary depending on the type from the following rrod node const node const where only one of the following constraints can be selected for const mdx dependent translation in x mdy dependent translation in y mdz dependent translation in z where a node can be selected by it s number or by coordinates node node any exist node rtxyz new node in Cartesian coordinates Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 288 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates rbar node const node const where a constraint const can be formed using ndx ndy ndz nrx nry nrz mdx mdy mdz mrx mry mrz independent translation in x independent translation in y independent translation in z independent rotation in x independent rotation in y independent rotation in z dependent translation in x dependent translation in y dependent translation in z dependent rotation in x dependent rotation in y dependent rotation in z where a node can be selected by it s number or by coordinates node node 7 rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi any exist node new node in Cartesian coordinates new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates rtrplt node const node const node3 const where a constraint const can be formed us
421. rk of Swanson Analysis Systems Inc PATRAN is a registered trademark of PDA Engineering FLUENT is a trademark of Fluent Inc TASCflow is a trademark of Advanced Scientific Computing Ltd ViewPoint is a trademark of ViewPoint Inc Some other product names appearing in this book may also be trademarks or registered trademarks of their trademark holders Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved ii March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Table of Contents Tableof Contents cesi ueni eA a Al A BE ORES Ghd newest 3 I Geometry Commands lbreore err ld miiahzea2D cltvesus day cheer ex d aAA apld append curve segments ius suce 4 Wace Gerad cutee was lec CONCSMTTIOALES aaa AER AS DAR feda te Y ckl cheek eBrvatute secus certe RI REA A C E ele gset set 2D Curves Window 3 Les dd ca ecete bdo dte Vp Dx cet ves mazt intersection tolerance veo Reve Deb Ee LA Ghee Oud T en led load curve definition AA NAAA a S qe xe ced lcinfo information about load curves oooooooooooommom oo 143d2d convert 3D curves to 2D curves o oooooooooommom oo Idinfo information about 2D curves 20 0 0 c cece eee eee Idprnt piit coordinates 5 uo e exe ea ee Oo Peer ade p Y aan Iri TAYS cuo vox de mv a cd A O P mS lrot TOITE qu Meath grates d des dieto dte re edet ali Madde e eG tua Isca A tee veu etek a i MERE a GUN Ladi Rael Ri Iscx scale first coordinate zoo dod m COLERE GUERRE ERR S Iscz scale second co
422. roduct of two vectors crprod x y Z X V Z Example crprod cos 70 sin 70 O cos 160 sin 160 O c x y Zz 0 00000E 00 0 00000E 00 1 00000E 00 c normalized x y z 0 00000E 00 0 00000E 00 1 00000E 00 curtyp default attach command curtyp type where type can be cur equivalence the attach button to the cur command curs equivalence the attach button to the curs command cure equivalence the attach button to the cure command curf equivalence the attach button to the curf command Remarks This command controls the type of 3D curve attachment used when the attach button is selected in the environment window while in the part phase The following summarizes the differences between these options See the full description of each of these commands for further information cur the selected edge is attached to a curve with the end vertices placed at the closest points on the curve All interior nodes including any interior vertices are distributed along the curved based on the position of the end vertices Essentially the interior vertices have no degrees of freedom curs Default each component edge of the selected composite edge is placed on the curve independently This means that each vertex along the selected component edge is placed on the curve independently Then the interior nodes of each component edge is distributed along the curve based on its end vertices The same thing can be accomplished by using the cur command for
423. rojcur Curd option 68 70 87 PLOTECL o dose ub dened deri 103 456 3D Curve s eo XE Week 68 87 88 DUO 42e pea eds 103 composite surfaces 163 entire surface csv oe ewes asa 66 using 3D curves ex io 66 Projection AULA eive Cos RE RC 99 182 DUON uuu deaf dte e xr sd 93 coordinates o Res eta te 103 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 506 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual MSDS 179 NOMA cs dc a tO RR is 103 Pscur Curd option 68 87 PSOE A A a NR ede RU ad 334 surface poly tou vetet Baek 158 P3lya uc vectus Ste ese tate asd 419 420 example ccu ve urs 217 418 TO oru qos dtd O 417 NPM A EE D 272 PH oos cun ar etium CR RN 272 PPV ie deny bee ese 420 PImdB8 435 vue ee ee d eC d 350 Ptol ous ds e dor 441 bristal odas Sue dara PE 437 DB 1o ood ee eae eret 272 PV DU uncia A d ore cuni EG 104 polygon surface 107 USOS eio pr etel 291 elements A ERA 291 341 example 2360 e vetu Ee 248 250 Qualitys 5 Ao team eben a Mowe 66 R coordinate icu cu etos ed e e 345 r3dc Sd option 107 160 example cd vDeiete dodstox o 161 IDs caute dA th ema ubi o cae du 175 E o oec eus A 95 175 Radial coordinate 345 Radiation boundary condition 318 boundary condition display 213 enclosDte s ea rx Re ERE 319 enclosure condition display 213 enclosure surface display 215 Radius
424. rst and last point on arc material 1 and cross section 1 are assigned to all 10 beams 3d curve number 1 is used QOo0Q0000000 Figure 233 beams by bm labels id beams are labeled Example The circular arc 3d curve is created by the curd command Ten beam elements are TrueGrid draw 1D elements generated along the curve by the bm command Figure 234 by geometrical spacing with a factor of 0 9 merge curd 1 arc3 seqnc rt 10 0 0 rt 0 4 0 rt 10 00 c 3d curve definition c circular arc by sequence c of 3 points bm rt1 10 00 rt2 10 0 0 mate 1 cs 1 nbms 10 cur 1 res 9 c Beam definition c 1000 and 10 0 0 C are coordinates of the Figure 234 beams by bm Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 282 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual first and last node Material 1 and cross section 1 are assigned to all 10 beams 3d curve number 1 uses the spacing factor 9 QOQ0000 labels id beams are labeled Example Twenty beams are created by 2 bm commands from coordinates ofthe start and end nodes The start and end nodes have assigned boundary conditions in x y and z directions The local axes of all beams are pointing towards the same orientation node with coordinates 5 5 0 The intermediate nodes marked by red circles in Figure 235 have constrained displacements in the z direction The simplified command file follows merge TrueGrid draw e
425. rst node of the beams in Cartesian coordinates cyl p Oz const to create the first node of the beams in cylindrical coordinates spl p 0 const to create the first node of the beams in spherical coordinates Selection of the second node n2 node f to make an existing node the last node of the beams pm2 point mass f to make a point mass the last node of the beams rt2 x yz const to create the last node of the beams in Cartesian coordinates cy2 p Oz const to create the last node of the beams in cylindrical coordinates sp2 p 0 const to create the last node of the beams in spherical coordinates Selection of the orientation n3 node f to make an existing node the last node of the beams pm3 point mass f to make a point mass the last node of the beams rt3 x yz const to create the last node of the beams in Cartesian coordinates cy3 p Oz const to create the last node of the beams in cylindrical coordinates sp3 p 0 const to create the last node of the beams in spherical coordinates orient x y z to specify a coordinate triple to orient the beams sd surface ft to orient beam axes in the orientation of the normal of the surface VXyz to orient beam axes in the direction of the vector Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 276 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Misc options mate material _ to specify the material number es cross section ft to specify the cros
426. rueGrid Manual MARC beams Figure 280 Beam Local Coordinate System for MARC marc13 options for OPEN SECTION THIN WALLED BEAMS MARC where t options can be CSCRV y 1 z 1 y n 1 z n 1 CSSTH thick 1 thickn VCSSTH first thick 1 last thick 1 first thick n last thick n CSSLEN length 1 length n CSSSLP first dy 1 first_dz 1 last dy 1 last_dz 1 first dy n first dz n last dy n last dz n CSDIV _divisions 1 _divisions n marcl4 f options for THIN WALLED BEAMS W O WARPING Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 397 MARC where t options can be CSCRV y 1 z 1 y n 1 z n 1 CSSTH thick 1 thickn VCSSTH first thick 1 last thick 1 first thick n last thick n CSSLEN length 1 length n CSSSLP first dy 1 first_dz 1 last dy 1 last_dz 1 first dy n first dz n last dy n last dz n CSDIV _divisions 1 _divisions n THICK thickness RADIUS radius marc25 options for THIN WALLED BEAMS MARC where t options can be CSCRV y 1 z 1 y n 1 z n 1 CSSTH thick 1 thickn VCSSTH first thick 1 last thick 1 first thick n last thick n CSSLEN length 1 length n CSSSLP first dy 1 first_dz 1 last dy 1 last dz 1 first dy n first dz n last dy n last dz n CSDIV _divisions 1 _divisions n THICK thickness RADIUS
427. rueGrid Manual SUrfa e o l tt de 113 ViewPoint format 193 Translate ovs os rode ncn da 410 421 422 2D CUEVe ea aab ooi adis 30 49 Translational Joint 363 A tend tete Su reatu 460 Trbb ELMO stus idea odo ed dos cn 449 example A ee 374 interpolation parameter 374 Triangle SUED A IR 97 is A CERE MENS 457 EXP Serias debas 458 Trigonometric functions ca 1 D ande e Les 449 load curve 4 vd rv eX 31 Trigonometric functions 427 432 Trimmed NURBS surface oia dad 152 Trimmed surfaces 179 TEAMING cos ewe eode dS PER 191 CUL Ve x o Deoa Tv eed eai RD 97 SUEEIOE peta al cate deb abra 181 Triple Doltit ous 14 Guns dd eens 443 4577 ED eadera CR toga ADA xcu 315 display a eeu Ter her eme Eno 215 Trsd Sd A a ES 105 transform surface 110 Ts Sd option 106 168 SAVE redd acp estet y ad baie tod ot du 451 2D Curve coordinates 27 2D Curves info 26 3D contour sess 74 CHEd os ad aAA uad qu 72 A eH re 453 PONTO iens oU tate dv t 25 Tsave fil cele 72 451 COCO reinas varia 72 Comments o o o o 444 a AA AN 451 SAVE ES 467 Sdedge Se ui os d oec br v s 72 spotweld Gesunde savent 312 Tsca Fled option 43 iue etes 32 Twsurf Curd option 68 70 93 Tz3dopts analysis option 472 Uj joint and Jd o o 363 Unifm Example dE 244 Union S
428. rves rule2d an interpolation between 2 3D curves rule3d a torus tr 2D cross sections placed along a 2D curve swept Figure 109 Surface Interpolated Between Two another intp or IGES surfaces other than a Other Surfaces plane This feature has limited use and you should take care in creating an intp surface This is the only surface type valid for the variable shell surface command ssf Example sd 1ts00000 50 X sd 2 cy 0000015 sd 3 intp 1 2 5 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 147 iplan iplanabcd infinite plane defined by an implicit function where the arguments are coefficients in the equation below Remarks This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change The plane is defined by the ax by cz d set of points that satisfy where the coordinate triplet x y z is any point on the plane and where at least one of the variables a b or c is different from zero as shown in Figure 110 sd 3 iplan 1 1 1 1 TrueGrid display plane by implicit function Figure 110 Plane specified by an implicit function Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 148 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual mesh surface by tabular points mesh MN x 911211 X21 Y 21221 gt gt Xmn
429. ry For example you can use the normal to Surface 1 point irn define the tangent of a spline curve so that the curve is orthogonal to the surface You can parameterize a normal offset from a surface again by using the normal of the projection You may find other creative uses for this function curve of intersection Surface 2 For example ifone surface is given then the result of the function is the coordinates of the point on that surface which is closest to the original point Figure 77 Project To Two Surfaces Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 103 If two surfaces are specified then the result will be the point of projection along the intersecting curve of the two surfaces If three surfaces are specified then the result will be the point of intersection of the three surfaces Example project 1 2 2 3 3 4 17 151 This projects the point 1 2 2 3 3 4 to the intersection of surfaces 17 and 151 The results of this command are printed to the text window and the tsave file x Y4 2 7 07107E 01 3 330 7 808 7 07107E 01 Table Of Distances To Surfaces distance to surface 0 00000E 00 normal 7 07107E 01 3 33071E 08 7 07107E 01 distance to surface normal 5 77350E 01 2 86341E 08 5 77350E 01 5 77350E 01 pypn place a surface node of a polygon surface pvpn point id coor_id coordinate s where point i
430. s arc length radius arc length trans where 3d curve 3D curve that is used to rruecrid display Swee p 3d curve 12 along radius arc length radius and arc length pairs specified along the 3D curve trans optional transformation at the end Remarks This command allows you to define a pipe with Figure 114 pipe surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 153 varying cross section The arc length varies from a value of 0 at one end ofthe 3D curve to a value of 1 at the other end In other words the arc length is the fractional value of the entire 3D curve length at the point where the circular cross sectional radius is defined You may specify as many cross sections as you like Example curd 1 1p3 1 11041 1 3dfunc 0 90 cos u sin u 1 3dfunc 180 270 1 sin u cos u 2 Ips 1 1 3 sd 1 pipe 1 30 5 Ip pl2 plane specified by two points pl2 system point system point where system one of the three coordinate systems rt for Cartesian sp for spherical cy for cylindrical point set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system Remarks This option defines the plane using 2 points The first point is on the plane the second point in not on the plane and on the line normal to the plane through the first point Example sd 1 p12 rt 111rt222 Figure 115 Plane by 2 points Copyright O 1992 2
431. s associated with each sliding interface The dummy type interface is actually used to avoid merging of nodes A sliding interface of this type is not written to the output file The nodes and faces of a sliding interface or contact surface can be viewed in the merge phase using the si option of the co command If the output option has been selected prior to using the dialogue box to make a selection only the options available to that output option will be displayed in the dialogue box Examples sid 1 tied pnit 10 sid 10 rebar rbrad 01 sid 13 lsdsi 9 lcrsgo 1 visdam 34 isrch 1 sid 54 dummy siinfo list sliding interface definitions siinfo no arguements gt Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 382 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 8 Elements Beam elements can be created in three ways The primary method of beam element generation extracts the needed nodes from an existing shell of brick part This is only available within the block or cylinder part phase The ibm and ibmi commands create beams along i lines of the mesh the jbm and jbmi along j lines and the kbm and kbmi along k lines This is a way to embed beam elements within a shell of brick structure Alternatively the material ofthe parent shell of brick part can be set to 0 so that the part can be generated as usual but so that the shell or brick elements will not be saved when the part generation is ended T
432. s Reserved 518 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual X coordinate 0005 342 Xcy Sd option 106 169 AAA ae oy eas 98 AAE Ath eee hee oh ee dees Reale 103 456 EL Sh tics vM ETT pr 421 XP rca eee chock ta e id 103 456 BUG aus fa Su UR DA eri ee 443 example cuum Dane edens 458 predefined 24 asc ida 103 transformed point 460 tricent PET TD 457 DS E ed Nite ed eh SP 421 CUI E Candee ITE 69 GO Lodo uiae dr au danda 414 E oe tease ah pat A re a 183 TSS CU D ooa ort vice unt DERE 186 ESPE sorterer A tA 187 Igessd ihi oec s da eoa 189 Eet ates dotar IN Ced et 412 TV Sicut ad tag tet esce ded 417 INUEBSd A 4 duce t log 190 ea Mans tod quede em acis 108 Thickness 2776 383 VSO Ms te ita 194 Xyplan Sd option 106 170 O e oc odes ese 98 Xcoordindte A ort 342 Y Example xx s datar apa 245 Y cy Sd option 106 171 LITITHEG yey ne dne Pee aes aute 98 WTI sies iota re dE 103 456 VOT CO eire c ed MH UR ce ld 422 NDE ia ofer So MO d Rc 103 456 bulo o ees ca uae Y 443 Example rare 458 transformed point 460 VCC MP 457 MSC dy GR alte dag set tub ES utt Tag te cd 421 CUE 5 4 seated Puedes eben eis 69 A te ed Ae r LA 414 ISOS dr d ae 183 Igesed ep eee fees 186 ISOS 2220 vo d pe Cr 187 Igessd yt ToS 189 NCU deed liuc t bum te ua 413 ley EE tuor terum te ae 417 NUEBSQ scr ce ue Reg 190 v TCR 108 Thickness 276 383
433. s in the picture change Figure 133 y cylinder rotated about the z axis Example sd 1 ycy 10 rz 15 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 171 yzplan to transform an infinite yz plane yzplan trans where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane Remarks This is the infinite plane defined byx 0 The TrueGrid display yz plane transformed transform makes it convenient to start with this plane and then translate or rotate it to the desired position For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts The following example produced the picture below Translations are applied to the plane at the point which originated at 0 0 0 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change x 5 176E 01 5 176E 01 Example z 1 732E 00 reference scal sd 1 vendam d ee 15 Figure 134 yz plane moved and rotated Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 172 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual zcy to transform an infinite z axis cylinder zcy radius trans where radius radius of the cylinder trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks An infinite cylinder starts out with an axis the fu
434. s or when looking at all the IGES surfaces dpic dumps all picture parameters dpic no arguments Remarks This is used to save a view to be read back into TrueGrid using rpic Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 211 rpic picture parameters Remarks The picture parameters that were dumped by dpic 4 Tokens in the Picture This section describes tokens in the picture which identify features in the model The condition command helps display boundary conditions constraints and the like Thelabels command displays indices surface numbers and so forth The mlabs command combines the condition and labels command and allows for multiple options Some of these labels and conditions may not be available in a filled tvv display No tokens are available in OpenGL graphics H W graphics mlabs multiple labels and conditions displayed mlabs options where an option can be any option available in the labels la or condition co commands Remarks Any combination of options listed under both the labels and condition commands can be used in this command Example mlabs nodes 3d Figure 142 Multiple Labels Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 212 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual condition specify type of condition constraint to be displayed condition option Or co option where option can
435. s section number see bsd nbms number of beams to specify the number of beams in the string default is 1 indc const to specify the constraints on the intermediate nodes cur 3d curve to interpolate the string of beams along a 3D curve Selection of the nodal spacing res geometricratio for relative spacing of nodes default is equal spacing drs first geometricratio second geometricratio for double relative spacing of nodes nds nodal distribution function f for nodal distribution by a function as 0 first thickness first element length as 1 ast thickness last element length das first element thickness last element thickness first and last element length sthi sthi for thickness in the y direction sthil sthil for thickness in the y direction at the first end point sthi2 sthi2 for thickness in the y direction at the last end point tthi thi for thickness in the z direction tthil 11hi1 for thickness in the z direction at the first end point tthi2 tthi2 for thickness in the z direction at the last end point csarea csarea for the cross section area sharea sharea shear area inertia ss Itt Irr inertia moments vold volume volume of Discrete Beam lump inertia lumped inertia cablcid system 7 local coordinate system id number defined by the Isys cabarea area cable area caboff offset cable offset Selection of the nodal offsets noint for no interior node offset interpolation roffl roff1 for x component of offset vector fo
436. s that the derivatives are being specified All derivatives follow this 4 digit flag in order In some cases you can specify a loop by setting either the first 2 digits in the flag or the last 2 digits to 2 In the case of infinite surfaces plan xyplan yzplan zxplan pl3 pl3o iplan cy cyr2 cyr3 xcy ycy zcy cp cn2p pr the surface tessellation depend on the size of the bounding box for the graphics The size of the bounding box is determined from the size of the finite surfaces in the model In an infinite surface the points used to tessellate the surface are recalculated after any change of the bounding box The bounding box is recalculated with the restore command The bounding box can be displayed by the grid command If an infinite surface is not drawn which is usually the case when a command file is run in batch mode then the points of tessellation will not be calculated When you select points or edges of a surface symbolically by label be sure that surface has been drawn When these points are selected Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 98 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual by label the coordinates are substituted in the save file not its label accuracy set accuracy of surface projections accuracy acc where acc is the scale factor relative to the default accuracy of the projection Remarks The default accuracy parameter is 1 0 which gives you 3 5 digits of accur
437. s to specify the emissivity and wavelength breakpoint tables associated with the enclosure radiation data For more details see the TOPAZ3D manual te constant temperature for all nodes These temperatures will override the temperatures specified by temp When this command is invoked all nodal temperatures are assumed to be specified See the temp commands te nodes load_ temperature where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates nset name_of_set for a node set tepro nodal temperature profile tepro nodes load_ amp_expr temp_expr where nodes can be Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 319 n node number for a node number or zero rtx yz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set amp expr for a FORTRAN expression forming the scale factor temp expr for a FORTRAN expression forming the base temperature Remarks Both the base temperature and load curve scaling factor can be functions of the x y and z coordinates ofthe node This command is used for input to DYNA3D LS DYNA and NIKE3D tm initial temperature tm nodes load s temperature where nodes can be n node n
438. sca scale factor to scale the y coordinate Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 183 zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Remarks It is inefficient to start with a high number for the curves or surfaces The number of NURBS planes other surface and curves found in an IGES file is reported in the text window and the tsave file This command is the simplest way to import IGES geometry You may use the igesfile to be selective on which entities to render Although this may be faster because you only render the geometry you want you must have already decided what curves and surfaces you want This can only be decided by using the iges command first so that you can see the surfaces and curves to make your choices To save the rendering calculations for future re use use the saveiges command The next time you want the surfaces and 3D curves from this IGES file issue the useiges command before issuing the iges or other IGES rendering command In the WINDOWS operating system when you click on the iges command in the menus you will get a browser that will aid you in selecting the IGES file igesfile open an IGES file igesfile filename Remarks When you enter an igesfile command the IGES file is opened The geometry in the IGES file is reported but not rendered To render curves use the curd command using the ige option or with the igescd command To re
439. sd fet nnd eaa 189 190 numbering i s ceo gute aes 181 A d dt 107 109 Suffa MORI ta anew Fiat wt de 97 Igess o Ginny Oh ets 143 Igess Sd option 107 143 OS sora ete nate edn eR 188 Desi ia te IAS 184 numbering des as dea 181 SU ps iametab Pas E YAQEA 107 109 surface stone teas X aer ese aes 97 TT ed trt eden E Ma bnt ted 305 displaye A tou AI SOME EA 214 example sopa d ed Res 244 IL CO ODDO es uuo Pecan 244 Ili SA Woo Sl DRE 214 Importing geometry 179 Include cot Sa O E ID nt 451 example v ovas 242 452 461 Indices display o eue xod tt texts 246 list ur as Ree date oy gets 342 negative 342 345 348 reduced display 246 ZEIO iS 342 345 348 Inertia moment of reference point usura 210 infinite surface 71 85 119 132 148 155 156 169 172 174 TAO aten he LAN ead ee AS Bs 206 Into settee aren eh Rus 305 327 example ee a 336 338 INGRID beam urs eder es eee aes 341 MED see cite ieee de ned e dice gd 266 Infinite surface 98 120 157 159 173 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 496 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Initial Coordinates DIGCK oos eM ote Sen 345 cylinder subien ndien eae RS 348 Initial Velocity L a cba di de 362 Inlet E ciate soe tow cb bas e 214 A tuc BS iat clea m ge ld 305 Inter product isa cue repete hb 452 o uae ioo teu ad eee caste A 452 example oie uae due Ad
440. se only face region Remarks TrueGrid display i face surface The region should be a face of the current part the surface is defined to match the face as shown in Figure 100 This surface becomes available after the endpart command finishes the definition of the part Use the fetol command before this command to extract interior features as edges Example sd 1 face 12 11 56 Figure 100 Face of a Part as a Surface Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 137 faceset convert a face set into a surface faceset set name where set name is the name of a face set Remarks This option is only available in the merge phase A face set can be created using the set operations in the part or merge phase The part phase method is parametric and the merge phase is very general The command to use is fset Alternatively select the Pick button in the merge phase environment window followed by the Sets and Faces buttons Use the lasso to select the faces These methods can be combine to form the desired face set The set is then easily converted to a surface with this command When 8 noded faces are used they are converted to four 4 noded faces using the centroid as a 9 node Use one of the merging commands such as stp before using this command This causes near duplicate nodes to be removed and the surface will have no extra or strange interior edges Use the fe
441. se wu a o VE 465 Overlapping SUTTACES Ei Cr Roe en 163 PAINT as vs iiic eoa a D olet 454 p ra 4 NC os ic 456 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 504 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Para example 429 447 452 461 paraboloid SUE e n Lord Ad a d df 159 Parameter example deseris atate d at ala 429 Parameterization POE nieto 103 SUT ACE A A a 97 Parameters 5o eres due ee ds 292 example oy tarda Wer dent 242 getting information 454 PANO 420544 Crus E ERES 454 predefined 24d eret ers 456 4577 Parametric DIODE 205 1035 bite Leon 345 geometry 10 terres gid cd oc ise A 179 hermite surface 140 Parametric 3D Curve 86 Parametric surface 139 Parenthesis 427 432 del Ln euin tr detta ub amd 451 Part AD oido exa qd ea ead alah 175 PROS NE REM E 175 DEM to DEA 341 DIOC adu p tutte trees 341 DlId rn aw 341 Diele eui due MEAS 341 COCA par yo i22 904 Pas 341 CVIIBdef yids ae elle ee 341 D p eese orale dre eas aan 175 display ds ERAN 174 DD se Stet ode 175 DIS oos od OR 175 number display 247 pase s cusa s festos 344 348 354 Rap varices Stee poke RP as 175 A aces an aeree d aed 341 Reus pid 8d ras 175 EDS deos Cho itn aoe en UR 175 Partition cylinder iones teasers Ras Rd 348 Partitions coo senos Re aes 342 Partmode 291 341 345 348 Patch CXII uva a
442. segment of an ordered node set 3D curve crvnset set name first node last node 3D_curve where set name is the name of the node set first node is the sequence number of the node last node is the sequence number of the node 3D_curve is the number of the 3D curve used for reordering of the nodes in the set Remarks The nodal sequence number referred to above can be from 0 to the total number of nodes in the set The sequence number 1 is always the first node in the set and sequence number 0 is the last node number in the set Each node is projected to a 3D curve and it is assigned the arc length of the projected point on the 3D curve Then the nodes are ordered according to the arc length The effect is that the ordered set of nodes will approximate the shape and order of the 3D curve This can be useful if the mesh is to be parameterized Direction of the 3D curve plays an important role If it is reversed the ordering of the nodes in the set will be reversed Use a negative curve number to accomplish this Example The node set slide is at first defined by node numbers without any order Figure 242 Then it is ordered according to curve 1 Figure 243 block 1 1 10 1 10 1 1 10 1 10 block 1 10 1 10 1 1 10 1 8 11 1 3 2 merge nset slide L 73 23 53 43 63 13 labels onset slide 1 0 curd 1 1p3 1 3 2 2 1 5 10 2 crvnset slide 1 0 1 Figure 242 before crvnset Figure 243 after crvnset
443. set 339 SL ceo eic er sto 337 ULL E EN 438 INSO G Saito ae d A eoe d Aid dde 410 nseti 22 0311 010 e ee en ae a eaen 323 lE un MEL 410 Numbered surface zo REDEUNT e ar edo de o edo ES 109 Numerical data surface 149 NURBS A od Pattie h ewes 68 Sd esto adele erates Eo baud 109 surface o ooooooo o o 97 151 Nurbs Sd option 107 151 NURBS surfaces lusu 189 NUDOS OBL ve eet 189 LOC SING em od E 184 Ipessde 26 c3 ec Na wd Wed 189 numbering ours d oce ems 181 Ut DS a2 26 du vor itae Ry kas 152 SUP buda tua a pe M erar cu 107 Off labels i Seo Eun m Uh c OE 246 SPW usi re SR en RO RU 313 OL Voss res ess Ds TER 308 displaye asas do S AS 214 example s rs oed obs isa 244 Ol Co option aao baee oen 244 Oli display a eo do tudo d d aod 214 Orset a A Eo teu eia 333 Onset Labels option example dese CRS 323 Or SI ced Soe Oe auod Cass A 214 element set asii ated 325 face set cd a coq oar ees 326 node set 00 330 334 Or Co option ees BN E eR eS 227 Ordering O t edades 423 NOES P PDT 423 Ordinate 2D CUIVES ni cm trate os 18 Orpt DOC ete etd i te d 443 y qM NP MELDE RUE EU UN EE 317 example 4 s 218 221 238 444 lr E 301 RD pa oed ore e RR DR CAN 318 IG sd ende ES Pub Cata A 319 A el ta s S 438 orthogonal eXatiples dan ifa n 355 Outlet displaye aane are e RAE 214 DL d tocco A TS AA 308 Output Tile Bares
444. set SLID Figure 254 before rvnset TrueGrid Draw Ordered Node Set slid Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 339 III Global Commands Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 340 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 1 Materials delmats delete a material definition delmats ist where list a list of material numbers of material models to be removed from the data base Remarks This command is useful when reading a model using the readmesh command There may be material models for one FEM code which will not be used when the model is translated to a new format Deleting the material models is the safest way to avoid complications 2 Parts There are several ways to create a part The block command is recommended for most problems Only rarely is a cylinder part justify because of its unusual behavior near the local z axis The readmesh creates several parts by reading a mesh file with a specific format Each material within the mesh file becomes a part The blude command is even more rarely used and was designed to build a fluid mesh around an existing shell mesh The beam and cbeam commands are included to stay compatible with old versions of Ingrid TrueGrid s predecessor The bm command in the merge phase is the pref
445. set of 3 coordinate in the appropriate coordinate system offset normal offset distance Remarks This command defines a plane specified by three points and a positive normal offset The direction of the normal is defined by the right hand rule through the 3 points The point is designated by its x y and z coordinate values In cylindrical coordinates the radius is followed by the angle and z coordinates In spherical coordinates the radius is first followed by the polar and azimuthal angles All angles are in degrees This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Example Figure 117 Normal offset plane sd 1 pl3o rt 100 rt 0O10rt 0011 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 156 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual plan infinite plane plan Xo Yo Zo X Yn Zn where Xo first coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Yo second coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation Zo third coordinate of a point on the axis of rotation X first component of the normal vector Y second component of the normal vector Za third component of the normal vector Remarks TrueGrid Display plane by normal vector A plane containing the point x z and normal to the vector x y as shown in Figure 118 sd 1 plan 0 00100 Remarks This is an infinite surface The g
446. show a portion ofthe surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change Example sd4pr000100 75 8 1 2675 9235 319 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 159 r3dc 3D curve revolved about an axis r3dc x y Zo x y Zn 3D curve begin angle end angle tran where Xs yp y point on the axis of rotation X Y Z vector parallel to the axis of rotation 3D curve 3D curve being rotated generatrix begin angle beginning angle for the rotational sweep end angle ending angle for the rotational sweep trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This command forms the surface of rotation determined by the generatrix 3D curve the axis of rotation defined by the point x y z and the direction vector x y z and the starting and ending angles begin angle and end angle respectively The surface is created by rotating the generatrix around the axis of rotation from the beginning angle to the ending angle For any point on the generatrix the rotational arc created lies on the circle centered along the axis rotation orthogonal to x y z and through that point on the generatrix The portion of the circle retained is measured counter clockwise starting begin angle degrees from the generatrix point to end angle The best results occur when the generatrix is coplanar with the axis a
447. sion of the computational mesh The sixth list consists of z coordinates corresponding in like manner to the third list of partitions in the third dimension of the computational mesh cylinder create a cylindrical part cylinder i indices j indices k indices r coordinates 0 coordinates z coordinates where i indices j indices and k indices are lists of indices not reduced indices Each list of indices takes the form il i2 in where il 1 and il lt i2 lt lt in Normally each of these indices is a positive integer But a negative integer can be used to create a shell surface and a zero can be used to separate parts of the mesh r coordinates O coordinates and z coordinates are lists of values of physical coordinates one for each index value an r coordinate for each i index a 0 coordinate for each j index and a z coordinate for each k index These define the physical locations of every region interface Example The cylinder part is defined by a list of i indices and radii a list of j indices and angles and a list of k indices and z coordinates A sample command file follows c Cylinder part definition c Indices in the radial direction i dir are 1 3 5 7 11 Cc Radii are 6 9 12 15 18 units Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 345 Indices in the angular direction j dir are 1591317212529 33 37 Ang
448. slation in z dependent rotation in x dependent rotation in y dependent rotation in z where a node can be selected by it s number or by coordinates node node 7 rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi Remarks any exist node new node in Cartesian coordinates new node in cylindrical coordinates new node in spherical coordinates This command generates rigid body elements for NASTRAN and NE NASTRAN The nodes used to form the rigid body are identified by node number or by coordinates in the neighborhood This command supports 5 types of rigid bodies They are rbe2 is for a rigid body Un RU DD rrod is for a rob rigid element formed with two nodes with one end pinned rbar is for a bar rigid element formed with two nodes and 6 DOF rtrplt is for a plate rigid element formed with three nodes rbe3 is for an interpolation constraint element The dependencies are best described in the NASTRAN or NE NASTRAN manuals Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 290 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 11 Part Types These part type commands have no affect on the models imported using the readmesh command linear specify following parts to use linear elements linear no arguments Remarks For all subsequent parts all brick elements with have 8 nodes one at every corner ofthe brick Shell elements will have 4 nodes one at every corner Beam elements will have 2 nodes one at eac
449. ssigned to the first 3D curve in the file transformations list of coordinate transformations to be applied to all geometry where a transform can be mx x offset for translation in the x direction my y offset for translation in the y direction mzz offset for translation in the z direction v x offset y offsetz offset for a general translation rx 0 for rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz 0 for rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryx for reflection about the y x plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis Ist y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the transformation preceding this option esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate y
450. ssion can have any of the features found in expressions Relational and logical operators are also available The order of precedence matches that of FORTRAN If the expression is true then all statements and commands found between the if and any associated elseif else or endif statement will be processed This set of statements is referred to as the scope of the if statement If the expression is false these same statements and commands those within the scope of the if statement will be ignored The if statement is a command and it cannot be used to select one set of arguments from another by embedding the if statement within another command Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 428 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual When two numbers which may be from the evaluations of expressions are compared possible roundoff errors are estimated and are used to determine equality This command is typically added to a session file and rerun It is more difficult to plan a set of commands such that you can enter the if elseif else endif statement interactively If you use both the while and if statements their scopes must obey the containment rule Either the scope of the while statement must be contained in the scope of the if statement the scope of the if statement must be contained in the scope of the while statement or the two scopes are disjoint Example if rebar eq 1 then if k ge 2 k then insprt
451. st surface TrueGrid surface number to be assigned to the first plane transformations is a list of any of the following coordinate transformations mx x for x translation my y for y translation mz z for z translation v X yz for a general translation rx Ofor rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz Ofor rotation about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy for reflection about the x y plane ryz for reflection about the y z plane rzx for reflection about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin 1st x axis 1st y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates pt c i label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt s i j label of a labeled point from a surface inv invert the present transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Copyright O 1992 2006
452. st be one of the following X M Z V Xo Yo Zo ex ey ez V X Yo Zo Remarks about the x axis about the y axis about the z axis about an arbitrary axis not about the x axis not about the y axis not about the z axis not about an arbitrary axis A condition can be a velocity acceleration displacement or a nodal rotation This is suited for Dyna3D velocities accelerations and nodal rotations and Lsdyna In these codes the selected nodes are prescribed this condition relative to an axis of rotation Use the frb option in the co merge phase command in the merge phase to display these conditions 296 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual fvv prescribed variable velocities fvv nodes load curve amp expr x expr y expr z expr where nodes can be n node number rtxyz cy rho theta z sp rho theta phi nset name of set load curve amp expr x expr y expr z expr Remarks for a node number for a point in Cartesian coordinates for a point in cylindrical coordinates for a point in spherical coordinates for a node set for a load curve number or zero for the FORTRAN amplitude for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity x component for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity y component for the FORTRAN expression for the velocity z component This command assigns velocities allowing for the amplitude factor and the
453. sually invoked two times to generate a single spring once for each node ofthe spring This can be done across several parts or in the Merge Phase All of the options are not needed by all output options Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 274 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual delspd Delete a numbered spring damper delspd spring damper Remarks The spring damper may have been defined using the spring command or it may have been read into the TrueGrid internal data base using the readmesh command delspds Delete a list of numbered springs dampers delspds spring damper list 10 Element Commands The recommended method of beam element generation in the merge phase uses the bm command This method of beam generation has the advantage that one can connect any existing noe with any other existing node using a curve ora line This method has the disadvantage that if a part is changed in a subsequent running of the session file any reference in the bm command to an existing node may be incorrect and will have to be changed This is the usual non parametric nature ofthe merge phase This command is fully interactive Beams are strung along a 3D curve interpolated along a line to connect existing nodes The second method of beam element generation extracts the needed nodes from an existing shell or brick part This is only available within the Part Phase and has the usual advantage ofthe part phase
454. sued If two nodes are merged into one and assigned a new number it is this number that is used in this command If after this node is moved using the pn command a new merge command is issued with a negative value so that the two nodes are no longer merged together both nodes will have been moved to the same location so that they are coincident but separate nodes Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 204 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 2 Diagnostics Commands ajnp find node near point ajnp x coordinate y coordinate z coordinate Remarks The parameter Vonode is set to the node number of the node that is located nearest Euclidean distance the given point This parameter is then available for future commands This feature has been provided so that the node number can be used in batch mode cenref restore reference center for moment calculations cenref no arguments Remarks Restore the reference center for moment calculations to its default the origin of the coordinate system Normally the origin of the coordinate system is used as a reference center in moment calculations You can change that with reference command The purpose of this command is simply to restore the default afterwards centroid moments and inertia centroid no arguments Remarks Print the moments and inertias of each part and material elm highlight elements within a measure interval elm minimum maxi
455. t global gct levels lev and final transformations and they are applied in the order they are listed Since the lev and the associated pslv pplv commands allow for many nested levels of transformations the ordering is based on the ordering of the nested levels The inner nested level is performed first with Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 411 the outer level performed last This ordering is like nested loops in a programming language Element cross sectional properties and in particular thicknesses are not scaled by these transformations Ict define local coordinate transformations lct n trans trans where trans is a left to right product of the following basic operations mx x offset to translate in the x direction my y offset to translate in the y direction mzz offset to translate in the z direction v x offset y offsetz offset to translate by a vector rx theta to rotate about the x axis ry theta to rotate about the y axis rz theta to rotate about the z axis raxis angle x0 y0 z0 xn yn zn axis of rotation rxy to reflect about the x y plane ryz to reflect about the y z plane rzx to reflect about the z x plane tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtxyz Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi spherical coordinates
456. t O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 82 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example TrueGrid DRAW Defined Curves ld 1 lep 2100 100 100 0 r Curve 2 c 2d curve definition c elliptic arc curd 1 1d2d3d 1 rt x 22 c 3d curve 1 definition c elliptic arc c in plane curd 2 1d2d3d 1 rt x 2 2 c 3d curve 2 definition c elliptic arc c with nonuniformly c interpolated coordinate x Figure 60 curve 1 and curve 2 by Id2d3d Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 83 intcur create append a 3D curve by interpolation intcur 3D curve 1 3D curve 2 interpolation parameter transform where 3D curve 1 is the ID number of a 3D curve 3D curve 2 is the ID number of the second 3D curve interpolation parameter is the distance from curve 1 towards the second and transform is a final transformation which may be applied Remarks The intcur command is especially useful for defining the inside curves for a butterfly mesh which must be applied along curved geometry A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid DRAW Defined Curves Curve 4 is created by interpolation between curves 2 and 3 with interpolation parameter 3 Figure 61 Simplified command file curd 4 intcur 2 3
457. t dx last dz last derivative 32 first curve ft last curve f last match first of other curve 33 first curve f last curve ft last match last of other curve convergence convergence tolerance mxiniter maximum of inner iterations mxouiter maximum of outer iterations Ar ELE pairs of control points n Remarks The Wilson Fowler algorithm fits cubic spline arcs through the set of given points The basic idea was to come as close as possible to the true spline elastica which minimizes the energy of the curve with a curve composed of cubic segments which are joined together to achieve continuous tangent and curvature This was accomplished by introducing a local u v coordinate system for each segment with the independent variable running along the chord joining x z with X in Z n The curvature matching conditions lead to a tri diagonal nonlinear system of equations which must be solved iteratively The difference between derivatives for the i and 1 point is minimized until the maximal difference is less than convergence or until the maximum number of iterations 1s reached The recommended value for convergence is from 10 to 10 The recommended value for mxiniter is 4 The recommended value for mxouiter is 8 times the total number of points The process does not necessarily converge for every case When this method does not converge an informative message is issued with the largest curvature difference It is useful for simulation o
458. t number loc3d element number loc2dq element number loc3dq element number sd crv sdedge sdpt crvpt bb nodeset set_name onset set_name first last faceset set_name facesel set_name elemset set_name parts tol part part where part part fraces fredges cracks 0 to locate a 2D shell element by its number to locate a 3D brick element by its number to locate a 2D quadratic shell element by its number to locate a 3D quadratic brick element by its number to display numbers of defined surfaces to display numbers of defined 3D curves to display surface edge identification numbers to display labels of points on defined surfaces to display labels of points on defined 3D curves to display the master block boundary interfaces to display a node set to display an ordered node set to display a face set to display and label a face set to display an element set to display parts to display nodes merged between parts part sequence number 0 means all part sequence number 0 means all free faces only actively displayed parts and materials free edges only actively displayed parts and materials cracks below a specified subtended angle Labels do not overlap If an object is not labeled zoom in on it so there is more room for the label Also try rotating the picture The tokens used for a feature in the model may be different in the wire hide and fill graphics mode These differences can used to your advantage For e
459. t options can be ABCSI radius ABCS2 thickness ABCS3 radius NABIP1 _integrations NABIP2 integrations NABIP3 _integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 14 t options for TRAPEZOID ABAQUS where t options can be ABCSI width ABCS2 height ABCS3 width ABCS4 depth NABIPI _integrations NABIP2 _integrations RSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 15 t options for I SECTION ABAQUS where t options can be ABCSI width ABCS2 height ABCS3 thickness ABCSA thickness NABIPI _integrations Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 386 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual NABIP2 integrations TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature 16 t options for ARBITRARY ABAQUS where t options can be CSCRY yl zl ynzn CSSTH thickl thickn TRSS stiffness ABTEMP temperature Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 387 ANSYS beams If node K is Omitted and theta 0 the eleme Axis yl is Parallel to the Global X Y Plane Figure 277 Beam Local Coordinate System for ANSYS ban4 options for ELASTIC BEAMS ANSYS where t options can be AREA area IXX moment IYY moment IZZ moment HEIGHT height WIDTH width THETA angle INSTR strain SHEARY constant SHEARZ constant Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 388 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ban t options
460. t the type of element to quadratic c mesh definition quadratic bricks block 13 5 7 1 3 5 7 13 12 34 12 34 11 fset 1 1 2 4 4 2 u s1 c face set union mesh manipulations E c mesh definition for quadratic shells block 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 7 1 12 34 12 34 1 fset 1 1 1 4 4 1 u s1 c face set union mesh manipulations TrueGrid display face set sl merge labels facesel s1 Figure 225 results of the facesel command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 259 labels parts label parts Remarks TrueGrid display parts Clicking the left mouse button on the part label displays a skeleton of the part Example Two parts are created and labeled Figure 226 labeled parts labels tol display nodes merged between parts tol part part TrueGrid display merged nodes parts where part part number 0 means all part part number 0 means all See pg 201 434 for the rules which govern the merging of the nodes Example Two parts are created The common nodes are merged and displayed The simplified command file follows stp 001 c merge nodes labels tol 1 2 Figure 227 merged nodes Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 260 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual labels fraces display free faces By definition at least one node is not merged on the free face Free
461. t type zone where type can be interior wall Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 304 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual pr inlet pressure inlet inlet ve inlet vent intake f intake fan pr outle pressure outlet exhaust exhaust fan outlet v outlet vent symmetry per shad periodic shadow pr far f pressure far field velocity velocity inlet periodic fan porous j porous jump radiator mass flo mass flow inlet interfac interface outflow axis il identifies an inlet for fluid flow il fset face_set infol print nodal information with a specific load condition infol nodes type where nodes can be n node_number a node number rtxyz a Cartesian coordinate cy rho theta z a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi a point in spherical coordinates nset name_of_set a node set type can be all oad curve f for all nodal conditions fc load_ for force fd load curve f for fixed displacement fv load curve for fixed velocity Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 305 Remarks ft load curve ft tm sw stone wall ft M acc oad curve i fa mp mom load_ Ib ocal system 7 ve te si interface 3S tepro oad curve ft scale base temp for forced temperature for initial temperature for stone wall for electrostatic potential for acceleration for fixed angular displacement for magnetic potential for mome
462. ta base 4153 node points 32 beam elements 333 linear shell elements 21 quadratic shell elements 11 linear brick elements including tets and wedges 357 quadratic brick elements including tets and wedges 2 beam element cross section definitions 6 material models 2 local coordinate systems defined 4 load sets 45 324 3 655 spring material properties 22 springs There were 12 warning conditions from the NASTRAN deck Load sets are similar to load curves in many of the dynamics codes and it will be necessary to define the appropriate load curves when porting to these codes In the above example if the output format is DYNA3D then the load curves 45 324 3 and 655 should be defined The NASTRAN features which are supported in the READMESH command are CBAR saved as a 2D element cross sectional properties can be changed CBEAM saved as a 2D element cross sectional properties can be changed CBEND saved as a 2D element cross sectional properties can be changed CELASI scalar and ground points are not supported a PELAS must be referenced CELAS2 scalar and ground points are not supported this also produces a spring material definition CHEXA CORD CPENTA CQUADA CQUAD8 CQUADR CROD saved as a 2D element cross sectional properties can be changed CSHEAR CTETRA CTRIA3 Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual Marc
463. tarts out with its axis aligned with the x axis The radius must be positive The transformations make it convenient to start with this cylinder and then translate and rotate it to the required position Translations are applied to the point which started at the origin For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts When projecting a point onto this surface be sure that it is initialized somewhere away from the axis of symmetry in order to make it clear which direction to project See Figure 131 Thisisan infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion ofthe surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change reference scale 1 0E 01 Figure 131 An x cylinder translated and rotated Example sd 1 xcy 1 my 1 ry 15 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 169 xyplan transform an infinite xy plane xyplan trans where trans is a sequence of simple operators to transform the plane Remarks This is the infinite plane defined by z 0 rruecrid display xy plan transformed The transform makes it convenient to start with this plane and then translate or rotate it to the desired position For the syntax of the transformations see the sections on replication and transformation of parts The following example produced the picture below Translations are appli
464. tatement in FORTRAN Every else belongs to an if statement which must be ended with an endif If there 1s another if statement that follows before the endif statement then that if statement must be ended with an endif before the first if This is called nesting of if statements TrueGrid allows for 19 nestings of if statements An else statement can optionally be used as the final option in the if statement The else can also have up to 19 nested if statements following it Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 430 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual This command is typically added to a session file and rerun It is more difficult to plan a set of commands such that you can enter the if elseif else endif statement interactively If you use both the while and else statements their scopes must obey the containment rule Either the scope of the while statement must be contained in the scope of the else statement the scope of the else statement must be contained in the scope of the while statement or the two scopes are disjoint endif end an if statement endif Remarks The endif statement must be on a line by itself This is like the block if elseif else endif statement in FORTRAN Every endif ends an if statement endwhile end a while statement endwhile Remarks The endwhile statement must be on a line by itself Every endwhile ends or closes a while statement while begin a loop iteration
465. tations frb where op can be v for velocity a for acceleration d for displacement LS DYNA only dofv nodal DOF velocity dofa nodal DOF acceleration dofd nodal DOF displacement LS DYNA only detp detonation points trp tracer particles off to turn off condition display size scale to scale the size of the tokens displaying conditions angle 0 to change cone angle for tokens displaying conditions Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 detp trp 215 Remarks The tokens used to represent conditions on the model may be different when viewing the same condition in the wire and the hide mode graphics For example when viewing a sliding interface the wire graphics circles every node on the interface The hide shows an arrow at the center of every face on the interface pointing in the outward direction Both can be useful information co dx dy dz rx ry orrz display boundary conditions co fc display concentrated nodal loads AWS D Ly cylinder 1 5 1 226 1 5 1 5 2 5 0 900 5 5 sfi 1 2 1 2 1 2 c 000 12 o 1 fc 12 1 gt 2 2 1 SSS engpert 0 NS ao ze 3 2 AMIS yy Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 216 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks The co acc display accelerations co fmom display follower nodal moment and co fd display fixed displaceme
466. te results and need to process the mesh data further The table consists of two columns The first column is the node number before merging The second column is the node number after merging Two rows with the same second node number means the two corresponding nodes have been merged together Example The following butterfly block structure is a good example of merging within one part sd 1cy000 block 1 2 3 4 dei 1 2 03 4 sfi 1 0 4 sd sfi 1 0 4 1 sd 1 merge stp 001 mnl Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 203 This produces the merged nodes table below Notice that the original node number 5 is merged to node 1 This causes the original node 6 to be renamed as node 5 The original node 9 is merged to node 2 causing the original node 10 to be renamed node 8 The original node 11 is merged to node 5 which was originally node 6 The original node 12 is merged to node 8 which was originally node 10 c MERGED NODES TABLE 1 1 E 2 2 E 3 3 4 4 o 5 I e 6 5 o 7 6 o 8 7 e 9 2 o 10 8 C 11 5 e 12 8 pn place a node at a new location pn nodexyz where node node number Xyz Cartesian coordinates of the new location Remarks This command is used automatically when the Move Pts and node button are selected in the Merge Phase environment window The node numbers change when a different merge command is is
467. ted as boundary edges These boundary edges are sewn together to form surface edges see labels and curd Example The following example creates 2 surfaces inner and outer The nodal and connectivity files are listed below These files were read with the command vpsd 1 vpsd nodes vpsd elem See below for a picture of the resulting surfaces Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 194 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Nodal file vpsd nodes TrueGrid Draw oo d oo 87 0 50 3 00 00 1 00 3 00 0 50 3 00 70 50 3 00 71 00 3 00 0 50 3 00 ps Top ee 12 pL sone s do 0 013 Le 10 pola 307 02 195 213 9 400 1 50 24 75 rlsd30 0 amp 753425795 LT O IZ 2000 301014 Co N RE 1 975 04 35 2 5 1 29 1 53 2 5 16 0 68 1 88 2 5 17 0 68 1 88 2 5 18 1 29 1 53 2 5 19 1 97 0 331259 20 1 09 0 358 20 08 Figure 139 Polygon Surfaces 21 21 29 21 53 2 5 22 0 68 1 88 2 5 23 0 68 1 88 2 5 245 1 29 21 53 2 5 25 2 17 15 25 2 25 26 0 00 2 50 2 25 LALALA ple 2 Dy 262 O 28 2 17 1 25 2 25 29 0 00 224 50 2 25 304 25 175 51 25 24 25 Connectivity file vpsd elem outer 1 6 12 13 14 7 outer 17 15 16 8 2 outer 2 8 17 18 9 3 outer 3 9 19 20 10 4 outer 4 10 21 22 11 5 outer 5 11 23 24 12 6 inner 123456 outer 7 14 25 15 outer 8 16 26 1
468. ted dtu dea fe as d 113 blend3 blend three bounding 3D curves to form a patch 113 blend4 blend four bounding 3D curves to form a patch 114 bsps B spline o Re Hun Muse ud urls oad A 116 bstl read the standard binary STL file ooo ooooooo o 118 cn2p infinite cone defined by two points oooooooooooo o 118 cone infinite cone defined by radius and angle 120 cp infinite generalized cylinder extruded or lofted curve 121 Cr 2D curve revolved about an axis 0 0 0 ee eee 122 crule3d cylindrical surface between two 3D curves 123 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 5 crx cry CIZ csps cy cy3 cyr2 cyr3 er face faceset function hermite igess igesp intp iplan mesh nrbs nurbs pipe pl2 p13 pl3o plan poly pr r3dc rule2d rule3d sds Sp stl swept ts xcy xyplan yey yzplan rotate 2D curve about x axis 00 000 0000 124 rotate 2D curve about y axis 0 0 eee 125 rotate 2D curve about Z axis ii 4 Se e ee ee eo aes 126 fit a cubic spline surface through 3D data 127 ls us queue eredi Pe ES AERE S RR ae M elt 122 cylinder from 3 points civ eeu ta ette Ada 133 cylinder from 2 points and radius oooooocococooo ooo 134 cylinder from 3 points and radius oooooococoocooo oo 135 ellipsoid ellipse revol
469. teractive execution i e with keyboard and mouse interrupt no arguments Remarks Upon reaching this command in a batch file TrueGrid halts execution of commands in the file and becomes interactive This gives you an opportunity to interactively modify the model When you wish to continue execution of the batch file you can issue the resume command This feature is useful in making a change to an existing mesh Using a text editor enter the interrupt command into the command file at the end of the list of commands for each part that needs modification Then run the command file When TrueGrid becomes interactive issue the commands to make the desired modifications and click on the Resume button or type the resume command into the test window Keep in mind that TrueGrid will start executing commands from the command file from where it stopped after encountering the interrupt command If for example there was an endpart command just after the interrupt command in the command file then it would cause an error if you were to type the endpart command into the text window before you resumed execution of the commands from the command file TrueGrid would see two endpart commands in sequence and the second one would be an error After you have completed the execution of all of the commands from the command file and the commands you issued interactively you can exit TrueGrid and save the new sequence of commands found in the session fil
470. terpolation where Curve curve interpolation ID ID number of the first 2D curve number of the second curve interpolation parameter 52 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Remarks TrueGrid 2D curves Interpolation is an weight factor for the first curve 1 interpolation is the weight factor for the second curve In other words specifying an interpolation of 1 will reproduce the first curve and specifying an interpolation of 0 will reproduce the second curve The interpolation is done by relative arc length A parameter from 0 to 1 based on the arc length is used to traverse both curves uniformly For each value of this parameter a point is interpolated along the line between the two points associated with the parameter on the two curves This is done for every point to form the interpolated third curve See the example on the next page Figure 38 Interpolation Between 2 2D curves Example This example is based on the curve defined in the previous example using Itbo ld 3 lep 22001 890 ld 4 lint 2 3 lt 2 ld 5 lint 2 3 4 ld 6 lint 2 3 6 ld 7 lint 2 3 8 csp2 cubic spline csp2 option x z x 2 where option can be loop close curve into a smooth loop First endpoint with zero 2 derivative 00 last with zero 2 derivative 01 ast dx last dz last derivative 02 last curve amp last match f
471. tes will be interchanged nerl rule used to number the nodes and brick elements nerl flag where the flag can be 0 for default numbering method 1 for ordered by increasing i index first 1 for ordered by decreasing i index first 2 for ordered by increasing j index first 2 for ordered by decreasing j index first Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 423 3 for ordered by increasing k index first 3 for ordered by decreasing k index first Remarks The default numbering is complicated to describe and is good for most problems Nodes and brick elements can be numbered by specifying the last index so that the part can be split into layers This way the first sequence of nodes and elements will be found in the first layer the second sequence of nodes and elements will be found in the second layer and so on gmi material number increment for global replication gmi material_ _increment Remarks This command sets the increment used to change the material numbers in a part that is being replicated using the grep command For each replication of a part the material numbers are increased from the previous replication For example if materials 1 and 6 are used in the creation of a part and if the global material increment is 3 then a replication of this part using grep would be assigned materials 4 and 9 respectively The default is
472. th the specified number All specified curves will be rendered even those used in the construction or rendering of more complex geometric entities igeslbls use IGES surface labels to name surfaces igeslbls flag where flag can be on or off Remarks The default is off Sometimes an IGES file includes labels for the surfaces When several surfaces are found to have the same label they are treated as a composite surface The result would be the same if the sd command were issued using the sds option to combine the several surfaces into one Surface numbers are assigned for internal bookkeeping It will grab the next available surface number to do this You will be notified for each composite surface Names must have some alphabetic characters in them and no spaces Other special characters like and should also be avoided although the implications of using none alphanumeric characters has not been explored This feature is case insensitive Only the first 8 characters of a name are used One can add surfaces to a composite by simply naming it in the sd command when the surface is defined Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 186 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual igespd render a sequence of IGES planes igespd plane plane first surface transformations where plane sequence number in the IGES file of the first plane to be evaluated plane sequence number of the last plane to be evaluated fir
473. the element set text a text comment Remarks It is necessary to specify a comment using esetc for each node set to be written to ALE3D esetinfo report the element set names and number of elements esetinfo no arguments Remarks Command esetinfo reports the element set names and number of elements fsetc face set comment fsetc set name text where set name is the name of the face set text a text comment Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 409 Remarks It is necessary to specify a comment using fsetc for each node set to be written to ALE3D fsetinfo report the face set names and number of faces fsetinfo no arguments Remarks Command fsetinfo reports the face set names and number of faces nsetc attach a comment to a node set nsetc se name text where set name is the name of the node set text a text comment Remarks It is necessary to specify a comment using nsetc for each node to be written to ALE3D nsetinfo report the node set names and number of nodes nsetinfo no arguments Remarks Command nsetinfo reports the node set names and number of nodes 10 Coordinate Transformations and Part Replication Coordinate transformations are used to translate scale reflect and rotate an object from a local coordinate system to the global coordinate system A local coordinate system is a frame of reference in which to generate a part A l
474. the save file and is intended as diagnostics The following is a sample of that table SLIDING INTERFACE SUMMARY Surf S nod S lseg S qseg M nod M lseg M qseg 105 84 0 468 418 2 232 0 52 468 418 0 3 221 0 0 390 304 0 4 221 0 0 390 304 0 5 158 0 0 20 88 0 6 158 30 30 20 88 0 7 204 102 0 204 02 0 8 232 0 52 90 52 0 9 101 8 18 6 132 0 0 101 8 18 6 132 0 el 548 120 120 3216 0 1056 2 133 84 0 161 132 0 3 133 84 0 6 132 0 4 308 240 0 3216 0 1056 This table is organized by the sliding interface number on the right Columns 2 3 and 4 are datum pertaining to the slave side on the interface columns 5 6 and 7 to the master side Columns 2 and 5 S node and M node are node counts Columns 3 and 6 S 1seg and M 1seg are linear face counts and columns 4 and 7 S qseg and M qseg are quadratic face counts A table of merged nodes is always written after the tp or stp commands are executed MERGED NODES SUMMARY 12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 2 16 nodes merged between parts 2 and 2 12 nodes merged between parts 1 and 3 16 nodes merged between parts 3 and 3 216 nodes merged between parts 4 and 4 30 nodes merged between parts 7 and 7 88 nodes merged between parts 8 and 8 390 nodes were deleted by tolerancing Up through 4000 parts can be merged under general tolerancing 1 e no use of t
475. there is also a trimmed version of that surface In the same manner planes and other surface types are sequenced and rendered Then IGES curves are numbered and rendered in the order that they are found in the IGES file Although an IGES curve may be 2D or 3D they are all treated as 3D curves with 2D curves being assigned a third constant coordinate Since most 2D curves are usually used to define a trimmed surface they are not automatically rendered When there are multiple IGES files being used the IGES sequence numbering of NURBS planes other surfaces and curves start where they left off on from the previous IGES surface You may have difficulty reading an IGES file created on a different machine This is because WINTEL systems use a different end of line and carriage return from UNIX LINUX systems One way to solve this problem is to use a text editor to remove the extra character at the end of the line and rewrite it There may also be utilities on your system to do this conversion If you use ftp to transfer the file be sure to leave it in ASCII or character mode not binary Y ou can display rendered IGES curves with commands such as ded dacd acd acds rcd rdds and deds You can display rendered IGES surfaces with commands such as dsd dasd asd asds rsd rsds dsds You can place the edge of the mesh along a rendered IGES curve with the curs command You can place a face of the mesh on a rendered IGES surface with the sf command
476. tialized with an Id command with options Then this command can be used to append other 2D curve segments to the end of it This command is used primarily by the GUI graphical user interface so that you have a command to click on in the menus when you want to interactively append another 2D curve segment to the previously initiated 2D curve Otherwise the apld command does nothing Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 19 Examples The following two curve definitions are equivalent ld 1 1p2 1 6 5 1 6 4 lat 1 6 4 5 4 2 lat 2 8 4 3 5 2 and ld 1 1p2 1 6 5 1 6 4 apld lat 1 6 4 5 4 2 apld lat 2 8 4 3 5 2 Ice concentric arcs lec x z Begin Ong radius radius radius where x iz coordinates of the center of the circle Obegin angle which defines the beginning of the arc Dos angle which defines the end of the arc radius radius radii of the various arcs Remarks TrueGrid 2D curves The 2D curves are numbered sequentially beginning with the last defined 2D curve number plus one Example lee 1 2 45 135 1 4 9 16 25 36 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 20 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual ckl check curvature ckl 2D curve 2D curve angle where 2D curve number of the first curve to be checked 2D curve number ofthe last 2D curve to be checked angl
477. tic bricks qb3 ist elements list quadratic bricks qb4 ist elements list quadratic bricks qb5 ist elements list quadratic bricks qb6 ist elements list quadratic bricks Remarks The initial assignment creates a face set If the face set with the same name already existed then it is deleted and recreated The intersect operator redefines a face set to be only those faces which are found to be both in the original set and among the selected faces Selected faces can be added by using the union operator This causes any selected faces to be included in a set if it is not already in that set The minus operator removes all faces in a set which are among the selected faces See also pg 258 for labeling of the face sets Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 326 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual n face 3 face AT FACE 2 8 E Right Hand Rule Positive Orientatio of the Face is 1 2 3 4 gt r s t element local coordinate syste Figure 244 face order in brick element Figure 245 orientation of nodes in face Faces in face sets are identified by an element number and an order number of a face in the element Face order in the element is shown in 244 Nodes in the face are ordered by the right hand rule The vector in 245 is always oriented outward from the element The SRF option only considers those elements that are in the display set If a part or material is removed from t
478. tion 1000 2000 100 2000 u cos v v sin v u sin v v cos v 1000 u v 25 curd 1 sdedge 1 2 ld3d2d z 1 1 TrueGrid display TrueGrid 2D curves _ 50E406 50E406 50E 06 00E 05 00E 05 50E 06 50E 06 50E406 3 500E 06 5 000E 05 2 500E 06 1 500E 06 1 500E 06 2 500E 06 5 000E 05 x Figure 5 Spiral Surface Figure 6 Curve From Spiral Surface Idinfo information about 2D curves Idinfo lt no arguments gt Remarks A table is printed listing each defined 2D curve This data is always written to the tsave file When in the interactive mode the data is also written to the text window This table contains a list of 2D curves that have been defined and the number of points used in their definition Example For a model with several curves this command was issued ldinfo Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 26 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual N C Q C a S DEFINITIONS 2D curve definition number 1 contains 73 points 2D curve definition number 2 contains 8 points 2D curve definition number 4 contains 3 points 2D curve definition number 9 contains 13 points 2D curve definition number 14 contains 16 points 2D curve definition number 30 contains 4 points last 2D curve defined is number 14 Idprnt print coordinates Idprnt 2D curve where 2D curve is the number
479. tion is the product of the amplitude and the current value of the load curve In this case the load curve is a time dependent function given by the load curve number oad curve In some other simulation codes such as ABAQUS the load curve number is associated with a step and in other simulation codes like NASTRAN the load curve number is associated with a load case Also see the Displacement Velocities and Acceleration section in the Part Phase Generation chapter acc Cartesian prescribed nodal boundary acceleration acc nodes load curve ampl options x y z where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point in spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set load curve for a load curve or zero ampl for the amplitude where options can be any of exclude exclude normal directions for Lsdyna birth time specify starting time for Lsdyna death time specify ending time for Lsdyna where Xyz for the x y and z components of the acceleration Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 293 bv prescribed boundary surface velocities for NEKTON bv fset face set fx fy fz deform assigns deformations to beam elements deform type object sid deformation where type and object are related beam beam f beam number rods or bars eset ele
480. tions where tracking can be fixed or free and an option is followed by some parameters time start_time point x0 y0 z0 Inpy x y1 z1 x2 y2z2 _tracers Remarks This defines the location and properties of Tracer Particles in Ls dyna Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 315 15 Radiation and Temperature Commands These commands let you set various boundary conditions related to radiation and temperature See also the radiation and temperature commands in the Part Phase bf bulk fluid bf fset face set id_ load amplitude a b where face set name of the face set id_ bfd bulk fluid identification number load load curve number amplitude multiplier of the load curve a exponent a b exponent b Remarks Use this command to identify those faces surfaces which are to be part of the bulk fluid node calculation Use the orpt command to orient the faces as desired Use the co command with the bf option to display the bulk fluid faces cv boundary convection cv fset face set load curve amplitude load curve amplitude exponent where face set name of the face set load curve first load curve number or zero amplitude amplitude factor for the first load curve load curve second load curve number or zero amplitude amplitude factor for the second load curve and exponent exponent Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Ri
481. tments to the mesh to improve the mesh quality 3D curves are also useful when no surface information is available It was noted above that these curves can be used to define surfaces It is also possible to place the edges of the mesh along the 3D curves and interpolate the faces of the mesh In fact this will be done by default when no surfaces Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 66 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual are specified However you may wish to specify the type of interpolation between the edges using the lin or tf commands The curd command can be used to begin the definition of a 3D curve A 3D curve can also be imported from an IGES file by using the IGES or IGESCD commands A 3D curve can be used to create 2D curves Id3d2d 3D curves contour and surfaces sd Vertices of the mesh can be placed at points on a 3D curve pbs Edges of the mesh can be placed along a piece of a curve either initially cur or permanently curf or placed along the entire curve cure curs is useful when you want to be able to control the position of the intermediate vertices along a multiple edge A 3D curve is built with 3D curve segments For example a composite curve from an IGES file is a segmented 3D curve In many cases a single 3D curve segment using only one of the options in this chapter is all that is needed for a 3D curve definition This segmentation feature is something to keep in mind
482. to be merged and issuing the bnstol command Then an stp command with a tolerance of 1 could be issued to rule out all merging except for the region of the two node sets This feature has the opposite effect of the sliding interface sid command of type dummy merge switch to the merge assembly phase merge no arguments Remarks This command does not work in the merge phase since you will already be in the merge phase If this command is issued while in the part phase it will cause the part to end This command is useful in the control phase to switch to the merge phase where there is a 3D graphics window mns merge node sets mns mns node set 1 node set 2 where mns mns identification number node set 1 name of the first node set node set 2 name of the second node set Remarks Two node sets are specified and any pair of nodes one in each set are allowed to be merged if they are found on opposite sides of a sliding interface A merge command in the Merge phase is still Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 437 required for the nodes to be merged and only those nodes within the specified distance between them will be merged Up to 15 pairs of node sets are allowed This feature can be undone by using a for one of the sets in order to prematurely end the command Example Two shell parts are generated with a small gap between them The
483. to create append another 3D curve projected onto a surface Use pscur to create append another 3D curve projected onto a surface and smoothed Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 70 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual igc create append an IGES curve to a 3D curve igc GES curve transformations where IGES curve is the sequence number of a curve in the current IGES file and trans is a transformation Remarks A composite IGES curve is treated as a single curve After the 3D curve is defined the saveiges and useiges commands should be used for fast retrieval of the IGES curve in subsequent sessions See their command descriptions for more detail A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the Ict command sdedge create append curve by surface edge sdedge surface ft edge ft where surface_ is the surface ID number of a previously defined surface and edge f is the number of the desired edge The edge numbers range from 1 to 4 Remarks Use sdedge or se to create append a 3D curve from an edge of a defined surface Each edge is assigned a number To view the surface with the numbered edge use the graphics labels command with the option sdedge or se It is a good idea to zoom in tight on the desired edge before turning on these labels however particularly if you are using read in IG
484. to make the problem of meshing practical to solve If you wish you can save the modified polygon surface by using the wrsd command so that the next time you use this polygon surface you do not have to repeat these polygon surface modifications Use the labels command to label the surface nodes on a polygon surface to aid in selecting the point id npll set the quality of the projection to surfaces npll size where size is a relative curvature in a fold in the surface Remarks This command is almost never needed In fact there has been only one known case where this was needed It is used in the special case that the surface being projected onto is extremely curved and almost folds onto itself Ifthe mesh does not project properly this command will increase the quality ofthe projection search and perhaps fixes the problem An alternative solution is to break the surface into smaller surfaces or use 3D curves with additional partitions in the mesh to constrain the mesh to the desired region of the surface The default for this parameter is 30 It cannot be larger than 2000 If this number is increased the length of time needed to project onto a surface will be increased The cost for the projections should increase by something less than linear with respect to the number assigned with the command npll If you are having difficulties also try the getol command This command is not found in the Graphical User Interface because it should only be us
485. to tts re 68 SUE is a rU eR 116 Backplane penita ota d 211 Bar rigid tbe os xo rr Os 289 Batch execution 451 453 456 Batch file ees 442 453 DB aint ties A OO 456 ADO verd seit ars cu 175 ADDS A eux xa 175 DADO 2 i42 us aa tei N 175 data points oo ooooooo o 374 DDD Asia tice cct gated 175 DDDS ovs crod Seer verb RES 175 display ES 214 GIIBIOQ ren s hart A 449 example 220 234 244 355 372 Inttd part cioe ce RIDE ata 355 intra part example 355 fabeled deer une A 247 AAA paso S RR cage M 372 normal offset 355 Rabb ag ui prece e e ded 175 EBD einsa d ate RE Orkak 175 RbbS 245b na 175 retrieve quo qus exa or x n dud 373 SEOTG x eraot alent tethers lt atum 373 USAS cq s erg b os 441 Bbinfo aesae xe ot etuer 372 examples o rb sd 373 B am miie aa ean a ea hc 383 beam parts o ou ded it ta 356 Beats chest ae A lake e ene true 356 ABAOUS uoce x E nea 384 ANSY S oa on deaf ito ai Date 388 Dri ea Gs c Ee 383 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 484 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual COCA asilo ve 358 cross section change 285 Cross Sections oo iq y ex 383 display coo ede a o dad 246 DYXNA3D ya too e maze 391 element offset oa 383 ibm ibMi 383 integration rules 383 jbm AA aae eod 383 kbm kbmi a denm 383 ES DYNA tarada 393 MARC aia 397 NASTRAN 00005 4
486. tol command before this command to extract interior features as edges This surface is ideal when a hex mesh is to be attached to an existing model For example a NASTRAN model can be read in and the exterior of that mesh can be converted to a surface using this method This is required when using the blude part command Example A NASTRAN mesh of a simple ship is import using the readmesh command and one of the sides of the ship wet surface only is selected using the interactive set creation features This set is then converted to a surface using WW S AA Sh XA NN NULA wo NX SS QQ A ww FAR sd faceset starboard c starboard is the face set highlighted in red c These faces where selected using the c lasso after selecting pick sets and faces Figure 101 Faceset surface Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 138 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual function surface by three algebraic expressions function uin Umax Vmin Ymax X expression y expression z expression trans min max min max where Unin minimum value of the first independent variable TNR maximum value of the first independent variable Vmin minimum value of the second independent variable Vmax maximum value of the second independent variable x expression algebraic expression for first 3D coordinate y expression algebraic expression for second 3D coordinate z expression algebraic
487. transformation esca scale factor to scale all coordinates xsca scale factor to scale the x coordinate ysca scale factor to scale the y coordinate zsca scale factor to scale the z coordinate Remarks This command applies to the IGES file you selected with the igesfile or iges command It is inefficient to start with a high number for the surfaces A unique TrueGrid surface will be assigned to each rendered IGES NURBS surface starting with the specified number Each specified surface will be rendered even if it is untrimmed and forms the basis for a trimmed surface In order to evaluate planes use the igespd command Use the igessd command to render other IGES surface types Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 190 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual saveiges save IGES binary data saveiges file where file is the file name to contain the binary IGES surface and 3D curve data Remarks If your IGES file has a large number of surfaces and 3D curves that you need to reuse it may be time consuming for TrueGrid to render them each time you rerun your batch file With this command you can save the evaluations so that in the future you can quickly access the surfaces and curves This command is used after the IGES geometry has been rendered All IGES geometric entities surfaces and 3D curves that have been rendered will be stored in the binary data file Each surface or 3D curve from an IGES file is
488. transformations that define the local coordinate system chosen from the following mx x offset for translation in x my y offset for translation in y mz z offset for translation in z Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 365 v x offset y offsetz offset for translation in an arbitrary direction rx 0 for rotation about the x axis ry 0 for rotation about the y axis rz 0 for rotation about the z axis tf origin x axis y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rtx yz for Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates pt c i fora label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt 5 ij fora label of a labeled point from a surface ftf st origin Ist x axis Ist y axis 2nd origin 2nd x axis 2nd y axis where each of the arguments consist of a coordinate type followed by coordinate information rt x yz for Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for spherical coordinates pt c i for a label of a labeled point from a 3D curve pt 5 ij fora label of a labeled point from a surface inv to invert the present transformation Remarks This command is used before using the Ib command This command defines the local coordinate system to constrain a set of nodes in a coordinate system different from the global coordinate system Isys
489. ts dsd display a surface in the picture dsd surface f Remarks Displays only one surface removing all others if necessary dsds display several surfaces in the picture dsds 5 5 5 where s is a numbered surface defined by an sd command Remarks Displays only the surfaces listed lasd list the surfaces in the picture lasd no arguments Remarks This command is useful in creating composite surfaces This is the second step in a three step process 1 select a set of seed surfaces for display 2 use the lasd to list the surface numbers 3 cut and paste this list of surfaces into the sds option of the sd command Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 178 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual rasd remove all surfaces from the picture rasd no arguments rsd remove a surface from the picture rsd surface_ 11 Importing Geometry from CAD Programs IGES is a standard format for CAD geometry and can be used to pass geometry from a CAD program to TrueGrid It is advantageous to use IGES geometry because most CAD systems are better than TrueGrid at creating complex geometry Also you may already have an IGES model and there is no need to reproduce the effort in creating the geometry in TrueGrid IGES geometry has the disadvantage that it may be overly complex and reducing the geometry to that which is needed for meshing is more difficult than building the geometry within Tr
490. ts forming a polygonal 3D curve c se Ip3pt to create append a sequence of surface curve points forming a polygonal 3D curve ci se eped to create append a copy of a previously defined 3D curve Use epeds to create append a copy of a sequence of previously defined 3D curves Use contour to create append a contour segment from an existing surface or curve The surface point id is formed from 3 numbers separated by periods For example 3 10 12 references a point on surface 3 at position 1710 j 12 The curve point idis formed from 2 numbers separated by a period For example 4 1 references the 1 point in 3D curve 4 Use esp3 to create append a 3D cubic spline through a set of ordered points The end derivatives can be specified or matched Use bsp3 to create append a b spline curve formed from an explicit list of knots and control points Use nrb3 to create append a nurbs curve formed from an explicit list of knots weights and control points Use intcur to create append a curve interpolated between two other 3D curves Use twsurfto create append the curve at the intersection of two surfaces Initial points are required to determine the endpoints and some intermediate points for surfaces with large curvature greater than 120 degrees These points need only be approximate Use Id2d3d to create append a 2D curve converted to 3D Use 3dfunc to create append a parameterized function curve with a specified domain Use projcur
491. tween node set tolerance bnstol node set node set tolerance where node set first set of nodes to be compared node set second set of nodes to be compared tolerance tolerance that must be met for merging between node Remarks A pair of nodes may be merged into one node based on this new command If one node of the pair is in one of these two node sets and the other node is in the other node set they will be merged into one node ifthe distance between them is less than the tolerance This is checked for all possible pairs Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 436 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual of nodes This command works similarly to the ptol and bptol commands These commands only set the tolerance to be used when a merge command such as stp or tp is issued It is possible with the ptol bptol and the bnstol commands for a pair of nodes to have several tolerances making the merging process ambiguous To resolve this issue when the merging of a pair of nodes are ruled by the issuing of several of these commands then the one that was issued last will be the command to determine if the pair of nodes are to be merged The key to this is that the order that these commands are issued can be important For example one may wish to merge nodes in a specific region and rule out merging in all other regions This can be done by creating two node sets each set containing the nodes on opposite faces
492. u to import triangular surfaces via StereoLithography STL files Both the ASCII and binary versions of the file are supported Use the fetol command before this command to extract interior features as edges Example fetol 110 sd 1 stl lcab2b stl Figure 128 Surface imported from stl file Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 166 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual swept sweep 2D curves along a 2D curve swept n direction In a In a trans n n where In 2D curve number direction either r for the right side or 1 for the left side In pairs of 2D curve numbers and relative arc lengths trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks This is a surface which exactly matches various 2D curves at an arbitrary number of cross sections The 2D curve n is used as the base of the rruecrid display swept surface surface This 2D curve is on the xz plane Positions are measured along this curve by relative arc length The first point on the base curve has a relative arc length of zero The last point on the base curve has a relative arc length of 1 0 A cross section of the surface can be specified at any point along the base curve by specifying the relative arc length and the 2D curve which forms the cross section at that point The 2D curves n In form the cross sections The parameters are the relative arc lengths o
493. u want the untrimmed version ofthe surface or you may want another copy ofthe surface with a transformation applied The nurbs option of the sd command can also be applied to the NURBS surfaces assigned sequence numbers from the iges command i e there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already issued the iges command Example igesfile surfaces igs The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES file c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114 c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24 c IGES file contained 4 planes from Lo 4 The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is desired Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 152 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual sd 1 nurbs 16 If you read another IGES file the sequence numbers are added to the existing sequence numbers igesfile more surfaces igs The report to the text window and the tsave is c IGES file contained 11 surfaces from LLS Eo 125 c IGES file contained 4 NURBS surfaces from 20 to 28 c IGES file contained 4 planes from 5 to 8 sd 2 nurbs 27 rz 90 mx 1 In this last example the surface is transformed by rotating about the z axis by 90 degrees and translating in the x direction 1 before it is rendered pipe sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve pipe 3d curve radiu
494. ub te e MAR 454 A s o Ra eck dt UR 291 ELEMENTS cod Sube erc ais 291 341 example as shy ad raus 248 250 Lint Ld option eo Mace sre lek ect 22 ASE ar rd ton loda vtae 175 Ll display A edd arcet 213 EI iu A ll ro ua 425 example od aes qoas 245 424 Lnof Ld option 2 beth cx 43 Load curve definition 22 curve display 22e iode ems 65 curve fled 3l curve info o ooo ooo 25 curve readmesh 350 curves setid 23 display sea Mure os pace OE MES 213 nodal Ter aia dde cfs drach 299 Load CUVE nna aaa d eee etas at S 18 Load case readmesh uos osa y DEI 350 Loads Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 499 time dependent 18 Local coordinate system 410 display css teer a eae RO 214 Example Lea o dd 413 ND oia sero P DUC ice 366 Lod Ld option 96525 bete t Eae 42 Loft 2D CULV ES Or 121 Log expressions 00 450 Log function eres ees 427 432 Logl0 expressions 450 Logl0 function 427 432 Logarithms expressions 450 Logical operators 427 432 NGO Dts ig epus d ae mop detis 431 2D Curve co scs Buecesd shows 53 56 Lp Fled Option esed ere EVE 31 Lp2 Ld option i oe dr xe edes 36 SA vsPET 126 Lp3 Curd option 68 70 73 Lp3pt Curd opt
495. ue or parameter name value name value name value Remarks This command is used to define parameters Each is a symbol that stands for a number They can be used in any other commands that need numbers or expressions You can define up to 10 000 parameters Parameters enable you to set up your model in such a fashion that you can quickly and easily change the design whenever you want The arguments to the para command are pairs first the symbolic name and then its value The value can be a number or an expression This value will be used until you redefine the parameter with another para command To reference a parameter put a before its symbolic name For example para a 1 2 b I t S ae sd 1 plan 0 0 b qrt Sa 001 will define a plane passing through the point x20 y 0 z y1 2 A parameter can be used in place of any number It can be used in expressions and equations It can be used to assign a value to another parameter In all cases you must assign a value to the parameter before referencing it An error message will be issued if you reference a parameter without a value All parameters are stored internally as floating point values If a parameter is used for an integer then the value will be truncated when it is used For the name of the parameter you can use any character string that obeys the following rules characters may be any of the standard ASCII printing characters except for I
496. ueGrid This point is mitigated since you have the option in TrueGrid to ignore certain features by not projecting a portion of the mesh to certain surfaces Also you may not have easy access to a CAD model or you may wish not to learn how to use an available CAD system Also significant to experienced TrueGrid users is that CAD geometry is not easily made parametric while every aspect of geometry built in TrueGrid can be parametric The projection method applied to IGES geometry is superior to other mesh generation techniques in two significant ways IGES geometry is usually broken into many small components that do not meet perfectly These small gaps between the geometric components are ignored by the projection method Also many meshing techniques may fail or do poorly on some geometry requiring that the CAD system be reused to break the geometry into smaller pieces with the hope that the smaller pieces will be easily meshed If successful these other meshing techniques then must merge the individual parts together In contrast the projection method encourages building composite surfaces done very simply using the sds option ofthe sd command for surfaces and the coedge command for edges of surfaces to simplify the geometry and the block structure ofthe mesh The mesh generation methods used in TrueGrid have never been shown to fail on any geometry There are numerous options when creating an IGES file in a CAD system since there is m
497. ulc locate butterfly triple point bulc curve curve x y z ratio Remarks This command locates an interior vertex of a butterfly structure based only on the shape of two exterior curves The goal is to produce a pair of points from the two exterior curves and two additional points from this command to form a trapezoid with angles approximately 45 45 135 and 135 degrees This command is needed twice to form the two interior points The coordinates are saved in the parameters xprj Yoyprj and Vozprj The point that is input is used to select the closest point on each of the two specified curves Then a right isosceles triangle is fitted through these points in a plane that is nearly orthogonal to both curves Actually there are two such triangles that are formed The orpt command is used to select one from this pair Then the leg of the triangle that is closest to the initial point is chosen A point is selected along this leg of the triangle so that the ratio of the leg of the resulting trapezoid and the Audi base of the trapezoid matches the specified ratio Example curd 1 csp3 00 4 7833413e 0 2 6501161e 01 8 3939201e 01 7 0889658e 01 6 8763685e 01 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 443 1 3136336e 01 5 9971255e 01 4 8465800e 01 6 3912874e 01 curd 2 csp3 00 6 2983650e 01 1 9638570e 02 7 7306795e 01 9 9466640e 01 9 3395844e 02 3
498. umber for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a point spherical coordinates nset name of set for a node set Remarks This command does not invoke temperatures for all nodes like the temp commands and the te and tei commands vvhg volumetric heat generation w functional amplitude vvhg set name load _ expression where set name element set name load _ load curve number expression amplitude expression Remarks The expression can be any valid FORTRAN like expression with x y and z The coordinates used in this expression will be the centroid of the element Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 320 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual 16 Electric Conditions efl electric flux boundary condition efl fset face set value of flux Remarks This command produces four node polygons with an assigned constant flux one polygon for each face within the region mp constant magnetic potential mp nodes potential where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesian coordinates cy rho theta z for a point in cylindrical coordinates nset name of set for a point spherical coordinates sp rho theta phi for a node set V constant nodal electrostatic potential boundary condition v nodes potential where nodes can be n node number for a node number rtxyz for a point in Cartesi
499. ume executing batch commands 04 456 title assign title to the problem 0 0 eee eee eee 456 tpara pedi parameters las ONCE ab ON d 457 tricent find optimal center of a triangular structure 457 subang angle between two intersecting lines o ooo o 458 caption assign a caption to the physical window 459 mxp change number of mesh convergence passes 459 trapt transform a point uis e tud eee Eo Ree RR 460 IV Output ovo eae oes eo vem A Eyed re ead aetas Pa Mio bie t ats qn 463 1 Output Pile Format Commands sce seis ee sean Ree eae i 464 comment pass a comment to the DYNA3D output file 464 epb element print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA 465 mof mesh output file name siii te ey x oes wa RA RS 465 ndigits number of digits written for coordinates 466 npb node print block for DYNA3D and LSDYNA 466 save dump buffered data to the tsave file 466 verbatim write verbatim to the output file o oooooooo o 467 abaqus ABAQUS output format llle 467 ale3d ALE3D output format 0 cc ccc eee ee eens 467 ansys ANSYS output format 20 000 467 autodyn AUTODYN 3D output format 0 0 0 000000 467 cf3d Convective Flow output format 000000005 468 cfd ace CFD ACE output format 0 0 0 naana eee eee ee 468 cfx CFX output for
500. umes the midpoints of the three edges of the triangle will be connected to the center vertex In the second option the intermediate points along the three edges are used to calculate the optimal position for the center vertex The latter is more versatile since it does not assume midpoints along the edges The coordinates of the center point are immediately stored in the predefined parameters xprj Yoyprj and Vozpry Examples Both of the following examples start with this input 191 45 brad 2 ux Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 457 Sfi 1 sd 1 dei 2 3 2 3 1 pb 2 2 1 3 3 1 xy 1 1 tricent 1 0 0 4 1 7888 0 3 5777 0 1 7888 3 5777 pb 2 2 1 2 2 1 xyz xprj yprj zprj CY p NN TAS T DU AD vp Lj T rH a tricent 2 97 0 3 88 L265 1 265 39 5 73 0 9 7 3 88 pb 2 2 1 2 2 1 xyz xprj yprj zprj Figure 296 Optimal center based on edges subang angle between two intersecting lines subang x y Z X Y2 Z2 X3 Y3 Z3 Remarks The angle subtended by two intersecting lines is printed Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 458 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Example suban 1 1 sgrt 2 000 1 1 sqrt 2 angle 90 0 caption assign a caption to the physical window caption option where the option can be cap fext on off Remarks The title def
501. un 0 90 cos u cos u 3 si 40 fun 90 0 cos u cos u 5 sin sd ction 0 360 cos sin n u ction 0 360 cos sin u v v Figure 78 trsd transforming a surface is order dependent sd 10 sds 30 40 c Transform first surface by moving then rotating Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 111 trsd 1 my 3 rx 135 c Transform second surface by rotating then moving trsd 10 rx 135 my 3 sdinfo list surfaces sdinfo no arguments Use this command to see a list of all the numbered surfaces For each surface number TrueGrid gives a terse description of the surface vd define a volume vd number type parameters where number is a unique volume number with which you can refer to the volume later and type and parameters can be any of the following spxyz radius for a sphere with center x y z and radius radius cy x y z xn yn zn radius for an infinite cylinder of radius radius whose axis passes through x y z in direction xn yn zn cr x y Z xn yn zn curve for a rotated 2D curve The curve number is curve and the axis of rotation passes through x y z in direction xn yn zn cyf x yz xn yn zn radius z min z max for a finite cylinder sd surface distance for a surface with thickness distance surface is the surface number box xm ym zm xx yx zx option for a box with corners at xm ym zm and xx yx zx
502. urfaces are given sequence numbers first Then the trimmed versions of the same surfaces are assigned sequence numbers in the same order as the untrimmed surfaces Alternatively you can import all ofthe surfaces from an IGES file using the iges command The iges command is much easier to use but you have to render all of the surfaces You can use the igespd command to import a sequence of planar surfaces instead of issuing the sd command many times There may be times when you use the iges command to import all of the surfaces and then want to import a single surface with the sd command You may wish to do this because you want the Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 145 untrimmed version ofthe surface or you may want another copy of the surface with a transformation applied The igesp option of the sd command can also be applied to the planar surfaces assigned sequence numbers from the iges command i e there is no need to issue the igesfile command if you have already issued the iges command Example igesfile surfaces igs The text window and the tsave file will show the sequence numbers for the surfaces found in the IGES file c IGES file contained 114 surfaces from 1 to 114 c IGES file contained 24 NURBS surfaces from 1 to 24 c IGES file contained 4 planes from 1 to 4 The sequence numbers reported are then used to select the surface that is
503. ust like the component part to maintain the translation vector for the next replication para dx 2 1 sqrt 3 cos 60 2 1 sqrt 3 c differential vector dy sin 60 2 1 sqrt 3 include why inc endpart para x0 dx yO dy c lst fiducial include why inc gct 1 rz 60 mx x0 my y0 grep 1 endpart trapt dx dy 0 gct 1 para x0 xprj c 2nd fiducial yO yprj include why inc NS GE gct 1 rz 120 mx x0 my Sy0 Re 3rd 0 L SO loe 2690 grep 1 EOE KS endpart Y A trapt dx dy 0 gct 1 etw a para x0 xprj c 3rd fiducial Soy en x0 yO yOSyprj include why inc gct 1 rz 180 mx x0 my y0 grep 1 endpart trapt dx dy 0 gct 1 para xO xprj c 4th fiducial yOSyprj include why inc SEE X ay FANE BOE Components rotated and translated Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 461 gct 1 rz 240 mx x0 my y0 grep 1 endpart trapt dx dy 0 gct 1 para xO xprj c 5th fiducial yOSyprj include why inc gct 1 rz 300 mx x0 my Sy0 grep 1 endpart merge stp 001 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 462 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual IV Output Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 463 1 Output File Format Commands A full description of the output commands can be found i
504. uy 298 MOORE uns 361 prescribed display 214 prescribed fv 295 prescribed fvv Coca 297 ME 298 Velocity E soe es Que REGENS 214 Verbatim seose nokturn baat Pad de 467 Vft displayi sesiunii aniio a 214 Viti display geen d rg E ERA 214 Vhg SP 214 Vhg Co option uod ii Tex 227 Vhgi display eee coms ee E REY E 214 View saving and restoring 264 ViewPoint importing geometry 182 OBIDUL ou SA og yore t OE 471 s rlace ada seo DC alse 193 A ro rb dmg 112 A O oe e Sy M e at A 182 193 example morisca iera RW 194 features fetol 100 fetol example ce 45 Bice Gard en 100 B satis ecd pd on aou ena 107 UA eo woe dette ey dee eS 97 WES sorna ab e dL 196 Vtm O bodes Wade ns 213 Vtmi display 55s us Dec uh den tes y 213 VI a qute eM i t c CMM LACE 320 CISDIAY sa A e UR 214 Vvhgi display 2 522 ry 2d Gia xot 214 Warning QVO Gus Lo wit tenga tst 448 Wa cuates 208 A dd a eto d oae d 291 wedge part EXampleu eun xu dede Cs 355 AVIS s Lace a Dot acides obe RG 431 Whole SLE SEO eei EX es Goes d 89 Wiges hermite surface 140 Window 1019 01 s Lou EA 442 gr a M TT 21 WINTEL end of Tines ssa cv 22035 eet 182 A rs rhe ri Rs 196 poly surface sa cech ertet 158 polygon set inse 9 ews tears 334 save modifications 102 105 vr METTE NEC RU DRE 107 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Right
505. ve point in polar coordinates Ive Gradius where 0 is the angle along which the line segment will be drawn and radius is the length of the defined segment Remarks TrueGrid 2D curves Use this option in order to append a line segment by end point described as an offset from the end of the existing curve The offset is in polar coordinates The angle 0 is measured with respect to the positive x axis and counter clockwise is taken as positive Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 lve 45 1 lve 45 1 lvc 50 1 2 lvc 55 1 3 lvc 60 4 lvo 65 1 5 lvc 70 vo we 75 diu lvc 80 1 8 lvc 85 1 9 lvc 90 2 TrueGrid 2D curves Istl translate Istl curve Ax Az where curve ID number of a previously defined 2D curve Ax translation distance in the x horizontal direction Az translation distance in the z vertical direction Remarks Use this command in order to append a translation Copyright 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 49 of a previously defined and numbered 2D curve to the current 2D curve See the example and picture on the following page Example ld 1 1p2 1 1 lad O 2 45 ld 2 1p2 2 1 Istl 1 2 1 Itbc list of radial coordinates Itbc 6 40 scale radii where Obegin is the first angular coordinate AQ is the angular increment scale is a radial multiplier and radii is the l
506. ved about an axis ll suus 136 face of the present part Part Phase only 137 convert a face set into a surface csi eee rre Ra deans 138 surface by three algebraic expressions oo oooooooo o 139 precision 2 order spline surface oooooooooooomoo 140 import a parametric IGES surface ooooococooooomooo 143 import an IGES planes qs per A AS 145 interpolate a surface between two surfaces 147 infinite plane defined by an implicit function 148 surface by tabular points is cion Rr eda 149 NURBS coral RE quie tsar e SIR Occ NE E 150 import a NURBS surface i ieses a e 3a EROS 151 sweep a pipe shape along an arbitrary 3D curve 153 plane specified by two points csi 154 plane specified by three points 1 ssec en 155 plane specified by 3 points and an offset 156 infimite A LOL se norant tied A era nu 157 convert a polygon set into a surface ooooooooomomoo o 158 paraboloid parabola revolved about an axis 159 3D curve revolved about an axis 0 eee eee eee 160 ruled surface between two 2D curves 0 000 161 ruled surface between two 3D curves 0 000 162 union of surfaces ved ux ie nt el Sane ee eae ee Sats 163 SDBID us s a tee do roe a anny Adve wk a toe der mua 165 read the standard ASCII STL file oooooooooo oo o 166 sweep 2D curves along a 2D curve o ooooo
507. vely The interpolation amounts to constructing a straight line from each point of one translated curve to the corresponding point of the other translated curve The order of points along the two curves orientation must be the same To reverse the order of the points in one of the curves specify that 2D curve definition number as negative x 1 3108 01 4 000E 02 The points that correspond to each other are 2 8 2905 03 1 0 those which have the same relative arc length Figure 122 Ruled Surface From Two 2D position on their respective curves At least one of the two 2D curves must have positive arc length Curves Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 161 Example ld 1 1p 00 5 7 5 T 1245 1 7 17 5 7 18 2 0 ld 2 1p 808 5 7 13 205 5 17 oo ft 2042 0 sd 1 rule2d 0 1 8 2 rule3d ruled surface between two 3D curves rule3d 3D curve 3D curve trans where 3D curve first boundary 3D curve 3D curve second boundary 3D curve trans sequence of simple operators to transform the coordinates Remarks A surface is formed by a linear interpolation in Cartesian coordinates between two 3D curves At least one of the two curves must have a positive arc length Both curves must be already defined 3D curves are defined with the curd command or read from an IGES file The direction ofthe curves is critical to the interpola tion o
508. ves at the Endpoints second derivatives 0 A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 Control Points of Spline S1 82 83 84 S5 Segments of Spline You can insert control point in between all ready defined control points from Figure 54 The result is shown in Figure 55 Derivative Vector curd 1 Derivative Vector csp3 00 c natural derivative 010 100 2 1 3 0 300 3 0 80 c inserted point 4 10 Cubic Spline EndPoint Conditions can be either 2nd Derivatives 0 at the End Points or Derivative Vectors at the End Points Figure 54 Spline Curve Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 77 Inserted Point Figure 55 Inserting a Cubic Spline Control Point Example You can define a derivative condition for the previously defined control points in Figure 54 The result is shown in Figure 56 curd 1 csp3 101 3 0 c derivatives 010 Das 0 1 2 3 300 First EndPoint 410 Derivative Condition Figure 56 Endpoint Derivative Condition Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 78 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual bsp3 create append a B Spline curve bsp3 knot knot x y Z Xy yp s trans where knot knot are t
509. write information about springs and dampers 372 MACS eg ole ag eden A A athe ale tak ala tee Ra tN alle oe 372 bbinfo block boundary interface information 4 372 getbb retrieve a block boundary from a part file 373 inttr block boundary transition element interpolation factor 374 mbb master block boundary from point data 374 sid sliding interface definition 0 0 0 eee eee eee ee 375 siinfo list sliding interface definitions 000005 382 Misit d PP O EE EE EE 383 bsd global beam cross section definition oo ooooooo 383 bsinfo write information about defined beam cross sections 405 bind Hughes Liu beam user defined integration points 406 Isbsd list the defined beam cross sections o oooooooomomoo o 407 offset add offset to numbered entities in the output 407 sind shell user defined integration rules o oo oooooo 408 IIS iia UE y E SS E AS a E a 408 delset del e O REA e UN MS 408 esetc element set comment Ss esos coUo au cet ed DK RR S 409 esetinfo report the element set names and number of elements 409 fsetc face set comment Y etam do torum Ple ose 409 fsetinfo report the face set names and number of faces 410 nsetc attach a comment to anode set oooooocococoococcooco oo 410 nsetinfo report the node set names and number of nodes 410 10 Coord
510. xample produced the picture below Translations are applied to the plane at the point which originates at 0 0 0 25 20 15 10 5 This is an infinite surface The graphics will only show a portion of the surface That portion shown in the graphics changes as the objects in the picture change x 1 732E 00 y 1 000E 00 Example z 2 673E 00 reference scal ad d senium cds E E T Figure 136 xz plane rotated and moved 10 Surface Display Commands These commands let you control which surfaces are displayed in the picture When you issue a command to display a surface you will not necessarily see it This is because it may lie off screen If you issue a surface display command and cannot see the surface try moving the picture around or zooming in and out When all else fails issue a restore command hit the Rest button Many of these commands can be executed using the GUI In the Environment Window select the Display List button Then choose the Surface button under the Apply Action To label The Action buttons will then enable you to reproduce many of the following commands Some of the display commandis in this section are essential For example the asd command has not been replaced by a button in the GUI The display commands for many objects such as 3D curves parts and materials Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 174 March 29 2006 TrueGrid
511. xample when nodes are labeled in the wire mode then nodes in the back of the mesh may also be labeled Or if the mesh is drawn in hide only visible nodes are labeled In another example when using the fraces free faces option in wire mode all free faces will be drawn in red and will stand out even in a large mesh In hide mode the hidden edges of free faces will appear as dotted lines In fill graphics they appear as red faces Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 247 labels nodes label nodes by node number Example Part 1 is composed of linear shells and Part 2 1s composed of quadratic shells The nodes are labeled in Figure 205 There are coincident nodes between parts which are not merged TrueGrid display of node numbers 5 1 520 linear block 1 5 1 5 1 1 endpart quadratic block 1 5 1 5 1 5 10 1 5 0 merge labels nodes Figure 205 labeled nodes labels 1d label 1D beam elements by element number Example 20 beam elements are created along a curve The elements are labeled The simplified command file follows curd 1 arc3 segne rt 1 0 O rt 01 Ort 100 TrueGrid draw 1D elements curd 2 1p3 1 1 0 1 0 0 curd 3 1p3 1 101 Oe lt 4 curd 4 cpcds 2 1 3 bm rtl 1 10 rt2 1 1 0 orient 0000 mate 1 cs 1 nbms 20 cur 4 5 labels 1d center
512. y convection boundary o 9 9 E G Figure 154 Hidden Line version CO CV sp 0 0 0 5de100200 orp 000 12 55 merge co cvt co size 2 4 N o E ri 2 2 i 3 a CE gt EZ LO O gt s o O 2 Ss E e O S g 25 nu e iP l 5 ss LO e c oso o hes Tat es la g mem e 3 3 S E ER a E P jM g o om om j E E ecc ue E 3 i E uq s 8 e E i r 3 E o a M H 3 i amp U ETT 5 33 5 5 3 Omp B em o o a dup E ub E 9o E Qu E 221 Figure 156 Wire frame CO CVT Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved March 29 2006 Figure 155 Hidden Line CO CVT TrueGrid Manual co tm display initial temperature Example TrueGrid draw Initial Nodal Tempuratures sd 1 cy 0000 0 5 sd2cy 00000 15 sd 3 plan 00001 0 sd 4 plan 000100 sd 5 plan 000001 sd 6 plan 0010001 block 1 11 L 3 0100100 10 tr121222 my 10 rz 90 my 5 mb 1 212x 5 sfi 1 sd 1 Sfi 2 sd 2 sfi 1 sd 3 Figure 157 Wire frame version CO TM Sfi 2 sd 4 Sfi 1 s d 5 sfi 2 sd 6 TrueGrid draw Initial Nodal Tempuratures tfi 7 1 0 2 tf 1 2 2 2 tm 2 2 2 2 100 endpart merge rx 20 ry 20 co tm co size 2 Figure 158 Hidden Line version CO TM Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 222 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual Metal Drawing Process using LS DY
513. y expres z expres trans where min u is the minimum value of the parameter u max u is the maximum value of the parameter x expres is the function of u which defines the x coordinates y expres is the function of u which defines the y coordinates z expres is the function of u which defines the z coordinates and trans is an optional final transformation Remarks This command enables you to define a parameterized 3D curve over a specified domain A transformation is formed by a sequence of simple transformations such as rotate and translate For a complete list of these simple transformations see the let command Example TrueGrid Draw curd 1 3dfunc 90 90 cos u sin u sin u cos u c u goes from 90 to 90 c X cos u y sin u z sin u cos u Figure 63 curve by 3dfunc Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved 86 March 29 2006 TrueGrid Manual projcur create append curve projected onto a surface projcur 3D curve f surface 7t trans where 3D curve f is the ID number of a previously defined 3D curve surface 8 is the ID number of a previously defined surface and trans is an optional transformation Remarks TrueGrid Draw The projcur command creates a curve by projecting an existing curve onto a surface Projection is sensitive to surface curvature and or the relative position of the curve to the surface Also see the following pscur p Wi 7777 77 7777
514. y logical operators and and amp and amp amp for the logical and operator or for the logical or operator eqv for the logical equivalent operator neqv for the logical not equivalent exclusive or operator Unitary logical operators not and Parenthesis to specify order of operations where the default order is given to exponentiation and first then multiplication and division addition and subtraction relational operators logical operators and negation All calculations are done in floating point All illegal operations cause warnings All trigonometric operations are in degrees INT x truncates x to an integer NINT x rounds x to the nearest integer ABS x absolute value of x MOD a b a modulo b SIGN a b transfer the sign of b to a MAX x1 x2 xn maximum value of a list of numbers MIN x1 x2 xn minimum value of a list of numbers SQRT x square root of x where x most be positive EXP x exponential of x where x must not exceed 85 19 LOG x natural logarithm where x must be positive LOG10 x common logarithm base 10 where x must be positive SIN x trigonometric sine of x COS x trigonometric cosine of x TAN x trigonometric tangent of x where abs x can not be 90 Copyright O 1992 2006 by XYZ Scientific Applications Inc All Rights Reserved TrueGrid Manual March 29 2006 427 ASIN x trigonometric arcsine of x where abs x can not exceed
515. y x92 teste et 215 217 Accci display ceo iamas 215 217 Acceleration ACC E O d UU ard 293 condition display 215 o ET DETIENE 296 WACO vato iaa 297 Acci display ta ete e 215 217 Accs display e euet sa 215 217 Accsi display 145920 e bad 215 217 ACCuUraCy o nascar dh Des ex de henge 99 182 example A ee ee 243 on AS 101 ACOs ouo oun ye e E PT wakes 95 175 ljestileg 2 xau de Tec 182 COS aiunt aa E a b une 95 175 Acos expressions ing eph re n 450 Acos function o 428 433 Add NR ER ae A EE 416 ASC 4 wa A A ee a IRURE 322 example fend eevee ees 323 PROT adu a ee ERES SUIS e aris cte 175 198 PUP a5 ve 4 em hee ae aed OD 205 456 PICS uestrae D e TE US 467 AMOS mosca rere o a EA metus 466 Algebraic CAME tr E 68 SUFLACO Loses opere Rc URS 107 Algebraic Expression 447 Aia Ad ed da Rd weer 175 197 RT TERI 109 AI 9a eh jag olde Tos Saat ees 175 268 AMS ros ete ede aon ets 175 268 And element set o uod Chute e 325 Tae Seb e 326 node set 00 330 334 Angle between ness vik aus eese 458 labels se iia his Pete Vae S ard ve QN 246 Angles in expressions 449 Angular coordinate 345 349 Animation eA Aves Se Egg oM ea 263 A xa aA ER Oa ESO A ROS 176 examples o x eco OE 177 Ansymats material 473 Ansyopts analysis option 472 Lu M 467 beam cross sections 388 boundary conditions

TrueGrid ® User`s Manual, Volume 2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TrueGrid &reg; User`s Manual, Volume 2

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

TrueGrid ® User`s Manual, Volume 2